City of Northfield Engineering Department

Transcription

1 City of Northfield Engineering Department 801 Washington Street * Northfield, MN Engineering Standard Specifications City of Northfield, Minnesota May 2017

2 ENGINEERING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA I hereby certify that this plan, specification or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under State of Minnesota Statutes Section to David E. Bennett Date: XXXXXX XX, XXXX Minn. Reg. No

3 ENGINEERING STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING DOCUMENTS Advertisement for Bids...2 Instructions to Bidders...3 Bid Form...8 Responsible Contractor Verification of Compliance...12 Agreement...13 Performance and Payment Bonds...14 Notice of Award...16 Notice to Proceed...17 General Conditions CITY OF NORTHFIELD STANDARD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Miscellaneous Specifications Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Specifications Water Specifications Street Specifications Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Modular Block Retaining Wall Erosion and Sediment Control Standard Plates APPENDIX A SOIL BORINGS APPENDIX B NPDES PERMIT TRANSFER FORM APPENDIX C MN/DOT 2360 BITUMINOUS SPECIFICATION 1

4 City of Northfield City Project Closing Date: ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS NOTICE is hereby given that SEALED BIDS for the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services will be received by the Northfield City Clerk at 801 Washington Street, Northfield, MN until.m. on,, 20, for the following City of Northfield (City) project, all in accordance with applicable Minnesota Statutes, Northfield City Code and City approved project plans and specifications and the Bidding Documents: LOCATION: {TBD per project} The major items of work for this project (the project ) are summarized as follows: {TBD per project} Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at that time and place stated above. Bids received after that time will not be accepted. Plans and Specifications for the project may be examined at the City of Northfield Engineering office, 801 Washington Street, Northfield, MN Plans and Specifications may be downloaded for no charge from the City of Northfield web site at: http// Bids must be sealed, identified on the envelope and accompanied by a Bidder's Bond or Certified Check in an amount equal to at least 5% of the total bid made payable to the City of Northfield City Clerk. No bid shall be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days subsequent to the opening of bids without the consent of City of Northfield, Minnesota. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish and pay for a satisfactory performance and payment bonds in the full amount of the awarded bid. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularities thereof. Dated this day of, 20 Deb Little, City Clerk, City of Northfield, MN Publish in Northfield News -, 20,, 20,, 20 Publish on City of Northfield Engineering Website Publish on MnDOT E-Advert Website 2

5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and any Supplementary Conditions. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained for the Bidder s individual use by applying to the Owner, City of Northfield, Engineering Division, 801 Washington Street, Northfield, Minnesota 55057, or as otherwise indicated in the Advertisement for Bids, and by depositing the amount indicated in said Advertisement. The most recent version of the "Engineering Standard Specifications, City of Northfield, Minnesota" are an integral part of the Bidding Documents. The Owner assumes no responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from Bidder s use of electronic downloadable Bidding Documents (Electronic Bidding Documents). BIDDERS KNOWLEDGE Bidders must familiarize themselves with all local ordinances and state and federal statutes pertaining to the proposed construction, and examine and determine for themselves the location and nature of the proposed Work, and the amount and character of the labor and materials required therefor, and the difficulties which may be encountered. Bidders shall acquaint themselves with any and all changes in specifications and changes in methods or procedures or policies as may be set forth in the Bidding Documents. Any bidder who in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications or other Bidding Documents, may submit to the Engineer a written request for an explanation or interpretation thereof at least seven (7) days prior to the scheduled Bid opening. The Bidder submitting the request will be responsible for prompt delivery of such request. Any such explanation or interpretation shall be made only by a duly issued Addendum and a copy of such Addendum shall be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of Bidding Documents. No Bidder shall be entitled to rely upon any other explanation or interpretation. If, after the Bids have been delivered to the Owner, any difference of opinion shall arise as to the true intent or meaning of any part of the specifications, the decision of the Engineer shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties. All Bids shall be made and received with the express understanding that the Bidder accepts and agrees to the terms and conditions contained in these Instructions, the plans and specifications, the forms of contract and bonds, and any other Bidding Documents. 3

6 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS If requested, Bidders must present satisfactory evidence that they are familiar with the class of Work specified, and that they have the necessary capital, tools, machinery and other equipment necessary to conduct the Work and complete the Project improvements within the time specified in the proposal, in a good and Workmanlike manner and to the entire satisfaction of the Owner. Failure on the part of any Bidder to satisfactorily carry out previous contracts or the Bidder s lack of experience or equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the project may be deemed sufficient cause for disqualification of the Bidder and/or rejection of the Bid. Before the successful Bidder may commence Work, the successful Bidder must file with the Engineer satisfactory certificates, in duplicate, showing insurance coverage to the extent and in the amounts required by the Bidding Documents. No person will be permitted to commence Work until authorization by the Owner to proceed has been received in writing by the Contractor. RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 16C.285, Bidders are hereby advised that the Owner cannot award a construction contract in excess of $50,000 unless the Contractor is a responsible contractor as defined in Minnesota Statutes 16C.285, subdivision 3. A bidder submitting a Bid for this Project must verify that it meets the minimum criteria specified in Minnesota Statutes 16C.285, subdivision 3, by completing the Responsible Contractor Verification of Compliance provided in the Bidding Documents. A Bidder or subcontractor who does not meet the minimum criteria established in Minnesota Statutes 16C.285, subdivision 3, or who fails to verify compliance with the minimum requirements, will not be a responsible contractor and will be ineligible to be awarded the Contract for this Project or to work on this Project. Bidders and subcontractors are also advised that making a false statement verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria will render the Bidder or subcontractor ineligible to be awarded a Contract for this Project and may result in the termination of a Contract awarded to a Bidder or subcontractor that makes a false statement. PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BID The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be obtained from the Engineer. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form shall be signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives the words No Bid, No Change, or Not Applicable may be entered. Sealed Bids will be received by the Owner, up to the date and hour as specified in the Advertisement for Bids, at the office of the City Clerk. Bids received after the time specified shall be returned unopened. All Bids must be made in ink upon the separate Bid Form included in the specifications, must give prices for each item and aggregate amount of the Work, and must be signed and acknowledged by the Bidder in 10

7 accordance with the directions on the Bid Form. In order to ensure consideration, the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to the Owner and clearly marked as to the time and date of Bid opening and identification of the Project. If submitted by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to the Owner. Each Bid must contain the full name or names and post office address(es) of the Bidder or Bidders, and any persons who sign a Bid as agent of another, or of a firm, may be required to furnish satisfactory evidence of their authority to do so. The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder s state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Form. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. Postal and addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. A partnership which submits a Bid must give the full names and addresses of all partners, must identify itself as a partnership, must identify the state in which it was formed, and must be signed by at least one partner accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown. If a limited liability company submits a Bid, the Bid shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. When an unincorporated firm other than a partnership submits a bid, the names, addresses and signatures of all individual members of the firm shall be provided, and any other name under which the firm does business must be clearly identified. If a corporation submits a Bid, the Bid must be signed in the name and under the seal of the corporation by two duly authorized officers or agents of the corporation, and must identify the state of incorporation and the corporation s address. Such officers or agents may be required to present satisfactory evidence that they have authority to sign the Bid. In the event that any corporation organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign state is the successful Bidder, such corporation shall present evidence that it is authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota before the Agreement is executed. A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder s name and official address. A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. All names shall be printed in ink below the respective signature(s). More than one Bid from an individual, firm, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation under the same or different names will not be considered. Evidence that any Bidder is interested in more than one Bid for the same Work will be considered sufficient cause for the rejection of all Bids so affected, provided that a party who has quoted prices to a Bidder is not thereby disqualified from quoting prices to other 11

8 Bidders, or from submitting a direct Bid on its own behalf. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the specifications for the Project, Bids must be made upon each and every item shown on the Bid Form, including all alternate items. Bids received by facsimile transmission will not be considered. However, Bids already properly submitted may be modified by facsimile transmission received prior to the time specified in the Advertisement for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such, and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised Bid. No modifications to a submitted Bid will be accepted after the date and time for the opening of Bids. BIDDERS TO INVESTIGATE SITE AND REVIEW DOCUMENTS Bidders are required to submit their Bids upon the following express conditions, which shall apply to and become part of every Bid received: 1. Bidders shall examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; 2. Bidders shall become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3. Bidders shall visit the Project site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local, and site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 4. Bidders shall satisfy themselves and form their own opinions by personal examination of the Project site, location and ground of the proposed Work, and by such other means as they may desire, as to the actual conditions and requirements of the Work, including the materials to be excavated and other subsurface conditions affecting the Work; shall make their own interpretations and satisfy themselves by their own investigation and research regarding all conditions affecting the Work to be done and the labor and materials needed; and shall make their Bids in sole reliance thereon. 5. Any information or data concerning surface and subsurface conditions furnished by the Owner or its representatives is furnished for the convenience of the Bidders and is not guaranteed. 6. Bidders shall thoroughly examine and familiarize themselves with the drawings, plans and specifications, reports, Supplementary Conditions, Special Provisions, and all other Bidding Documents. The Contractor, by the execution of the Agreement, shall in no way be relieved of any obligation due to its failure to receive or examine any pertinent documents or to visit the site and acquaint itself with the existing conditions. 7. Bidders agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. 12

9 8. The Owner will be justified in rejecting any claim based on facts which the Contractor could have discovered through the investigation and review required herein. 9. Bidders shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that written resolution thereof by the Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given the Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by the Engineer are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. BID SECURITY Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security in the form of a bank money order, certified check or Bid bond, payable to the order of the Owner, in an amount of five percent (5%) of the total amount of the Bid. No Bid will be considered unless accompanied by the Bid Security. If alternate Bids are called for which utilize several different classes of material or types of improvement for the same Work, one Bid Security in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total amount of the highest Bid will be sufficient for all Bids. As soon as the Bids have been tabulated, all Bid Security shall be returned to all of the Bidders except the three lowest Bidders whose Bid Security shall be retained until the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the required performance and payment bonds and required insurance certificate(s) have been filed, approved, and accepted by the Owner. Thereafter, the Bid Security shall be returned to the successful Bidder. If a successful Bidder fails to enter into such Agreement in accordance with its accepted Bid, or fails to furnish the required performance and payment bonds and insurance certificate(s) within fifteen (15) days after Notice of Award, Owner may consider successful Bidder to be in default, annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited to the Owner. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled date and time for the opening of Bids or authorized postponement thereof. After the scheduled date and time for opening of Bids, Bidders may not withdraw or cancel their Bids (1) for a period of sixty (60) days or (2) until all of the bids submitted have been canvassed, a contract awarded, the Agreement signed, and the required bonds and insurance certificate(s) furnished and approved, whichever comes first. Should there be reasons why the Agreement cannot be signed or the bonds and/or insurance submitted and/or approved within the 60-day period, the period may be extended 13

10 by mutual agreement between the Owner and the successful Bidder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid Security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS Lump Sum. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis for the base Bid and include a separate price for each alternate described in the Bidding Documents as provided for in the Bid Form. The price for each alternate will be the amount added to or deleted from the base Bid if Owner selects the alternate. In the comparison of Bids, alternates will be applied in the same order as listed in the Bid form. Unit Price. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid schedule. The total of all estimated prices will be the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the corresponding unit price. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Bids will be evaluated and the low Bidder determined as provide below. EVALUATION OF BIDS The Bids from each responsible Bidder will be considered on the basis of the total amount, as shown on the Bid Form. If a contract is awarded, award will be made on the basis of the lowest responsive, responsible, qualified Bidder determined by the total Bid, which is found by the City to be in the best interest of the Project. The total Bid will include the Base Bid and any combination of Alternate Bids selected. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Bid which is incomplete, obscure, or irregular may be rejected, any Bid having erasures or corrections in the price sheet may be rejected, any Bid which omits an amount on any one or more items in the price sheet may be rejected, any Bid in which unit prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected, any Bid accompanied by an insufficient or irregular Bid Security may be rejected, and any Bid which omits acknowledgment of the receipt of addenda may be rejected. The Owner further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. Owner may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. The Owner may make such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the Work, and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. As a condition of its Bid, Bidder is required to waive any and all claims of whatever nature against Owner and its officials, employees and agents, which arise out of or relate to such 14

11 investigations and statements made as a result thereof, except for statements that can be shown by clear and convincing evidence to be intentionally false and made with actual malice. The low responsible and qualified bidder must supply the names and addresses of major material suppliers and Subcontractors when requested to do so by the Owner or as otherwise required by law. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and to complete the Work contemplated therein. AWARD OF CONTRACT, EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT, AND NOTICE TO PROCEED Following acceptance of the successful Bid by the Owner, a Notice of Award will be mailed to the successful Bidder together with a prepared Agreement for signature and return. The Notice of Award is not an order to proceed. The successful Bidder will have no authority to perform Work under the Agreement until a Notice to Proceed has been issued by the Engineer. Within fifteen (15) days of the date on which the successful Bidder receives the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder shall sign and return the Agreement along with the required performance and payment bonds and insurance certificate(s) in amounts as indicated in the General Conditions and Agreement. In the case of failure of the bidder to execute the Agreement or provide the required documents, the Owner may at its option consider the Bidder in default, in which case the Bid Security accompanying the Bid shall be forfeited to the Owner. The Agreement will be executed by the Owner after the required bonds and certificate(s) are submitted and have been approved by the Owner. The performance and payment bonds shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price, with a corporate surety approved by the Owner. Attorneys-in-fact who sign any bonds must file with each bond a certified copy of their power of attorney, noting the effective date thereof. The Owner, within 10 days of receipt of acceptable performance and payment bonds, insurance certificate(s), and Agreement signed by the party to whom the contract was awarded, shall sign the Agreement and return to such party an executed duplicate of the Agreement. Should the Owner not execute the Agreement within such period, the Bidder may by written notice withdraw its consent to the signed Agreement and will not then be bound thereby. Such notice of withdrawal shall be effective upon receipt of the notice by the Owner. A Notice to Proceed shall be issued within 10 days of the execution of the Agreement by the Engineer. Should there be reasons why the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued within such period, the period may be extended by mutual agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. If the Notice to Proceed has not been issued within the 10-day period or within the period mutually agreed upon, the Contractor may terminate the Agreement without further liability on the part of either party. A pre-construction conference shall be held a minimum of 14 days prior to proceeding with the work. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 15

12 SCHEDULE All work under the Agreement must be substantially complete by, 20. Substantial completion shall be defined as all work with the exception of the construction of the bituminous wearing course and the final adjustment of manholes and gate valves. The Project shall be constructed in phases as shown in the construction plans or as approved by the Engineer. In addition, each phase shall have the bituminous base course constructed prior to removal of pavement of the subsequent phase unless authorized by the Engineer. Required phasing is as follows: (TBD per project) Final completion must be complete by,

13 BID FORM Proposal of existing under the laws of the State of (hereinafter called "Bidder"), organized and, doing business as PROJECT NAME, 1 to the City of Northfield, Minnesota (hereinafter called "Owner"). Project No. (the Project ) BID RECIPIENT This Bid is submitted to: Name of Owner: City of Northfield Address of Owner: 801 Washington Street, Northfield, MN The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted by Owner, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents and the Agreement. BIDDER S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, REPRESENATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance by Owner for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder and Owner may agree to in writing. In compliance with Owner s Advertisement for Bids, Bidder hereby proposes to perform all Work for the construction of the Project, in strict conformance and accordance with the Bidding Documents and Agreement, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. By submission of this Bid, Bidder (and in the case of a joint Bid, each party thereto with respect to its own organization) certifies that this Bid has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this Bid with any other Bidder or with any competitor. Bidder certifies that Bidder has not either submitted nor induced any other Bidder to 1. Insert a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, or a sole proprietorship as applicable. 17

14 submit a false or sham bid, or engaged in any corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive business practices in submitting this Bid. Bidder hereby agrees to commence Work pursuant to the Bidding Documents and Agreement on or before the date specified in the Agreement or at such a date to be specified in the Notice to Proceed, and to fully complete the Work within the time specified. Bidder further accepts and agrees to pay liquidated damages under the terms and in the amount set forth in the Bidding Documentst in the event the Work is not timely completed. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the Project including applicable reports related to the same, the Agreement, other related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Bidder by writing in the number and dates of addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date Bidder has visited the Project site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the Project site conditions, which may affect the cost, progress, and performance of the Work. BID Bidder agrees to perform and complete all the Work in accordance with and as described in the Bidding Documents and Agreement for the following unit price(s) or lump sum: Item No. Description Unit Quantity Bid Unit Price Bid Price $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Lump Sum Base Bid $ Lump Sum Alternate 1 [Add] [Deduct] $ Lump Sum Alternate 2 [Add] [Deduct] $ Lump Sum Alternate 3 [Add] [Deduct] $ AWARD OF BIDS In submitting this Bid, it is expressly understood that the right is reserved by the Owner to reject any and all bids. 18

15 ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID The following documents are submitted with and made a part of and condition of this Bid: 1. Required Bid security; 2. Responsible Contractor Certification; 3. First-Tier Subcontractor List; 4. Evidence of authority to do business in the state of the Project; or a written covenant to obtain such license within the time for acceptance of Bids. Respectfully submitted: Bidder Name By: Signature Title Name of Authorized Signer Address Date License Number (if applicable) By: Signature Title Name of Authorized Signer Address Date License Number (if applicable) 19

16 Note: Two (2) corporate officers must sign if Bidder is a corporation. State of ) ) ss. County of ) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me by and, the and of, this day of, 20. (Stamp) Notary Public My Commission Expires 20

17 RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE Minn. Stat. 16C.285 The undersigned, being first duly sworn under oath, as a contractor responding to a solicitation document of a contracting authority on the Project, represents, certifies, verifies and swears under oath, as follows: 1. The undersigned complies with each of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, with the exception of clause 7, the Responsible Contractor statute. 2. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the required minimum criteria contained in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3 for a Responsible Contractor as defined therein, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. 3. A list of all of the first-tier subcontractors that the undersigned intends to retain for work on the Project is attached hereto as Attachment A. 4. If the undersigned is awarded a contract on the Project, prior to execution of a construction contract, and as a condition precedent to the execution of a construction contract, the undersigned shall additionally submit to the contracting authority a supplemental verification under oath also confirming compliance with Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, clause (7), Attachment B. 5. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria contained in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, shall make the undersigned, or its subcontractor that makes the false statement, ineligible to be awarded a construction Project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned or its subcontractor that submits a false statement. CONTRACTOR: Date: By: It's: 21

18 22

19 ATTACHMENT A FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTORS LIST First-Tier Subcontractor Name (Legal name of company as registered with the secretary of state of the state of origin) First-Tier Subcontractor Address (Street address, city, state and zip code)

20 10. 24

21 ATTACHMENT B SUPPLEMENTAL VERIFICATION Minn. Stat. 16C.285 Project Name: Prior to execution of a construction contract, and as a condition precedent to the execution of a construction contract, the undersigned prime contractor shall submit to the contracting authority a supplemental verification under oath confirming compliance with Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, clause (7). The undersigned, being an owner or officer of a contractor responding to a solicitation document of a contracting authority on the above-named Project, hereby represents, certifies and verifies under oath as follows: 1. The undersigned meets and is in compliance with each of the minimum criteria contained in Minn. Stat. 16C The undersigned has obtained from all subcontractors and any additional subcontractors with which it will have a direct contractual relationship a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer thereof verifying that each subcontractor or additional subcontractor meets all of the minimum criteria to be a responsible contractor as defined in Minn. Stat. 16C.285. CONTRACTOR: Date: By: It's: 25

22 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT ( Agreement ), made this day of, 20, by and between, a Minnesota corporation,, MN 55, (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor ), and the City of Northfield, a municipal corporation under the laws of the State of Minnesota, 801 Washington Street, Northfield, MN 55057, (hereinafter referred to as the City ); (collectively referred to as the Parties ). WITNESSETH: Whereas, City requires services and materials for the Project (the Project ); and Whereas, Contractor agrees to provide the services and materials required by City. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, the Parties agree as follows: 1. Scope of Services. The Contractor does hereby agree to perform the work of the Project for the City of Northfield, Minnesota, and to provide all labor and materials required therefor. All in strict accordance with the Specifications covering the same, dated, 20, prepared by, Engineer, and which are on file with the City Clerk of the City. This Agreement consists of the following component parts, all of which are fully a part of this Agreement as if herein set out verbatim, or if not attached, as if hereto attached, to-wit: a. This Agreement b. General Conditions c. Supplementary Conditions d. Aforesaid Specifications. e. Drawings. f. Addenda g. Bid Form submitted by Contractor. 26

23 In the event that any of the provisions in any of the above component parts of this Agreement conflict with any provisions in any of the other component parts, the provisions in the component part first enumerated above shall govern over any other component part which follows it numerically, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. All of the Contractor s work and labor shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the employee or agent designated by the City to supervise the work. If any materials or labor are rejected by the designated employee or agent as defective or unsuitable, then the materials shall be removed and replaced with other approved materials and the labor shall be done to the satisfaction and approval of the designated employee or agent at the Contractor s sole cost and expense. The Contractor shall replace at the Contractor s expense any loss or damage to the Project, however caused, which occurs during the construction thereof or prior to the final delivery to and acceptance of the Project by the City. Any payment made to the Contractor, shall not be construed as operating to relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the construction and delivery of Project. Unless approved by the City in writing, the Contractor shall make no claim for extra work done or materials furnished, nor shall the Contractor do any work or furnish any materials not covered by the plans and specifications of this Agreement. Any such work or materials furnished by the Contractor without written City approval, is at the Contractor s own risk and expense. When any extra work or materials is ordered by the City, the Contractor and City shall agree in writing to the scope of the extra work or materials and the compensation to be paid for the extra work to be performed or materials. The Contractor shall perform any altered plans ordered by the City; if such alteration reduces the cost of doing such work, the actual amount of such reduction shall be deducted from the contract price for the work. 2. Payment Amount. The City shall pay to the Contractor for the performance of this Agreement the sum of and /100ths 27

24 Dollars ($. ), payment to be made to the Contractor in accordance with and subject to the provisions embodied in the documents made a part of this Agreement. Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the City by the Contractor, if the Contractor properly performs the work, the City shall, from month to month, before completion of the work, make progress payments to Contractor up to 95 percent of the amount already earned under the Agreement, upon the estimate of the engineer or other competent person selected by the City. When the work is 95 percent or more completed, upon the recommendation of the designated City employee or agent, such portions of the retained price shall be released as the City determines it need not be retained to protect the interest of the City in the satisfactory completion of the Agreement. The balance shall be retained by the City until the final performance and completion of this Agreement by the Contractor to the satisfaction, approval, and acceptance of the City including provision by the Contractor of Minn. Dept. of Revenue Form IC-134 or other authorized proof of the Contractor s compliance with applicable state laws. Failure to pay any amount due and payable under the terms of this Agreement within 30 days of a monthly estimate or within 90 days after the final estimate of the amount earned shall obligate the City to pay to the Contractor simple interest on the past due amount at an annual rate equal to the monthly index of long-term United States Government bond yields for the month prior to the month in which this obligation is incurred, plus an additional 1 percent per annum. Interest shall not be payable with respect to any amount which the City may legally withhold as a result of breach of contract or other contractual claim or if the delay is caused by the Contractor. 3. Bond. The Contractor agrees to furnish a Performance Bond in the amount of $. and a Payment Bond in the amount of $. in favor of City for the use of the City and of all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery, materials, or insurance premiums under or for the purpose of this Agreement, to secure the faithful performance of this Agreement by the Contractor and to be conditioned as required by Minn. Stat. 28

25 to All Contractor bonds shall be furnished by the Contractor in a form and with a Surety company authorized to do business in Minnesota and satisfactory to the City. The Contractor agrees to pay all laborers employed and all subcontractors furnishing material to the Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. If the Contractor fails to pay any claims and demands for labor and materials, the City may, in its sole discretion, apply the monies due to the Contractor toward paying and satisfying such claims and demands. The City has the right to apply monies due to the Contractor towards paying any accrued indebtedness or any claim which may hereafter come due against the Contractor. The amount of such payments shall be deducted from the balance due to the Contractor; provided that nothing herein nor any variation from the amounts and timing of the installments shall be construed as impairing the right of the City or of those to whose benefit the bond herein agreed upon shall insure, to hold the Contractor or surety liable on the bond for any breach of the conditions of the same nor as imposing upon the City any obligation to laborers, materialmen, contractors, or sureties to pay or to retain for their benefit any monies coming to the Contractor hereunder. 4. Commencement and Completion of Work. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence and complete work in accordance with the plans and specifications for the Project. If the Contractor fails to complete the Project by said date, unless excused by written consent of the City, the City shall have the right to deduct from any money due or which may become due to the Contractor, the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per day between the time stipulated for the completion and the actual date of completion. If no monies are due to the Contractor, the City shall have the right to recover such sum as liquidated damages. In addition to such liquidated damages, the Contractor agrees to pay all costs of local superintendence of the work during such delay. The Contractor agrees to notify the City in writing of any cause of delay of the Project within 24 hours 29

26 after such cause of delay arises. If the Contractor fails to complete the Project by the time hereinbefore specified, the City may immediately, or at any time thereafter, proceed to complete the Project at the Contractor s expense. If the Contractor gives written notice of a delay over which the Contractor has no control, the City may at its discretion, extend the completion date, and in such case the Contractor shall become liable for liquidated damages and costs of local superintendence only after the extended completion date. 5. Permits. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, fees and licenses necessary and ordinary for the work, shall comply with all lawful requirements applicable to the work, and shall give and maintain any and all notices required by applicable law pertaining to the work. 6. Taxes. Contractor shall pay any applicable state sales taxes and shall also be responsible for the payment of any and all payroll taxes and contributions for unemployment compensation insurance and Social Security which are measured by the wages, salaries or other remunerations paid to employees of the Contractor and shall submit evidence of same to City when requested. 7. Independent Contractor. Contractor agrees that it is performing this Agreement as an independent contractor for the City. Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for supervision and direction of the work performed under this Agreement by its employees, agents, and subcontractors. Contractor acknowledges that it serves as sole employer with respect to any of the employees employed by it for performance of such work, and is responsible for the methods and manner of such work performed under this Agreement. 8. Mechanic s Liens. The Contractor hereby covenants and agrees that Contractor will not permit or allow any mechanic s or materialman s liens to be placed on the City s interest in the Property that is the subject of the Project during the term hereof. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, however, in the event any such lien shall be so placed on the City s interest, the Contractor 30

27 shall take all steps necessary to see that it is removed within thirty (30) days of its being filed; provided, however, that the Contractor may contest any such lien provided the Contractor first posts a surety bond, in favor of and insuring the City, in an amount equal to 125% of the amount of any such lien. 9. Indemnification. The Contractor shall indemnify, protect, save, hold harmless and insure the City, and its respective officers, directors, employees and members and agents, from and against any claims, liability, damages, costs, judgments, or expenses, including reasonable attorney s fees, to the extent attributable or caused by the negligent or otherwise wrongful act or omission, including breach of a specific contractual duty, of the Contractor or the Contractor's independent contractors, subcontractors, agents, employees, vendors or delegates with respect to this Agreement or the Project. The Contractor agrees to take all precautions necessary to protect the public against injury, and to keep danger signals out at night and at such other times and such places as public safety may require. Contractor shall defend the City against the foregoing, or litigation in connection with the foregoing, at Contractor s expense, with counsel reasonably acceptable to the City. The City, at its expense, shall have the right to participate in the defense of any claims or litigation and shall have the right to approve any settlement, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provision of this Paragraph shall not apply to damages or other losses proximately caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the City. All indemnification obligations shall survive termination, expiration or cancellation of this Agreement. Contractor agrees, that in order to protect itself and the City under the indemnity provisions set forth above, it will at all times during the term of this Agreement keep in force policies of insurances required in the paragraph entitled, Insurance. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to waive any immunities or limitations to which the City is entitled under Minn. Stat. Chapter 466 or otherwise. 10. Term and Termination. 31

28 a. Term. This Agreement shall be in effect until such time as the Project is completed,, 20, or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whichever comes first. b. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by either party for any reason or for convenience by either party upon ten (10) days written notice. In the event of termination under this paragraph, City shall be obligated to Contractor for payment of amounts due and owing including payment for services performed or furnished to the date and time of termination. c. False Statement. Notwithstanding any term or condition contained herein, this Agreement may be terminated by the City at any time upon discovery by the City that the prime contractor or subcontractor, as those terms are defined in statute, has submitted a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria set forth in Minnesota Statutes, section 16C.285, subdivision Default. If at any time the City determines that the performance of the work under this Agreement is being unnecessarily delayed, that the Contractor is violating any of the conditions of this Agreement, or that it is executing the same in bad faith or otherwise not in accordance with the terms of said Agreement; or if the work is not substantially completed within the time named for its completion or within the time to which such completion date may be extended; then this shall constitute default and the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and its surety if a performance bond has been executed, of the City s intention to terminate this Agreement. Unless within one week after the serving of such notice a satisfactory arrangement is made for continuance, City may immediately cancel this Agreement or exercise any other rights or remedies available to the City under this Agreement or law. In the event of Contractor s default, Contractor shall be liable to the City for any and all costs, disbursements, attorneys and consultant fees reasonably incurred by City in 32

29 enforcing this Agreement. 12. GENERAL TERMS: a. Voluntary and Knowing Action. The Parties, by executing this Agreement, state that they have carefully read this Agreement and understand fully the contents hereof; that in executing this Agreement they voluntarily accept all terms described in this Agreement without duress, coercion, undue influence, or otherwise, and that they intend to be legally bound hereby. b. Authorized Signatories. The Parties each represent and warrant to the other that (1) the persons signing this Agreement are authorized signatories for the entities represented, and (2) no further approvals, actions or ratifications are needed for the full enforceability of this Agreement against it; each Party indemnifies and holds the other harmless against any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty. c. Guarantee. The Contractor further agrees to guarantee all materials and parts supplied under this Agreement against inferiority as to specifications, such guarantee to be unconditional. It is agreed and understood by the Parties hereto that the use of said work and improvement Project at any time by the City for any purposes shall not be construed to be or operate as an acceptance by the City of the work or Project to be done by the Contractor under this Agreement. d. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other Party. e. Modifications/Amendment. Any alterations, variations, modifications, amendments or waivers of the provisions of this Agreement shall only be valid when they have been reduced to writing, and signed by authorized representative of the City and Contractor. f. Non-Discrimination. The provisions of any applicable law or ordinance relating to 33

30 civil rights and discrimination shall be considered part of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. The Contractor shall not discriminate in the hiring of labor for the performance of any work under this Agreement or any subcontract hereunder or in selecting a material supplier or vendor on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin; and shall not discriminate against any persons who are citizens of the United States and who are qualified and available to perform the work on the Project. The Contractor and any subcontractor, material supplier, or vendor shall not in any manner discriminate against, or intimidate, or prevent the employment of any such person from performing work under this Agreement or any subcontract hereunder on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin. Any violation of this Paragraph shall be a misdemeanor; and this Agreement may be canceled or terminated by the City, and all money due, or to become due, may be forfeited, for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms or conditions of this Agreement. g. Interest by City Officials. No elected official, officer, or employee of City shall during his or her tenure or employment and for one year thereafter, have any interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement or the proceeds thereof. h. Records Availability and Retention. Pursuant to Minn. Stat. 16C.05, subd. 5, the Contractor agrees that the City, the State Auditor, or any of their duly authorized representatives at any time during normal business hours and as often as they may reasonably deem necessary, shall have access to and the right to examine, audit, excerpt, and transcribe any books, documents, papers, records, etc., which are pertinent to the accounting practices and procedures of Contractor and involve transactions relating to this Agreement. The Contractor agrees to maintain these records for a period of six years from the date of termination of this Agreement. 34

31 i. Force Majeure. The Parties shall each be excused from performance under this Agreement while and to the extent that either of them are unable to perform, for any cause beyond its reasonable control. Such causes shall include, but not be restricted to fire, storm, flood, earthquake, explosion, war, total or partial failure of transportation or delivery facilities, raw materials or supplies, interruption of utilities or power, and any act of government or military authority. In the event either Party is rendered unable wholly or in part by force majeure to carry out its obligations under this Agreement then the Party affected by force majeure shall give written notice with explanation to the other Party immediately. j. Compliance with Laws. The Contractor shall abide by all Federal, State and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations now in effect or hereinafter adopted pertaining to this Agreement or to the facilities, programs and staff for which the Contractor is responsible. k. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made and accepted in Rice County, Minnesota, and the laws of the State of Minnesota shall govern any interpretations or constructions of the Agreement without regard to its choice of law or conflict of laws principles. l. Data Practices. The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement is subject to the requirements of Minnesota s Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, Section et seq. m. No Waiver. Any Party s failure in any one or more instances to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or to exercise any right herein conferred shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of that right or of that Party s right to assert or rely upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 35

32 Any express waiver of a term of this Agreement shall not be binding and effective unless made in writing and properly executed by the waiving Party. n. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed severed from this Agreement to the extent of its invalidity or unenforceability, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement did not contain that particular provision to the extent of its invalidity or unenforceability. o. Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire Agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof. All discussions and negotiations are deemed merged in this Agreement. p. Data Disclosure. Under Minn. Stat. 270C.65, Subd. 3 and other applicable law, the Contractor consents to disclosure of its social security number, federal employer tax identification number, and/or Minnesota tax identification number, already provided to the City, to federal and state agencies and state personnel involved in the payment of City obligations. These identification numbers may be used in the enforcement of federal and state laws which could result in action requiring the Contractor to file state tax returns, pay delinquent state tax liabilities, if any, or pay other City liabilities. q. Payment to Subcontractors. As required by Minn. Stat , the prime contractor must pay all subcontractors, less any retainage, within 10 calendar days of the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the City for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor(s) and must pay interest at the rate of one and one-half percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor(s) on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor(s). 36

33 r. Patented Devices, Materials and Processes. If this Agreement requires, or the Contractor desires, the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright, trademark or trade name, the Contractor shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner and a copy of said agreement shall be filed with the City. If no such agreement is made or filed as noted, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented designed, device, material or process, or any trademark or trade name or copyright in connection with the services agreed to be performed under the Agreement, and shall indemnify and defend the City for any costs, liability, expenses and attorney's fees that result from any such infringement. s. Headings and Captions. Headings and captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not intended to alter any of the provisions of this Agreement and shall not be used for the interpretation of the validity of the Agreement or any provision hereof. t. Survivability. All covenants, indemnities, guarantees, releases, representations and warranties by any party or parties, and any undischarged obligations of City and the Contractor arising prior to the expiration of this Agreement (whether by completion or earlier termination), shall survive such expiration. Remainder of page intentionally left blank. 37

34 and year first above written. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day, CONTRACTOR By: Title: Print Name: (Signature) Date: By: Title: Print Name: (Signature) Date: CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA By: Rhonda Pownell, Its Mayor Date: By: Deb Little, Its City Clerk Date: 38

35 STATE OF ) ) ss. COUNTY OF ) On this day of, 20, before me, a Notary Public within and for said County, personally appeared and, to me personally known, who, being by me each duly sworn, did say that they are respectively the and the of, the corporation named in the foregoing instrument, and that said instrument was signed on behalf of said corporation and said and acknowledged the said instrument to be the duly authorized, free act and deed of said corporation. Notary Public 39

36 EXHIBIT 1 CERTIFICATES OF REQUIRED INSURANCE COVERAGES [Certificates of Insurance attached hereto] 40

37 NOTICE OF AWARD Owner: City of Northfield, Minnesota TO: Project Name: Project Description: The Owner has considered the Bid submitted by you for the above-referenced work in response to its Advertisement for Bids dated 41, 20, and Instructions to Bidders. You are hereby notified that your Bid has been accepted for the Project in the amount of $. You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the enclosed Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds and certificate(s) of insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date you receive this Notice. If you fail to execute said the enclosed Agreement and to furnish said bonds and certificate(s) within fifteen days from the date of receipt of this Notice, the Owner will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Security to the Owner. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Award to the Owner. Dated this day of 20. City of Northfield, Minnesota (owner) By: David E. Bennett Title: Public Works Director/City Engineer ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE: Receipt of the above Notice of Award is hereby acknowledged. By this the day of, 20. By Title:

38 NOTICE TO PROCEED TO: DATE: PROJECT: You are hereby notified to commence work in accordance with the Agreement dated, on or after, 20, and the contractor shall complete all work within working days, beginning on, 20. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Award to the Owner. Dated this day of 20. CITY OF NORTHFIELD (Owner) By: David E. Bennett Title: Public Works Director/City Engineer ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE: Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged by this the day of, 20. By: Title: 42

39 43

40 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Index Page Number 1. Definitions 1 2. Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings 3 3. Schedules, Reports and Records 3 4. Drawings and Specifications 4 5. Shop Drawings 4 6. Materials, Services and Facilities 4 7. Inspection and Testing 5 8. Substitutions 6 9. Patents Surveys and Permits Protection of Work, Property and Persons Supervision by Contractor Changes in the Work Changes in Contract Price Notice and Waiver of Claims Time for Completion and Delay Damages Correction of Work Subsurface Conditions Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay Payments to Contractor Acceptance of Final Payment as Release Insurance Contract Security Error! Bookmark not defined. 24. Assignments Indemnification Separate Contracts Subcontracting Engineer s Authority Land and Rights-of-Way Cleaning-Up Warranty and Guaranty Dispute Resolution Taxes Existing Utilities Closing Streets to Traffic Use of Explosives Responsible Contractor Statue Compliance Error! Bookmark not defined.

41 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Definitions 1.1 Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 1.2 Addendum (Addenda) A written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids, which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 1.3 Agreement The written contract document which binds the Contractor to perform the Work and the Owner to pay the Contract Price pursuant to the Contract Documents. 1.4 Application for Payment The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.5 Bid The written offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed Bid Form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6 Bidder Any individual, firm, corporation or other entitysubmitting a Bid for the Work to the Owner. 1.7 Bidding Documents The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 1.8 Bidding Requirements The Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid Security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 1.9 Bonds Bid, performance, payment and maintenance bonds and other instruments of security furnished by the Contractor and/or its surety in accordance with the Bidding Requirements and Contract Documents Change Order A written order to the Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents, or authorizing an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time Contract Documents All documents, including the Agreement, identified in the Agreement as Contract Documents Contract Price The total monies payable to the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents Contract Time(s) The number of Working Days or the dates stated in the Bidding Requirements and Contract Documents for the Substantial and Final Completion of the Work Contractor The individual, firm, corporation, or other entity with whom the Page 1 of 21 General Conditions

42 Owner has executed the Agreement for the performance of the Work Drawings The part of the Contract Documents which graphically show the extent, characteristics and scope of the Work to be performed by the Contractor and which have been prepared or approved by the Engineer Engineer The person, firm, corporation or other entity named as such in the Contract Documents Field Order Written order effecting a change in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, issued by the Engineer to the Contractor during construction Final Completion The date when the Project, or a designated portion thereof, is officially accepted by the Owner as complete, including the completion of all restoration Work and punchlist Work. This shall trigger the start of the two-year maintenance bond Notice of Award The written notice of the acceptance of the Bid issued by the Owner to the successful Bidder Notice to Proceed The written notice issued by the Owner to the Contractor authorizing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date of commencement of the Work Owner The City of Northfield, Minnesota, a municipal corporation under the laws of the State of Minnesota for whom the Work is to be performed Project The undertaking to be performed for the Owner by the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents Resident Project Representative The authorized representative of the Owner who is assigned to the Project site or any part thereof Shop Drawings All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data, which are prepared by or for the Contractor, a Subcontractor, manufacturer, Supplier or distributor, which illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents Site Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor Specifications That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of and requirements for materials, equipment, construction, systems, standards and Workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work Subcontractor An individual, firm, corporation, or other entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a portion of the Work. Page 2 of 21 General Conditions

43 1.28 Substantial Completion The date when the Project, or a designated portion thereof, is officially accepted by the Owner for utilization for its intended purpose. Generally, this is after the base course of bituminous is placed Successful Bidder The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions Supplementary Conditions Modifications, amendments or supplements to these General Conditions Suppliers Any person, entity or organization who provides or furnishes materials or equipment for the Work performed by the Contractor or any Subcontractors, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site and has a direct contract with the Contractor or a Subcontractor for such purpose Work The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes all labor, services and documentation necessary to produce the construction required by the Contract Documents, and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the Project Working Day A calendar day, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and legal Holidays, on which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the normal Working force engaged in progress-controlling operations to proceed for at least two (2) hours Written Notice Any written notice to any party to the Agreement relative to any part of the Agreement, which shall be considered delivered and the service thereof completed when posted by certified or registered mail to a party at its last given address, or when delivered in person to a party or an authorized representative assigned to the Project. 2. Additional Instructions and Detail Drawings 2.1 The Contractor may be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings by the Engineer as part of addenda, change orders or field orders as necessary to carry out the Work required by the Contract Documents. 2.2 The additional drawings and instructions thus supplied as part of addenda, change order, or field orders shall become a part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carry out the Work in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. 3. Schedules, Reports and Records 3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data as the Owner may request concerning Work performed or to be performed. 3.2 Prior to or at the time of the pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit schedules showing the order in which it proposes to carry out the Work, Page 3 of 21 General Conditions

44 including dates at which it will start the various portions of the Work and the estimated date of Substantial Completion of each portion. 4. Drawings and Specifications 4.1 The intent of the Drawings and Specifications is that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental Work necessary to complete the Project in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy or operation by the Owner. 4.2 In case of conflict between the Drawings and Specifications, the Specifications shall govern. Figure dimensions on Drawings shall govern over scale dimensions, and detailed drawings shall govern over general drawings. 4.3 Any discrepancies or inconsistencies found between the Drawings and Specifications or any omissions or ambiguities in the Drawings or Specifications shall be immediately reported in writing to the Engineer, who shall promptly correct such discrepancies, inconsistencies, omissions or ambiguities in writing. Work done by the Contractor after discovery of such discrepancies, inconsistencies, omissions or ambiguities and prior to correction by Engineer shall be done at the Contractor s risk. 5. Shop Drawings 5.1 The Contractor shall provide Shop Drawings as may be necessary for the prosecution of the Work as required by the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall promptly review all Shop Drawings. The Engineer s approval of any Shop Drawings shall not release the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents. The approval of any Shop Drawing that substantially deviates from the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be evidenced by a Change Order. 5.2 When submitted for the Engineer s review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor s certification that the Contractor has reviewed and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A minimum of two sets of Shop Drawings are required by the Engineer. One set shall be returned to the Contractor upon review and acceptance by the Engineer. Whenever a specific brand and model is specified, an or equal item shall be considered by the Engineer if submitted by the Contractor. 5.3 Portions of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or sample submission shall not begin until the Shop Drawing or submission has been approved by the Engineer. A copy of each approved Shop Drawing and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by the Contractor at the site and shall be available to the Engineer. 6. Materials, Services and Facilities 6.1 Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature, and all Page 4 of 21 General Conditions

45 other services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and deliver the Work within the specified time. 6.2 Materials and equipment shall be so stored as to ensure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work. Stored materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. 6.3 Manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. 6.4 Materials, supplies and equipment shall be in accordance with the quality specified and the samples submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 6.5 Materials, supplies or equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall not be purchased by the Contractor or the Subcontractor subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. 7. Inspection and Testing 7.1 All Work performed in the construction of the project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with generally accepted standards and the Contract Documents. The Contractor agrees to complete the Work in strict conformity with the Contract Documents, regardless of the extent or character of the inspection. 7.2 The Owner shall provide inspection and testing services required by the Contract Documents. 7.3 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected, tested, or approved by someone other than the Contractor, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of readiness. The Contractor shall then furnish the Engineer the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. 7.4 Neither observation by the Engineer nor inspections, tests or approvals by persons other than the Contractor shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 7.5 The Engineer and any representatives shall at all times have access to the Work for observation, inspection and testing. In addition, authorized representatives and agents of any participating federal or state agency shall be permitted to inspect all Work, payrolls, records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records. The Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access. 7.6 If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of the Engineer, it must, if requested by the Engineer, be uncovered for the Engineer s observation and replaced at the Contractor s expense. Page 5 of 21 General Conditions

46 7.7 If any Work has been covered which the Engineer has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, or if the Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be inspected or tested by others, the Contractor at the Engineer s request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as the Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, tools, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, the Contractor shall bear all the expenses of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 8. Substitutions 9. Patents 8.1 Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified on the drawings or specifications by reference to brand name or catalogue number, it shall be understood that this reference is for the purpose of defining the performance or other salient requirements and that other products of equal capacities, quality and function shall be considered. The Contractor may recommend the substitution of a material, article, or piece of equipment of equal capacity, quality and function for those referred to in the Contract Documents by reference to brand name or catalogue number, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such material, article or piece of equipment is of equal capacity, quality and function to that specified, the Engineer may approve its substitution and use by the Contractor. Any cost differential shall be deducted from the Contract Price and the Contract Documents shall be appropriately modified by Change Order. The Contractor warrants that if substitutes are approved, no major changes in the function or general design of the Project will result. Incidental changes or extra component parts required to accommodate the substitute shall be made by the Contractor without a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time. 9.1 The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof. If the Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is given promptly to the Engineer. 10. Surveys and Permits 10.1 The Owner shall furnish all land surveys and establish all base lines for locating the principal component parts of the Work together with surveys needed for construction such as slope stakes, stakes for pile locations and other Working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets. Page 6 of 21 General Conditions

47 10.2 The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points and stakes and, in case of willful or careless destruction, shall be charged with the resulting expense for replacement and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. 11. Protection of Work, Property and Persons 11.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby, all the Work and all materials or equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, sidewalks/trails, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction The Contractor shall remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, except to the extent damage or loss is directly attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents or to the acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of the Contractor In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Engineer or Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. The Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt written notice of any significant changes in the Work or deviations from the Contract Documents caused thereby, and a Change Order shall thereupon be issued covering the changes and deviations involved. 12. Supervision by Contractor 12.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor shall employ and maintain on the Work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor s representative at the site. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor and all communications given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The supervisor shall be present on the site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of the Work. Page 7 of 21 General Conditions

48 13. Changes in the Work 13.1 The Owner may at any time, as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the Work without invalidating the Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due under the Contract Documents, or the time required for performance of the Work, an equitable adjustment shall be authorized by Change Order The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a Field Order, make changes in the details of the Work. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the Work so ordered by the Engineer unless the Contractor believes that such Field Order entitles the Contractor to a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, in which event written notice shall be given to the Engineer within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Field Order, and the Contractor shall not execute such changes pending the receipt of an executed change order or further instruction from the Owner If the Contractor claims that any instructions the Engineer or otherwise involve extra cost under the Agreement, the Contractor shall give the Engineer written notice of such claims. The written notice shall be given within a reasonable time after receipt of such instructions, and in any event, before proceeding to execute the affected Work except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall take whatever precautions are necessary. 14. Changes in Contract Price 14.1 The Contract Price may be changed only by a Change Order. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined by one or more of the following methods in the order of precedence listed below: A. Unit prices previously approved. B. An agreed lump sum. C. Force account basis pursuant to Mn/DOT Specification Notice and Waiver of Claims 15.1 If the Contractor believes that it is entitled to an equitable adjustment or other change to the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the Contractor shall promptly give the Engineer written notice of the claim, the basis of the claim, and the extent to which the Contractor seeks a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. Upon request by the Owner or the Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly furnish such documentation supporting the claim as is requested Failure to give prompt written notice or to promptly provide supporting documentation shall constitute a waiver by the Contractor of any claim for or entitlement to an equitable adjustment or other change to the Contract Price or the Contract Time. With respect to the notice, promptly shall mean within fifteen (15) calendar days of the event first giving rise to the basis for the claim. With respect to providing supporting documentation, promptly shall mean within fifteen (15) calendar days of the request for supporting documentation. Page 8 of 21 General Conditions

49 16. Time for Completion and Delay Damages 16.1 The date of beginning and the time for Substantial Completion of the Work is an essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the Work shall be commenced on the date specified in the notice to proceed The Contractor shall proceed with the Work at such rate of progress to ensure Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the Contract Time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality of the Work If the Contractor shall fail to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, or extension of time granted by the Owner, then the Contractor shall pay to the Owner liquidated damages as provided in the Agreement for each calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default of completing the Work within the Contract Time The Contractor shall not be charged liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in Substantial Completion of the Work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer: A. To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner; or B. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the direct or indirect fault or negligence of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Suppliers, including but not restricted to acts of God, acts of the Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal weather The Contractor may be eligible for an increase in the Contract Time for unavoidable delays, change orders, disruptions or other interference resulting from the unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the direct or indirect fault or negligence of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Suppliers, but the Contractor s only remedy in such event shall be an increase in the Contract Time and the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation or damages of any kind. 17. Correction of Work 17.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all Work rejected by the Engineer for failure to comply with the Contract Documents, whether incorporated in the construction or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of making good all Work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement All removal and replacement Work shall be done at the Contractor s expense. If the Contractor does not take action to remove such rejected Work within ten (10) Page 9 of 21 General Conditions

50 days after receipt of written notice, the Owner may remove such Work and store the materials at the expense of the Contractor. 18. Subsurface Conditions 18.1 The Contractor shall promptly, and before such conditions are disturbed, except in the event of an emergency, notify the Owner by written notice of: A. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or B. Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in the Work provided for in the Contract Documents The Owner shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that such conditions do so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost of, or in the time required for, performance of the Work, then equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract Documents shall be modified by a Change Order. Any claim of the Contractor for adjustment hereunder shall not be allowed unless the required written notice has been given, provided that the Owner may, if the Owner determines that the facts so justify, consider and adjust any such claims asserted before the date of final payment. 19. Suspension of Work, Termination and Delay 19.1 The Owner may, at any time and without cause, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or such further time as agreed upon by the Contractor, by written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, which notice shall fix the date on which Work shall be resumed. The Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributed to any such suspension If the Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or if the Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of any creditors, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of the Contractor s property, or if the Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor s act, or to reorganize under bankruptcy or other applicable laws, or if the Contractor repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled Workers or suitable materials or equipment, or if the Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers for labor, materials or equipment, or if the Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the Work, or if the Contractor disregards the authority of the Engineer, or if the Contractor otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and any surety a minimum of ten (10) days prior written notice, terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor, and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive Page 10 of 21 General Conditions

51 any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing the project, including compensation for additional professional services, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such costs incurred by the Owner shall be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order Where the Contractor s services have been so terminated by the Owner, said termination shall not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the Owner due the Contractor shall not release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents After ten (10) days from delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, elect to abandon the Project and terminate the Agreement. In such case, the Contractor shall be paid for all Work executed and any expense sustained prior to delivery of said notice If, through no act or fault of the Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Engineer fails to act on any request for partial payment within thirty (45) days after it is submitted, or the Owner fails to pay the Contractor substantially the sum approved by the Engineer or awarded by arbitrators within sixty (60) days after it is submitted, then the Contractor may, after ten (10) days following delivery of written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and all expenses sustained prior to said termination. In lieu of terminating the Agreement, if the Engineer has failed to act on a request for partial payment or if the Owner has failed to make any payment as aforesaid, the Contractor may upon ten (10) days notice to the Owner and the Engineer stop the Work until the Contractor has been paid all undisputed amounts then due, in which event and upon resumption of the Work, a Change Order shall be issued adjusting the Contract Price or extending the Contract Time or both to compensate for the costs and delays attributable to the stoppage of the Work If the performance of all or any portion of the Work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted as a result of a failure of the Owner or Engineer to act within the time specified in the Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, within a reasonable time, an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, shall be made by Change Order to compensate the Contractor for the costs and delays necessarily caused by the failure of the Owner or Engineer. 20. Applications for Payment 20.1 Based upon Applications for Payment from the Contractor, once a month the Engineer shall submit to the Contractor a partial payment covering the Work performed during the period covered by the partial payment. If payment is Page 11 of 21 General Conditions

52 requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at or near the site, the partial payment shall also be accompanied by such supporting data from the Contractor, satisfactory to the Owner, as will establish the Owner s title to the material and equipment and protect the Owner s interest therein, including applicable insurance. The Engineer shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of each Application for Paymenty, either indicate in writing approval of payment and present the partial payment to the Owner, or return the Application for Payment to the Contractor indicating in writing any reasons for refusing to approve payment. In the latter case, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. The Owner shall, within thirty (30) days of presentation of an approved Application for Payment, pay the Contractor a progress payment on the basis of the approved Application for payment. The Owner shall retain five percent (5%) of the amount of each payment until Final Completion of all Work covered by the Contract Documents. At the Owner s sole discretion, upon Final Completion of a portion of the Work on which the price is stated separately in the Contract Documents, payment may be made in full, including retained percentages, less authorized deductions, for that portion of the Work All Work covered by partial payment made shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the care and protection of the Work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged Work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract Documents Upon Final Completion of the Work and the Contractor s submission of the final payment request, the Engineer shall issue a certificate attached to the final payment request that Final Completion of the Work has been achieved. The entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentages, except such sums as may be lawfully retained by the Owner, shall be paid to the Contractor within ninety (90) days of the Engineer s certification of Final Completion of the Work The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and save the Owner and the Owner s agents harmless from all claims arising out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, Suppliers who contributed to the Work. The Contractor shall, at the Owner s request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature designated above have been paid, discharged, or waived If the Owner fails to make payments within the required time after approval by the Engineer, in addition to other remedies available to the Contractor, there shall be added to each such payment interest on the unpaid amount of the request for payment at the rate equal to the monthly index of long-term United States Government bond yields for the month prior to the month in which this obligation is incurred, plus an additional 1 percent per annum. Interest shall not be payable with respect to any amount which the City may legally withhold as a result of breach of contract or other contractual claim or if the delay is caused by the Contractor. Page 12 of 21 General Conditions

53 21. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 21.1 The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall constitute full payment for all things done or furnished in connection with the Work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating to or arising out of the Work, and a release of the Owner from all claims and all liability to the Contractor other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor in writing at the time the Contractor submits the final payment request. Any payment, however, final or otherwise, shall not release the Contractor or the Contractor s sureties from any obligations under the Contract Documents, the performance and payment bonds, or the maintenance bond. 22. Liability Insurance Generally 22.1 The Contractor shall not commence Work under the Agreement until Contractor has obtained all insurance required herein and such insurance has been approved by the City, nor shall Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence Work on a subcontract until such subcontractor has obtained like insurance covering as to worker's compensation, liability, and automobile insurance. All this insurance coverage shall be maintained throughout the life of the Agreement The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims, set forth below, which may arise out of or result from Contractor s execution of the Work, whether such execution be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 22.3 A. Claims under Worker s compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; B. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor s employees; C. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor s employees; D. Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; E. Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; F. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death, or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; G. Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and H. Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor s obligations under Article 25 herein. Page 13 of 21 General Conditions

54 23. Required Insurance Coverage and Bonds 23.1 The Contractor agrees to procure and maintain, at Contractor's expense, the following insurance policies, including the minimum coverages and limits of liability specified below, or as specified in the applicable insurance certificate(s), or as otherwise required by law, whichever is greater: Worker s Compensation Statutory Limits Employer s Liability Comprehensive General Liability Comprehensive Automobile Liability $500,000 each accident $500,000 disease policy limit $500,000 disease each employee $2,000,000 property damage and bodily injury per occurrence $4,000,000 annual aggregate $2,000,000 annual aggregate Products Completed Operations $1,000,000 per occurrence combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage (shall include coverage for all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles Umbrella or Excess Liability $1,000, Professional/Technical (Errors and Omissions) Liability Insurance, As Applicable. If applicable to the services to be provided by the Contractor should the same involve professional services, the Contractor agrees to procure and maintain, at Contractor's expense, Professional/Technical (Errors and Omissions) Liability Insurance. The required policy will provide coverage for all claims the Contractor may become legally obligated to pay resulting from any actual or alleged negligent act, error, or omission related to Contractor s professional services required under this Agreement. The Contractor is required to carry the following minimum limits: $2,000,000 per claim or event; $4,000,000 annual aggregate; or as specified in the applicable insurance certificate(s), or as otherwise required by law, whichever is greater. Any deductible will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and may not exceed $50,000 without the written approval of the City. If the Contractor desires authority from the City to have a deductible in a higher amount, the Contractor shall so request in writing, specifying the amount of the desired deductible and providing financial documentation by submitting the most current audited financial statements so that the City can ascertain the ability of the Contractor to cover the deductible from its own resources. The retroactive or prior acts date of such coverage shall not be after the effective date of this Agreement and Contractor shall maintain such Page 14 of 21 General Conditions

55 insurance for a period of at least three (3) years, following completion of the work. If such insurance is discontinued, extended reporting period coverage must be obtained by Contractor to fulfill this requirement The Contractor s policies shall be primary insurance to any other valid and collectible insurance available to the City with respect to any claim arising out of Contractor s performance The Contractor is responsible for payment of contract related insurance premiums and deductibles. If Contractor is self-insured, a Certificate of Self-Insurance must be provided to the City The Contractor s policies shall include legal defense fees in addition to its liability policy limits, with the exception of the professional liability insurance, if applicable All policies listed above shall be written on an occurrence form ( claims made and modified occurrence forms are not acceptable) and shall apply on a per project basis Contractor shall obtain insurance policies from insurance companies having an AM BEST rating of A- (minus); Financial Size Category (FSC) VII or better, and authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota 23.8 Effect of Failure to Provide Insurance. If the Contractor fails to provide the specified insurance, then Contractor will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and City s officials, agents and employees from any loss, claim, liability and expense (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses of litigation) to the extent necessary to afford the same protection as would have been provided by the specified insurance. Except to the extent prohibited by law, this indemnity applies regardless of any strict liability or negligence attributable to the City (including sole negligence) and regardless of the extent to which the underlying occurrence (i.e., the event giving rise to a claim which would have been covered by the specified insurance) is attributable to the negligent or otherwise wrongful act or omission (including breach of contract) of the Contractor, its subcontractors, agents, employees or delegates. The Contractor agrees that this indemnity shall be construed and applied in favor of indemnification. The Contractor also agrees that if applicable law limits or precludes any aspect of this indemnity, then the indemnity will be considered limited only to the extent necessary to comply with that applicable law. The stated indemnity continues until all applicable statutes of limitation have run. If a claim arises within the scope of the stated indemnity, the City may require Contractor to: i. Furnish and pay for a surety bond, satisfactory to the City, guaranteeing performance of the indemnity obligation; or ii. Furnish a written acceptance of tender of defense and indemnity from Contractor s insurance company. The Contractor will take the action required by the City within fifteen (15) days of Page 15 of 21 General Conditions

56 receiving notice from the City Notwithstanding the foregoing, the City reserves the right to immediately terminate the Agreement if the Contractor is not in compliance with the insurance requirements contained herein and retains all rights to pursue any legal remedies against the Contractor The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own expense, during the contract time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the state in which the Work is performed, Worker s compensation insurance, including occupational disease provisions, for all of the Contractor s employees at the site of the Project and in case any Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor similarly to provide Worker s compensation insurance, including occupational disease provisions, for all of the latter s employees unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous Work under the contract at the site of the Project is not protected under the Worker s compensation act, the Contractor shall provide, and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide, adequate and suitable insurance for the protection of their employees not otherwise protected. The Contractor shall provide the City of Northfield with proof of Worker s compensation insurance covering all the employees of the Contractor and all Subcontractors The Contractor shall secure, if applicable, All Risk type builder s risk insurance for the Work to be performed. Unless specifically authorized by the Owner, the amount of such insurance shall not be less than the total Contract Price in the Bid. The policy shall cover not less than losses due to fires, explosion, hail, lightning, vandalism, malicious mischief, wind, collapse, riot, aircraft, smoke and theft during the Contract Time, and until Final Completion is achieved. The policy shall cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Ownerfurnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Agreement; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. The policy shall cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). The policy shall extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). The policy shall extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. The policy shall provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. Page 16 of 21 General Conditions

57 23.12 The policy shall name as the insured the Contractor, the Engineer and the Owner as their interests may appear. This provision shall in no way release the Contractor or Contractor s surety from obligations under the Contract Documents to fully complete the Project Certificates of insurance acceptable to the City of Northfield shall be filed with the City of Northfield within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice of Award. These certificates shall name the City of Northfield as an additional insured and shall contain a provision that the coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled unless at least ten (10) days prior written notice has been given to the City of Northfield. A specimen certificate of insurance marked as Exhibit A is attached hereto to assist in your understanding of this requirement. The attached Exhibit A-1 is a statement of additional conditions to the certificate of insurance, which are required without exception. The certificate of insurance, completed as shown in Exhibit A, must be signed by a duly authorized representative of the applicable insurance company or companies. All insurance coverage s required under the Contract Documents shall be maintained in full force and effect at least until Final Completion, and contractual liability and completed operations coverage s shall be maintained for at least three years following Final Completion Bonds. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Notice of Award, furnish the City of Northfield with performance and payment bonds, each in penal sum equal to the amount of the Contract Price, conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all of the Work required by the Contract Documents, and upon the prompt payment by the Contractor of all persons performing labor on the Project under the Agreement and furnishing materials in connection with the Agreement, and, upon Final Completion of the Project, the Contractor shall furnish a bond for maintenance of the Work done under the Agreement for the specified term stated herein and in penal sum equal to the amount of the Contract Price. Said performance, payment, and maintenance bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a corporate bonding company licensed to transact such business in the state in which the Work is to be performed. The expense of these bonds shall be borne by the Contractor. If at any time a surety on any such bonds is declared as bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the state in which the Work is to be performed, the Contractor shall immediately so inform the Owner in writing. The Contractor shall within ten (10) days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute acceptable bonds in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the Owner. No further payments shall be deemed due nor shall be made until the new surety or sureties shall have furnished acceptable bonds to the Owner. 24. Assignments 24.1 The Contractor nor the Owner shall sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of the Agreement or any portion thereof, or of their rights, title or interest therein, or their obligations thereunder, without written consent of the other party. Page 17 of 21 General Conditions

58 25. Indemnification 25.1 The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and is caused in whole or in part by any negligent or willful act or omission or other fault of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable The obligation of the Contractor under this article shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer or the Engineer s agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications. 26. Separate Contracts 26.1 The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with the Project and to do Work related to the Project by itself. The Contractor shall afford other contractors and the Owner reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor s Work depends upon the Work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such Work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results If the performance of additional Work by other contractors or the Owner is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the contract, written notice thereof shall be given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional Work. If the Contractor believes that the performance of such additional Work by the Owner or others involves the Contractor in additional expense or entitles the Contractor to an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefor as provided in the Contract Documents. 27. Subcontracting 27.1 The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty Subcontractors on those parts of the Work which, under normal contracting practices, are performed by specialty Subcontractors The Contractor shall not award Work to Subcontractors which, in the aggregate, totals in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Contract Price without prior written approval of the Owner The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as the Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. Page 18 of 21 General Conditions

59 27.4 The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor and the terms of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract as the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any Subcontractor and the Owner. 28. Engineer s Authority 28.1 The Engineer shall act as the Owner s representative during the construction period. The Engineer shall decide questions that may arise as to quality and acceptability of materials furnished and Work performed. Where the General Conditions require the Engineer to act in the role of mediator or neutral, the Engineer shall to the fullest extent practical, interpret the intent of the Contract Documents in a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer shall make visits to the site and determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents The Contractor shall be held strictly to the intent of the Contract Documents with regard to Workmanship and execution of the Work. Inspections may be made at the factory or fabrication plant of the source of material supply The Engineer shall not be responsible for construction means, controls, techniques, sequences, procedures, or construction safety The Engineer shall promptly make decisions relative to interpretation of the Contract Documents. 29. Land and Rights-of-Way 29.1 Prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the Owner shall obtain all land and rights-of-way necessary for carrying out and for the completion of the Work to be performed pursuant to the Contract Documents, unless otherwise mutually agreed The Owner shall provide to the Contractor information which delineates and describes the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired The Contractor shall provide at its own expense and without liability to the Owner any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities or for storage of materials. 30. Cleaning-Up 30.1 The Contractor shall remove from all public and private property, at its own expense, all temporary structures, rubbish and waste materials resulting from its operations, before the Work will be considered Finally Complete. All walks, drives, paving, fences, lawns, and streets shall be restored and replaced to their original condition or better except where other provisions are specifically stated. Page 19 of 21 General Conditions

60 31. Warranty and Guaranty 31.1 The Contractor warrants and guarantees for a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Completion of the Work that the Work shall be free from all defects due to faulty materials or Workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other property resulting from such defects. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, or other Work that may be made necessary by such defects, the Owner may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. To secure the Contractor s obligations under this paragraph, the Contractor shall provide a maintenance bond which shall remain in full force and effect through the two-year period. In the case of a project which includes both utility and street improvements, the City Council will consider commencement of a separate two-year period for the utility portion of the project upon written request by the Contractor and recommendation of the Engineer after the utility portion has been Finally Completed. 32. Dispute Resolution 32.1 Owner and Contractor agree to negotiate all claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except for claims which have been waived by the making and acceptance of final payment as provided by Article 20, in good faith for a period of 30 days from the date of notice of dispute prior to proceeding to formal dispute resolution or exercising their rights under law. Any claims or disputes unresolved after good faith negotiations shall first be submitted to mediation utilizing the Minnesota District Court Rule 114 Roster. Owner and Contractor further agree to require an equivalent dispute resolution process governing all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, consultants, and fabricators concerned with the Project At the sole discretion of the Owner, arbitration may be used in lieu of other legal proceedings in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. To the extent the Owner elects to arbitrate, the Contractor consents to the joinder in the arbitration of such other parties as are desirable for a full determination. The Owner s right to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notice of a demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract Documents and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Engineer. Arbitration shall be barred to the extent that a legal action concerning the same claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations The Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during any dispute negotiations, mediation or arbitration proceedings, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing Nothing herein shall be construed to require the Owner to arbitrate any claim, and Page 20 of 21 General Conditions

61 33. Taxes the Owner reserves the right to avail itself of any remedy available to it at law or in equity The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law of the place where the Work is performed. 34. Existing Utilities 34.1 The location of existing utilities indicated on the Drawings is based solely on available records and no responsibility is assumed by the Owner or the Engineer for the accuracy of the location of the utilities indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility to the utility companies for expense incurred by them to protect or maintain their operation, including temporary relocations, during the time Work is in progress, and for damage caused to such utilities by the Contractor s operations. 35. Closing Streets to Traffic 35.1 The Contractor may close streets, or parts of streets, to vehicle traffic upon approval of the City Engineer. The Contractor shall submit an acceptable written traffic control plan before obtaining the approval of the City Engineer. Such streets, or parts of streets, may remain closed for the period stated by the City Engineer, but no longer than required for performance of the Work. Before Work is started on any street, the Contractor shall give notice to the police and fire departments and to local residents. 36. Use of Explosives 36.1 When explosives are used by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use the utmost care and take all necessary precautions not to endanger life or damage or destroy property. All explosives shall be stored in a reasonably secure and safe place which shall be clearly marked, DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES. The method of storing and handling explosives and highly flammable materials shall conform to all laws and regulations relating thereto. All persons within the danger zone of blasting operations shall be warned and no blasting shall be done until the zone is cleared. If traffic is being maintained over a street or alley under construction, or if blasting operations are in the vicinity of any road, flaggers shall be stationed outside the danger zone to stop traffic until the blasting operations are completed and the road is again safe. The Contractor shall furnish all flaggers and shall pay for all labor and materials required in making repairs to public utility lines, and for removing debris from adjacent property or the right-of-way and tracks of railroads. It is presumed that one flagger will be sufficient to protect railroad property during blasting operations, but should any Contractor carry on its operations in such a way that the railroad property will, in the opinion of the railroad officials, require additional protection, the railroad company may place additional flaggers on the Work at the expense of the Contractor in order to more adequately protect its property. The Contractor shall provide a detailed blasting Page 21 of 21 General Conditions

62 37. Defective Work plan if explosives are to be utilized on this project. The Contractor assumes sole responsibility for any damage caused by the use of explosives to excavate rock. The Contractor is required to document with video and pictures the existing conditions outside and inside of each structure along the blasting corridor to protect against potential claims Contractor s Obligation: It is Contractor s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective Engineer s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due Acceptance of Defective Work. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor Page 22 of 21 General Conditions

63 shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner Uncovering Work Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer s observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor s expense If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective Owner May Stop the Work. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them Owner May Correct Defective Work If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall proceed Page 23 of 21 General Conditions

64 expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner s representatives, agents and employees, Owner s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph will be charged against Contractor as set-offs against payments due. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor s defective Work. 38. Responsible Contractor Statute Verification of Compliance 38.1 Any prime contractor, subcontractor or motor carrier who is a responsible contractor as that term is defined in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, must meet the requirements of and verify compliance with Minn. Stat. 16C.285, which statute is incorporated herein by reference Any prime contractor, subcontractor, or motor carrier who fails to verify compliance with any one of the required minimum criteria established for a responsible contractor or who fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the project or to perform work on the project Any prime contractor, subcontractor, or motor carrier that makes a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria contained in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, shall be ineligible to be awarded a construction contract on the project for which the verification was submitted Any prime contractor, subcontractor, or motor carrier that makes a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria contained in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, may result in termination by the contracting authority of a construction contract that has already been awarded to a prime contractor, subcontractor or motor carrier A contractor responding to a solicitation document of a contracting authority shall submit to the contracting authority a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria contained in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3 (except clause (7) discussed below) of said statute, at the time that it responds to the solicitation document A verification of compliance need not be notarized. An electronic verification of compliance made and submitted as part of an electronic bid shall be an acceptable verification of compliance under Minn. Stat. 16C.285 provided that it contains an electronic signature as defined in Minn. Stat 325L.02, paragraph (h) A prime contractor, subcontractor, or motor carrier shall include in its verification Page 24 of 21 General Conditions

65 of compliance under Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 4, a list of all of its first-tier subcontractors that it intends to retain for work on the project If a contract is awarded to the prime contractor by the contracting authority, prior to execution of a construction contract, and as a condition precedent to the execution of a construction contract, the prime contractor shall submit to the contracting authority a supplemental verification under oath confirming compliance with Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, clause (7). Each contractor or subcontractor shall obtain from all subcontractors with which it will have a direct contractual relationship a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying that they meet all of the minimum criteria in Minn. Stat. 16C.285, subd. 3, prior to execution of a construction contract with each subcontractor A prime contractor shall submit to the contracting authority, upon request, copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors. Page 25 of 21 General Conditions

66 EXHIBIT A 1 1. The City of Northfield and The Engineer (Name) must be listed as both the certificate holder and additional insureds. 2. The City requires that an endorsement be processed that gives 10 days notice of cancellation. 3. The limits of general liability insurance must be at least $2,000,000/occurrence; $4,000,000/aggregate. 4. Workman s compensation limits must be on the certificate. Page 26 of 21 General Conditions

67 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA NORTHFIELD, MN 1 GENERAL 2 PROPOSED PROJECT SCHEDULE 3 ALTERNATES/ALTERNATIVES 4 MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT 5 COORDINATION 6 PROJECT MEETINGS 7 SUBMITTALS 8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 9 SPECIFICATION REFERENCE 10 QUALITY CONTROL 11 MOBILIZATION 12 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 13 REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 14 MAINTENANCE OF HAUL ROADS & TEMPORARY ACCESS 15 MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC 16 DEWATERING 17 AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION 18 FIELD ENGINEERING 21 EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK 22 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 23 WITHHOLDING AFFIDAVIT FOR CONTRACTORS FORM IC EXEMPTION FROM SURETY DEPOSITS FOR OUT-OF-STATE CONTRACTORS FORM SD-E

68 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK The project is located in City of Northfield, MN. The project location is shown on the vicinity map in the design drawing set. The general scope of services anticipated is outlined on the attached bar chart diagram. Selection of specific alternates or acceptance of contractor proposed alternatives may alter the scope, as shown. The project involves but is not limited to the complete construction of public improvements for the reconstruction of several streets. Individual elements of work shall include, but are not limited to: a. Removal of bituminous pavement, concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk and driveways, pipe and other miscellaneous items. b. Clearing and grubbing. c. Street excavation. d. Sanitary sewer construction. e. Water main construction. f. Water and sewer service construction. g. Storm sewer construction. h. Concrete walk construction. i. Concrete curbing and driveway pavement construction. j. Bituminous street construction. k. Turf restoration and erosion control construction l. Traffic Control. m. Other miscellaneous work shown on the plans or specified herein. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 1

69 1.2 WORKING HOURS The allowable working hours for the project will be Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., including all maintenance and fueling of equipment. Working on Saturdays will be allowed with permission from the Engineer. 1.3 STORAGE AREA The Contractor will be responsible for determining a storage area with the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protective fencing of trees, etc. located on the site and for restoration of any disturbed areas on the storage site. Storage areas shall be fenced. Turf restoration shall be by sodding and shall be incidental to the project. 1.4 MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT Prior to mobilization to the site, all equipment shall be freshly washed to remove all grease, oil, dirt and organic material from previous projects. All equipment shall be maintained in a clean and operational manner, including all safety features. Equipment with visible leaks or other malfunctions, which pose an environmental, safety or other concern, shall immediately be removed from the site and repaired. 1.5 PUBLIC SAFETY The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect the public and employees from injury by open excavations or other hazardous circumstances by providing temporary fences, barricades, warning signs, flashers, and other safety aids. Such precautions shall be subject to review and approval by the Owner and the Engineer. If at any point during the construction the Engineer or Inspector observes what they determine to be unsafe working conditions, a verbal stop work order will be given until the situation is resolved. If unsafe working conditions continue, a written stop work order will be issued and work will be suspended, with the working day count continuing. Commencement of work will be allowed when assurances are made to the Engineer that unsafe working conditions will not be repeated. The Contractor shall furnish names, addresses, and phone numbers of at least two (2) local individuals capable of immediate response who will be responsible for the site security and traffic control devices to: 1. The Engineer 2. The Owner 3. Local Law Enforcement Agencies The Contractor shall respond with sufficient personnel, equipment and/or materials and conduct the required work or be subject to a $100 per hour deduction from the time of notification for non-attention to project security and safety. NO TRENCH SHALL BE ALLOWED TO BE LEFT OPEN AT NIGHT. 1.6 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE The Contractor's use of the project site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials and field offices. No materials shall be stored in a location as to limit access to the affected public. Any damage caused by Contractor operations to private property, including but not limited to, parking lots, trees, shrubs, material spatter, etc. shall promptly be corrected at the Contractor s expense. The Contractor shall confine its work within the limits of the easements, public rights-of-way, and/or construction Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 2

70 limits as shown on the plans. If the Contractor desires additional space, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to acquire easements and/or permission, as desired. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 3

71 2. PROPOSED PROJECT SCHEDULE Project Title:, City of Northfield, Minnesota. The Contractor is REQUIRED to fill out and return the following schedule to the Engineer and highlight the critical path sequence (CPM). Weeks Following 'Notice to Proceed' ACTIVITY DATE: Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 4

72 3. ALTERNATES / ALTERNATIVES 3.1 All bids must include a bid based on the "base bid" or the Contract Documents defined alternatives, as specified, without anticipation of the use of "or equal" items or contractor proposed alternatives. Bids solely based on the use of "or equal" items or contractor proposed alternatives may be rejected without consideration, at the discretion of the Owner. Installers wishing to qualify alternate methods and/or materials for this project must submit a copy of the license or certificate verifying the manufacturer's or licensor's approval, and evidence of the installer's experience including the number, total length, and locations of trenchless construction projects installed to date using the proposed materials and methods together with the names and phone numbers of facility owners to the Engineer 10 days prior to the opening of bids to allow time for evaluation. The final decision to accept or reject the applicant lies solely with the Owner. 3.2 PROPOSALS WITH SPECIFIED BID ALTERNATES: The Owner reserves the right to select the bid alternate desired, regardless of the amount bid. 3.3 CONTRACTOR PROPOSED ALTERNATIVES: Contractor proposed alternative methods and techniques may be considered by the Owner, with the advice of the Engineer, after Award of Contract. No alternatives shall be accepted or considered as part of the bid. The Contractor shall include in its base bid the items, as specified, without consideration of using any proposed alternative materials and/or methods. The Contractor shall then include in its bid the amount of the deduction, increase or revised bid amount to be applied if the proposed alternative materials and methods are accepted. The Owner and Engineer shall evaluate the stature of the proposed materials and methods. Evaluation by the Owner and Engineer shall include the cost of modifying the design, as necessary and shall be at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject "Contractor Proposed Alternatives. Execution of alternates and alternatives proposed by the Contractor, if accepted by the Owner, shall be governed by those Specifications provided by the Engineer. 3.4 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES - CONTRACTOR PROPOSED ALTERNATIVES: If the Bidder proposes an alternative: a. The Contractor is required to request, in writing, a determination on the Specifications, which will be enforced to govern the construction. This request shall be made directly to the Engineer at the time of bid opening or before. b. The Engineer shall attempt to provide the Specification requirements prior to the end of the working day to allow the Contractor time to withdraw its bid, if requested by the Contractor. 3.5 SUBMITTALS: Unless otherwise specified, contractors whose bids are based on "equal" materials and/or methods shall include with their bid the manufacturer name, address, product name, model, specification reference and/or testing certification of the items proposed to be used. The Contractor shall also include evidence of the 'equal' stature of the products proposed. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 5

73 a. CONTRACTOR PROPOSED ALTERNATIVES The Contractor shall contact the Engineer prior to bidding the job to discuss its proposed alternative approach to the methods and materials used or execution of the job. The Engineer shall evaluate the proposed methods and may at the Engineer s discretion choose to issue an addendum to all contractors or accept the conversation as privileged communication. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractors whose bid includes alternative materials and/or methods shall include with their bid the manufacturer name, address, product name, model, specification reference and/or testing certification of the items proposed to be used. The Contractor shall also include evidence of the 'equal' stature of the products and/or methods proposed. The Contractor shall mark the outside of the bid envelope that alternative methods are included. 4. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT Methods of measurement and payment for all items not individually specified shall be according to the appropriate referenced specification standard or as indicated on the bid form. 4.1 Payment for Hauled Materials: No compensation will be paid for any weigh ticket received after the date shown on the ticket unless prior arrangements are made with the Engineer. 4.2 Payment for Materials Stored on Site: a. No compensation shall be paid for materials delivered to the site and not incorporated into the project. 4.3 Payment for Major Lump Sum Items: The Contractor shall submit a schedule of values for major items of construction, which are bid as lump sum. The schedule shall identify major sections of work and the percentage of the bid price applied to each. Payment shall be made according to the percentage complete of each major section of work. 4.4 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Certificate of Conformance statement stating that the scale used to weigh hauled materials has been tested and calibrated for the current construction season. This Certificate shall be from Mn/DOT or other reliable scale servicing company. Providing a certified scale and obtaining such Certificate of Conformance is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and all costs associated are considered incidental to the materials being supplied. 4.5 Hauled Materials: The Contractor shall furnish numbered weigh tickets which list the Date, Project, Type of Material, Gross Weight, Tare Weight, Material Weight in tons, and Truck Number for each load brought to the construction site. If the individual pay items are identified on a unit weight basis, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a summary type spreadsheet, which provides accumulative job totals of all aggregate and bituminous materials hauled to the project. This spreadsheet shall be submitted to the Engineer on a weekly basis. 4.6 Procured Materials: The Contractor shall furnish an insurance bond showing the type of material, the amount of material, the valuation of the material, the stored location, the project, the date, the name and address of the surety. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 6

74 4.7 Compacted Volume Materials: When measurement is specified by the CUBIC YARD, COMPACTED VOLUME (C.Y.[C.V.]), the Owner and the Contractor agree that it is not always practical to perform cross sectional measurements to verify the compacted volume of the material placed. When such an event occurs, the Contractor shall furnish weigh tickets to determine the volume of material delivered to the site and the Owner and Contractor agree that the conversion from weight measure to volume measure shall be: 5 COORDINATION a. Aggregate Materials: 1 Cubic Yard, Compacted Volume = Tons b. Riprap, Cl. 4 - Granite: 1 Cubic Yard, Compacted Volume = 1.35 Tons c. Riprap, Cl. 4 - Limestone: 1 Cubic Yard, Compacted Volume = 1.20 Tons 5.1 A project management network-scheduling tool (i.e., critical path (CPM), etc.) or a DETAILED bar chart shall be employed by the Contractor for cost value reporting, planning and scheduling of all work required under the Contract Documents. This schedule shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to execute the work with dates on which it proposes to start the various phases of the work and the estimated completion date of each phase. The Contractor shall submit a preliminary version of its intended schedule within 10 working days following the Notice of Award on the Section 2 form or on a form of its own choosing. The Contractor is required to show the initial critical path (CPM) of tasks to be performed. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the schedule shall also include an anticipated payment schedule for the volume of work to be completed each month. This schedule shall indicate the Contractor's intention and ability to complete the work within the contract times, as specified in Article 3 of the Agreement. The Preconstruction Conference as outlined in Section 6.1 will not be conducted until the schedule is submitted. In addition, no construction staking shall be provided until the schedule is submitted by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer. 5.2 The Contractor is responsible for working with public and private utility companies in protecting and/or relocating existing or new utility lines located near and affected by this construction. Coordination with the utility companies is very important and should be considered in planning the work and the associated extra costs involved. 5.3 The Contractor shall consult with the City s maintenance personnel when working around or performing the required sanitary sewer installations. The Contractor shall also work with the City s maintenance personnel to provide for scheduled water shutdowns in a given area and to provide for continued water service to the properties along the project throughout the duration of the project. 5.4 The Contractor shall work with all utility companies, as necessary, to allow for installation and for maintenance of service of gas, power, lighting, telephone, cable TV, etc. in the boulevards or across the streets prior to final shaping of aggregate base and/or topsoil. This coordination with the utility companies is the responsibility of the Contractor and is considered incidental to the construction and no additional compensation shall be granted. 5.5 The Contractor shall coordinate all work requiring shutting down water service or limiting access to buildings by emergency equipment with the fire & emergency Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 7

75 departments. This shall include notification of the daily construction schedule by the Contractor. 5.6 Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors performing construction on other projects in the vicinity of this Project, including but not limited to allowing access for the delivery of equipment and materials. 5.7 Water, sanitary sewer and storm sewer connections made to existing utilities will need to be coordinated with the Engineer so that anyone affected by the temporary shutdown of service can be notified 24 hours in advance. 5.8 The Contractor shall coordinate with the postal service, recycling service, garbage collection service, school bus service, etc. to maintain continual uninterrupted service to all residences and businesses throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall temporarily relocate mailboxes, haul recycling and garbage for residents to a designated pick up location, etc., as required by the subject service provider. All equipment materials and labor required to coordinate with service providers and maintain services shall be incidental to the Contract. 5.9 The Contractor shall provide a full plan set and specifications to all subcontractors on the project site. Any subcontractor work not performed to the project plans and specifications will be subject to non-payment All work under the contract must be substantially complete by November 15, Substantial completion shall be defined as all work with the exception of the construction of the bituminous wearing course and the final adjustment of manholes and gate valves. 6. PROJECT MEETINGS 6.1 Pre-construction Conference: Prior to the start of the work, a joint meeting will be held with representatives of the Contractor, the Owner, the Engineer, and any other interested parties. This meeting is intended to introduce the various key personnel from each organization and to discuss the start of the work, order of work, labor and legal requirements, insurance requirements, method of payment, shop drawing requirements, protection of existing facilities, location of disposal and stockpile areas, and other pertinent items associated with the project. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss his proposed detailed construction progress schedule. The construction schedule shall be subject to the review of the Owner, Engineer and applicable agencies. The meeting time and place will be determined. 6.2 Construction Progress Meetings: These meetings will require the attendance of the Contractor's Project Manager or other designated staff authorized by the Contractor to discuss project status and negotiate agreements between the Contractor and Owner. Failure of the Contractor to attend scheduled project meetings as required may result in project delays expensed by the Contractor. Meetings will be held between the Owner, Contractor and Engineer for the purpose of reviewing the project schedule or the status of the project. Any change orders or changes from the plans and specifications during the prior week shall be addressed at the meeting. These meetings will be arranged by the Owner, and/or Engineer on a weekly basis at a time and location to be determined at the preconstruction meeting. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 8

76 7. SUBMITTALS 7.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of all required submittals and sample items as noted below. The Engineer will review them with reasonable promptness. The Contractor shall make all required corrections and file with the Engineer three (3) corrected sets for final review. If the Contractor requires more than two (2) reviewed copies, the Contractor shall submit additional sets. The responsibility for completeness of submittals lies with the Contractor. If the Engineer and/or Owner signs the submittal with no exception taken, such action shall not absolve the responsibilities of the Contractor in any way. 7.2 ITEMS TO BE SUBMITTED a. Written Progress Management Schedule Tool (as defined in Section 01310) - to be reviewed at the Preconstruction Conference. See Article 3 of Agreement for contractual time requirements. b. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) - General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) materials. c. Concrete Mix Design d. Bituminous Mix Design (wear and non-wear) e. Gradation Test Results from 2 separate tests, as required in Source Quality Control provisions of individual sections contained herein, from material stockpiles of aggregates to be used on this project. These tests may be run by the Contractor or its supplier during aggregate production. f. Geotextile Fabrics - Certificates of Compliance. g. Sanitary Sewer and Sanitary Sewer Service i. Manhole structure - shop drawings. ii. iii. iv. Manhole casting - shop drawings. Piping and fittings - Certificates of Compliance. Final televising DVD and log. h. Storm Sewer, Subdrain and Sump Drain Lines i. Manhole and catch basin structure - shop drawings. ii. iii. Manhole and catch basin casting - shop drawings. Piping and fittings - Certificates of Compliance. i. Watermain and Water Service Lines i. Hydrants - Certificates of Compliance. ii. iii. Valves & boxes - Certificates of Compliance. Pipe & fittings - Certificates of Compliance. iv. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, curb boxes, copper pipe - Certificates of Compliance. j. Seeding - Certificates of Compliance for seed mixture. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 9

77 k. Trees & Shrubs - Certificates of Compliance. 7.3 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS The Contractor shall submit two copies of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each material on site to the OWNER. The Contractor shall maintain an orderly file of material safety data sheets at the job site. 7.4 RECORD DRAWINGS a. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain at the construction site one complete set of drawings suitably marked to show all deviations from the original set of drawings and other information as specified. Supplementary sketches shall be included, if necessary, to clearly indicate all work as constructed. Sanitary and water service tie-in or stub-out locations shall show station and distances left or right of the survey control centerline. Existing sanitary and water service piping material type and size at the tie-in locations shall be noted also. All wye locations shall be located as well, and marked in the field during construction (A service record form is attached for the Contractor s use.). b. All manholes, watermain bends and valves shall be located with tie-off dimensions to known items on the plans or in the field to enable the Contractor or City personnel to locate these structures for adjustment. c. All work shall be clearly shown and the record drawings shall be satisfactory to the OWNER in order to insure that adequate information is indicated to show the actual construction. The complete set of the record drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER prior to submittal of the final Application for Payment. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain an up-to-date set of record drawings on the project site shall be reason to withhold payments. All underground lines shall be determined from the record drawings. 7.5 SUBMITTAL ROUTING A Letter of Transmittal that identifies the submitted item and the review action required, shall accompany all submittals. 7.6 RESPONSIBILITY The Engineer's review of a submittal shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for deviation from the drawings and specifications unless the Contractor has, in writing, called the Engineer's attention to the deviations at the time of submission; nor shall it relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of errors in the submittals. All submittals shall be reviewed by the Engineer prior to their incorporation into the project. If materials are installed without prior review, they will be subject to removal, at the Contractor's expense, if the material is found to be non-conforming to the Specifications. 7.7 WYE LOCATIONS All wye locations shall be marked in the field by the Engineer. 8. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 8.1 SUMMARY Applicable codes and standards referred to in these specifications shall establish minimum requirements for equipment, materials, construction and shall be superseded by more stringent requirements of drawings and specifications when and where they occur. All equipment furnished and installed under the Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 10

78 contract shall be designed, fabricated, assembled, installed, and placed into service. The equipment will conform to the applicable provisions of the Federal and State Safety and Health Standards, including but not limited to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction; the Division of Environmental Health, Minnesota Department of Health; the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency; the Department of Natural Resources; the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Division of Highways; the Minnesota Industrial Commission and ordinances of the City that apply to this work. All construction methods and tools shall comply with commonly accepted standards for safety and health of personnel engaged on construction, including but not limited to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Regulations for Construction; the Division of Environmental Health, Minnesota Department of Health; the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency; the Department of Natural Resources; the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Division of Highways; the Minnesota Industrial Commission and ordinances of the City that apply to this work. Any conflicts between specifications and applicable codes and standards shall be referred to the Engineer. 8.2 PERMITS OBTAINED BY OWNER The Owner has applied for the following permits from appropriate authorities. It is anticipated that permission to proceed will be authorized prior to execution of Contract. The Contractor shall perform all work and conduct itself in full accordance with the requirements of the applicable permit: a. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) - General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) b. Minnesota Health Department - Extension of water mains. The Contractor shall be responsible for posting any bonds, which may be required as a condition to any permit, listed above. 8.3 PERMITS OBTAINED BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall secure and pay the cost of any other permits not mentioned above, which may be required including but not limited to: a. Work within the right-of-way b. Pluming permits for service connections within houses, as necessary. 8.4 WORK WITHIN A RAILROAD RIGHT OF WAY The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Mn/DOT Specification SPECIFICATION REFERENCE 9.1 SPECIFICATIONS WHICH APPLY The performance of the work, the material requirements, the basis of measurement and the basis of payment for the various portions of the work, shall be in accordance with the appropriate sections of the latest edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation, "Standard Specifications for Construction", and all subsequent revisions, except as altered or modified by the contract document entitled, ; City of Northfield, Minnesota; SOIL DISTURBING ACTIVITIES Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) - General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001). Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 11

79 a. Details of the Permit are available on request from the Engineer, or at. i. Storm Water Program - ii. Permit itself WATERMAIN, SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER CONSTRUCTION a. Watermain, sanitary sewer and storm sewer construction shall conform to the applicable provisions of the "Standard Utilities Specifications for Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration Watermain and Service Line Installation and Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation" as published by the City Engineers Association of Minnesota, (CEAM) 1999 Edition. b. Copies of the Standard Utilities Specifications may be downloaded and printed from the DOCUMENTS portion of the City Engineers Association of Minnesota (CEAM) web site at: c. References to the standard specifications shall serve to supplement or modify the referenced specification. Portions of referenced specifications not specifically affected by the supplemented information of modification shall remain in effect as originally written. d. THREADED ITEMS - All threaded items furnished under this contract, including but not limited to mechanical joint connectors, flanged joint connectors, mainline valves, saddles, corporation stops, curb stops, hydrants, and air release valves shall be furnished to the nominal size as specified with ENGLISH threads. Should the Contractor choose to supply any items with metric threads, the Contractor shall supply full shop drawings of the item(s) with special attention drawn to the metric thread designation proposed. 9.4 GRADING, STREET AND SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS a. All of Divisions II and III, and any specifically referenced Division I sections of the Minnesota Department of Transportation (Mn/DOT), "Standard Specifications for Construction", 2005 Edition, together with all the Supplemental Specifications and Mn/DOT Technical Memoranda in force 30 calendar days prior to bid date and referencing the use of English units of measure, shall apply to all construction performed under this Contract except as modified in these Specifications. Unless noted, the requirements in the Specifications are in addition to the Mn/DOT Specification section being referenced. Mn/DOT Division I II & III Applicable Only when specifically referenced. Always. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 12

80 b. Whenever the word "Contracting Authority," "Department" or "Owner" is used in the sense of ownership as part of these Specifications and Contract, it shall mean Owner as defined in the Agreement. c. References to the standard specifications shall serve to supplement or modify the referenced specification. Portions of referenced specifications not specifically affected by the supplemented information or modification shall remain in effect as originally written. 9.5 EXECUTION The Contractor shall have the following documents at the site at all times during the construction: a. The applicable edition of Mn/DOT Standard Specification for Highway Construction. b. Any Supplemental Specifications to the applicable edition of Mn/DOT Standard Specification for Highway Construction. c. Any Technical Memoranda specifically referenced or linked to the execution of the Contract Documents. d. Mn/DOT Standard Plates Manual. e. Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MN MUTCD), 2005, revised January 2007 f. Minnesota Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts Field Manual, January 2007 g. Project Manual h. "Standard Specifications" as published by the City Engineers Association of Minnesota, (CEAM) 1999 Edition. i. The Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), including completed inspection reports, developed for this project. 10. QUALITY CONTROL 10.1 SCOPE OF TESTS a. All materials, equipment, installation, and workmanship included in this contract, if so required by the Engineer, shall be tested and inspected to prove compliance with the contract requirements. b. No tests specified herein shall be applied until the item to be tested has been inspected and approval given for the application of such tests. c. Tests and inspections shall include: i. The delivery acceptance tests and inspection. ii. iii. The installed tests and inspections of items as installed. Final testing and start-up. d. Tests and inspection, unless otherwise specified or accepted, shall be in accordance with the recognized standards of the industry. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 13

81 e. Owner shall conduct field tests on his work as required to comply with applicable codes, to determine acceptability of workmanship, and as specified including but not limited to the following: i. Concrete construction as specified in , Compression Tests. ii. Engineered backfill as specified in iii. Tests of welded joints as specified in iv. Preliminary test and checks associated with placing equipment and systems into service. v. Thickness tests on painting. vi. vii. viii. Leakage testing for tank. Mill test report. Other tests as defined in the specifications. f. Tests will be taken according to the Mn/DOT Schedule of Material Controls EVIDENCE OF TEST The form of evidence of satisfactory fulfillment of delivery acceptance test and of installed test and inspection requirements shall be, at the discretion of the Engineer, either by tests and inspections carried out in his presence or by certificates or reports of tests and inspections carried out by approved persons or organizations DELIVERY ACCEPTANCE TESTS The delivery acceptance tests and inspections shall be at the Contractor's expense for any materials or equipment specified herein and shall include the following: a. Test of items during the process of manufacture and/or on completion of manufacture, comprising material test, hydraulic pressure tests, electric tests, performance and operating tests, and inspections in accordance with the relevant standards of the industry and, or particularly, as detailed individual clauses of these specifications or as may be required by the Engineer to satisfy himself that the items tested and inspected comply with the requirements of this contract. b. Inspection of all items delivered at the site in order that the Engineer may be satisfied that such items are of the specified quality and workmanship and are in good order and condition at the time of delivery INSTALLED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS OF ITEMS AS INSTALLED All equipment shall be tested by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer before any facility is put into operation. Tests shall be as specified herein and shall be made to determine whether the equipment has been property assembled, aligned, adjusted, and connected. Any changes, adjustments, or replacements required to make the equipment operate as specified shall be carried out by the Contractor as part of the work FINAL TESTING AND START-UP a. At least 10 days before the time allowed in his construction schedule for commencing testing and start-up procedures, the Contractor shall submit to Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 14

82 the Engineer, in duplicate, details of the procedures he proposes to adopt for testing and start-up of all equipment to be operated singly and together, excepting when such procedures have been covered in the specifications. Tests requiring water shall be conducted using clear water. The water required for such tests shall be provided by the Contractor. b. If, under test, any portion of the work fails to fulfill the contract requirements and is altered, renewed or replaced, tests on that portion so altered, removed, replaced, together with all other portions of the work as are affected thereby, shall, if so required by the Engineer, be repeated within reasonable time and in accordance with the specified conditions and the Contractor shall pay to the Owner all reasonable expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of the carrying out of such tests. c. Final testing and start-up shall be combined with the instruction of operating personnel to the end that when final testing is completed, the stations can be turned over to the Owner in an operating condition and the City personnel will be prepared to continue the operation in an orderly manner. Instruction of operating personnel by manufacturer's representatives shall be performed during this period. d. Should the proposed (under separate contract) connection to the water distribution system be incomplete, the Contractor may utilize a flexible, above ground temporary connection to the distribution system. Cost of such connection shall be the Contractor's. Following final testing, the temporary connection shall be disconnected and the tower left full or drained at the direction of the Engineer REPEAT TESTS Where, in the case of an otherwise satisfactorily installed test, any doubt, dispute or difference should arise between the Engineer and the Contractor regarding the test results or the methods or equipment used in the carrying out by the Contractor of such test, then the Engineer may order the test to be repeated. If the repeat test, using such modified methods or equipment as the Engineer may require, substantially conforms the previous test, then all costs in connection with the repeat test will be paid by the Owner; otherwise, the costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Where the results of any installed test fail to comply with the contract requirements for such test, then such repeat tests as may be necessary to achieve the contract requirements shall be made by the Contractor at his own expense TESTING AND LABORATORY SERVICES a. Independent Testing Laboratory: All testing shall be coordinated by the Owner. The Owner arrange for the services of an approved independent testing laboratory satisfactory to the Engineer to perform the testing utilizing recognized standard procedures and criteria. The Owner will be responsible for costs associated with these tests. Additional tests required due to failing tests will be at the expense of the Contractor. Testing rates will be according to the current MN/Dot Schedule of Materials Control. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 15

83 b. Reports and Certificates: The Contractor shall submit reports and certificates of all inspections and test to Engineer to duplicate. The reports and certificates become the property of the Owner. c. Sample Materials: The Contractor shall furnish all sample materials required for these tests and shall deliver same without charge to the testing laboratory or other designated agency when and where directed by them. d. Additional Tests: Any additional tests required beyond these required under this specification may be ordered by the Engineer to settle disagreements with the Contractor regarding quality of work done. If the work is defective, the Contractor shall pay all costs of the extra tests and shall correct the work. If the work is satisfactory, the Owner will pay for extra tests ENGINEER'S CONSTRUCTION OBSERVERS AND TESTING a. The Engineer will provide a Project Observer to ascertain that the work is accomplished properly and in accordance with the plans and specifications. Whether in the field or in the Contractor's shop or shops of his subcontractors, the observer shall have full access to the work and shall be given full cooperation. The inspector shall have the authority, subject to the final decision of the Engineer, to reject any defective work or material or to suspend the work if not being properly performed. The inspector shall have no authority to permit any deviation from the plans and specifications except on written order from the Engineer. b. The presence of the Engineer or any inspectors, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper execution of the work in accordance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is a duty of the Contractor, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the Engineer or any inspectors SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONTROL a. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field and shall check field conditions continuously during construction. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any inaccuracies built into the work due to his failure to comply with this requirement. b. The Contractor shall inspect related and appurtenant work and shall report in writing to the Engineer any conditions, which will prevent proper completion of the work. Failure to report any such conditions shall constitute acceptance of all site conditions, and any required removal, repair or replacement caused by unsuitable conditions shall be performed by the Contractor at his sole cost and expense RIGHT OF REJECTION The Engineer, acting for the Owner, shall have the right, at all time and places, to reject any articles or materials to be furnished hereunder which in any respect, fail to meet the requirements of these specifications, regardless of whether the defects in such articles or materials are detected at the point of manufacture or after completions of the work at the site. If the Engineer or Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 16

84 11. MOBILIZATION inspector, through an oversight or otherwise, has accepted materials or work which is defective or which is contrary to the specifications, such material, no matter in what stage or condition of manufacture, deliver, or erection, may be rejected by the Engineer for the Owner. This section covers the mobilization of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the project, including but not limited to, the demobilization associated with closing the project, removing all equipment, removing excess materials, and general clean-up METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Mobilization shall be measured by the LUMP SUM and paid in accordance with the following schedule. a. On the first partial estimate that shows work performed on at least one major contract item, 25 percent of the amount bid for Mobilization will be paid, but not more that 3 percent of the original Contract amount. b. On subsequent partial estimates, payment shall be made at the same percentage as the value of work completed to date relative to the original Contract amount, except that payment shall not be reduced from the original 25 percent. Materials on hand shall be excluded from the payment ratio computation. c. At such time that 95 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, full payment for Mobilization shall be made SPECIFICATION REFERENCES a. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2021 shall apply to mobilization. b. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. 12. SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 12.1 SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to conducting subsurface investigation as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and/or as specified by the Engineer METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: a. Subsurface Investigation shall be paid by the Unit Price Bid per HOUR under this bid item 1.5 Cu Yd Backhoe, if the item is on the Bid Form CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS a. The Contractor shall: Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 17

85 1. Perform underground utility exploration as directed by the Engineer which involves excavation to locate pipelines for location and elevation verification. 2. Clean debris and gravel which is present before the Project, out of existing manholes and catch basins along the Project and to regrout the inverts, as directed by the Engineer. 3. Other work associated with the Project, as directed by the Engineer. b. Where exploratory excavation is performed in a location that will not be disturbed later, the backfill shall be placed and compacted to the density specified elsewhere in these Specifications for the type of utility located. 13. REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 13.1 SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the removal of pavement and miscellaneous structures as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the UNIT PRICE bid for removing pavement and miscellaneous structures shall include all costs of labor, materials, equipment and ultimate disposal required to complete the work, as specified. a. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated removal and excavation items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Saw cutting - bituminous and/or concrete, driveways, sidewalks, pavements, curb & gutter, and other impervious surfaces. All subcutting must be full depth and be completed prior to construction of the concrete or bituminous match points. 2. Removing storing and reinstalling mail boxes, street signs, fences (including invisible dog fences) or similar structures which must be moved to construct the project. 3. Off-site disposal of excess excavated material and debris. 4. Removal and off-site disposal of bituminous or concrete pavement, unless designated for salvaging. 5. Removing, salvaging and storing, or disposing of manhole and catch basin castings. 6. Loading, hauling, stockpiling and placing as directed (i.e., leveling) designated salvage items to a location directed by the Owner. 7. Fees and permits for the disposal of materials. 8. Removal and disposal of existing sanitary sewer pipe, storm sewer pipe, watermain, and service pipes. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 18

86 9. Bulkheading the ends of existing pipes designated by the Engineer to be abandoned in place. 10. Protection from damage of structures or other surface improvements that are not to be removed, and subsequent repair and/or replacement if damaged by Contractor operations CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS a. Remove existing bituminous, curb and gutter, walks, drives, steps and other specified items where shown on the plans and/or required for the construction of the project. b. Saw cut bituminous and concrete surfaces prior to excavation, to produce a clean-cut breakage joint. c. Dispose of all concrete and bituminous removal items, rubbish and debris outside of the construction zone. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to secure all required permits and pay all fees associated with the disposal of the material and to secure the disposal site. d. Remove existing mailboxes, street signs and similar structures that must be removed to construct the project. Restore these facilities to the original location or a location designated by the Owner, when work has progressed past the location of the structure. The Contractor shall reinstall or replace those structures which are damaged or lost during the course of construction with new materials or components. e. The Contractor shall take full responsibility to protect structures or other surface improvements from damage that are not to be removed. If damage to these facilities occurs due to the construction of the project, the Contractor shall replace or repair them. f. The Owner will designate which existing hydrants, valves and boxes, manhole castings and other items removed as part of the construction, are to be salvaged. All other items shall be disposed by the Contractor. g. In general, all existing watermain, sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe being replaced by new improvements shall be considered as debris and removed during the construction process. In certain instances, existing pipes may be abandoned in place, with the approval of the Engineer. h. Where existing pipes are to be abandoned in place, the exposed pipe ends shall be bulkheaded shut with a watertight non-shrink concrete grout at a thickness of not less than one pipe diameter. 14. MAINTENANCE OF HAUL ROADS & TEMPORARY ACCESS 14.1 TEMPORARY ACCESS Utility and street reconstruction shall be done in such a manner that businesses and residents living along the project will be closed for a minimal amount of time. a. The area in which the contractor is working shall have barricades placed on either end of the construction zone. The barricades shall be moved as the pipe installation and street reconstruction Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 19

87 b. Pipe and service installation shall be done in such a manner so that all driveway entrances will be closed for a minimal amount of time. Compaction and backfilling procedures shall be kept within close proximity to the pipe installation crew, limiting the amount of open trench. In no case may a trench be left open over night without written consent from the City Engineer. c. During wet weather and on weekends, 100% crushed Class 5, recycled bituminous or another approved aggregate will be used as directed by the Engineer for temporary accesses. Temporary traffic control devices such as barricades, flashers, and channelizing devices shall be used where the Engineer deems necessary. Temporary traffic control devices shall be considered incidental. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with an approved traffic control plan, which minimizes traffic disturbance. Every effort must be made to provide and maintain access during construction. d. All equipment, labor and materials used to maintain a safe, drivable access will be paid at the unit price bid for Traffic Control MAINTENANCE a. The Contractor shall notify and obtain the approval of the local governmental authority for the use of all haul roads and construction easement areas within the City limits not specifically noted below. The Contractor will be required to deliver new materials and dispose of all excavated material plus removal items only on designated haul roads. This also applies to equipment entering and leaving the project site such as backhoes and front end loaders. b. Allowable City street and project haul roads are described as follows: (TBD per project) c. The Contractor shall confine all operations, ingress and egress to the designated haul roads. The Owner may assess a fee in the amount of $500 per day for each day that the Contractor occupies or travels on nondesignated haul roads. The fee shall be in addition to damages assessed against the Contractor to repair damage caused to the roadway. d. The Contractor shall maintain and repair any damage to haul roads. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, the following: blading, patching, signing, graveling and dust control. This work will be at the Contractor's expense, without any direct compensation being made other than the payment received for Contract items. e. The Contractor shall be responsible for all roadbed maintenance over backfilled trenches and roadbed subgrade during the construction period REFERENCED SPECIFICATION a. Mn/DOT Specification 1515, Control of Haul Roads b. Mn/DOT Specification 2051, Maintenance and Restoration of Haul Roads. c. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 20

88 14.4 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Reclaimed bituminous and salvaged aggregate base may be used for temporary access surfacing. No additional compensation shall be granted for the installation, removal and disposal of materials utilized in this way. 15. MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF TRAFFIC 15.1 TRAFFIC CONTROL a. All traffic control methods shall conform to the provisions of the latest edition of the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MN MUTCD), including its supplements and Part VI, "Field Manual for Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts", the "Guide to Establishing Speed Limits in Highway Work Zones", the Minnesota Flagging Handbook, the provisions of Mn/DOT 1404 and 1710, the Minnesota Standard Signs Manuals Parts I and II, the Traffic Engineering Manual Chapter 8 Appendixes and , the Traffic Control Layouts/Typical Traffic Control Layouts in the Plans. b. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and remove all traffic control devices including, but not limited to, construction signs, barricades and barricade weights, traffic marking tape, and warning lights which are needed for the guidance, warning and control of traffic adjacent to and through this project. c. All disturbed streets and driveways shall be opened to local traffic on weekends to the extent possible. Property owners shall be contacted 48 hours in advance to plan for interruptions in accessibility. The Contractor shall schedule the work to cooperate fully with residential and business property owners abutting the project to minimize the time of restricted access to their property during the construction period. Driveway access to any property adjacent to the construction zone shall be restricted no more than seven days to allow for curing of the concrete curb and driveway pavement. d. If it is necessary to enter upon a right-of-way controlled by the County or Minnesota Department of Transportation, the Contractor shall notify the appropriate agency before commencing construction within the right-ofway. e. In the event that any of the above right-of-way require traffic to be detoured around the construction zone, the Contractor shall prepare the detour route with the appropriate Agency representatives. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all signing and other traffic control required. The affected Agency shall be notified by the Contractor before re-routing traffic. Dust control and road maintenance of the by-pass route shall be the Contractor's responsibility. f. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing a site for storage of construction equipment and materials. g. Through traffic may be diverted from streets under construction during hours of operation. Access for emergency vehicles shall be maintained or provided at all times. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 21

89 h. The Contractor shall maintain garbage and recycling service at all times. Costs for providing access or hauling containers to an accessible location shall be incidental to the contract. i. During wet weather and on weekends, 100% crushed Class 5, recycled bituminous or another approved aggregate will be used as directed by the Engineer for temporary accesses. Temporary traffic control devices such as barricades, flashers, and channelizing devices shall be used where the Engineer deems necessary. Temporary traffic control devices shall be considered incidental. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with an approved traffic control plan, which minimizes traffic disturbance. Every effort must be made to provide and maintain access during construction. j. All equipment, labor and materials used to maintain a safe, drivable access will be paid at the unit price bid for Traffic Control GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND TRAFFIC REQUIREMENTS The parking of Contractor's Vehicles that obstruct any traffic control devices will not be permitted METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Traffic Control shall be measured by the LUMP SUM and paid in accordance with the following schedule. a. On the first partial estimate that shows work performed on at least one major contract item, 25 percent of the amount bid for Traffic Control will be paid, but not more that 3 percent of the original Contract amount. b. On subsequent partial estimates, payment shall be made at the same percentage as the value of work completed to date relative to the original Contract amount, except that payment shall not be reduced from the original 25 percent. Materials on hand shall be excluded from the payment ratio computation. c. At such time that 95 percent of the original Contract amount is earned, full payment for Traffic Control shall be made CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 16. DEWATERING a. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing at least 72 hours prior to the start of any construction operation that will necessitate lane closure or internal traffic control signing. b. The traffic control devices required along the project corridor shall be delivered and installed prior to the start-up of the work. c. The Contractor shall maintain traffic through the intersections whenever possible. d. The Contractor shall monitor and maintain all traffic control devices SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the dewatering of trenches as necessary to construct the elements shown on the drawings or as specified herein. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 22

90 16.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: a. Dewatering shall be considered incidental to the utility being constructed unless identified in the Bid Form. c. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the dewatering items, as indicated. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Interference of other underground structures and utilities, include in the price bid for dewatering. i. The removal and restoration, or protection of existing utilities that are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around the utility. 2. The costs of furnishing discharge piping including bends, and adapters, include in the price bid for dewatering. 3. Protecting existing improvements from damage, include in the price bid for dewatering 4. Removal and off-site disposal of bituminous or concrete pavement, unless designated for salvaging. 5. Removing, salvaging and storing, or disposing of manhole and catch basin castings. 6. Loading, hauling, stockpiling and placing as directed (i.e., leveling) designated salvage items to a location directed by the Owner. 7. Fees and permits for the disposal of materials. 8. Removal and disposal of existing sanitary sewer pipe, storm sewer pipe, watermain, and service pipes. 9. Bulkheading the ends of existing pipes designated by the Engineer to be abandoned in place. 10. Protection from damage of structures or other surface improvements that are not to be removed, and subsequent repair and/or replacement if damaged by Contractor operations CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS a. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary discharge piping and obtain all permits, easements, rights-of-way, etc. to convey and discharge the water at a sufficient distance from the project area to eliminate recharge of the ground water a the project site. b. Water from dewatering operations shall not be discharged where it will pond or cause damage to cropland or personal property due to the presence of standing or flowing water. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 23

91 c. Water shall be discharged into temporary sedimentary basins prior to ultimate discharge into natural streams or waterways where its impact will have negligible impact. d. Existing and/or proposed sanitary system(s) shall not be used as an outlet for the dewatering operations. 17. AIR, LAND AND WATER POLLUTION This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary for the prevention of air, land and water pollution as indicated on the plans or as specified herein or as directed by the Engineer ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE Rock construction entrances will be required on all sections of the project where the construction area meets a hard surface street or as directed by the Engineer. Rock construction entrances will be constructed as soon as the street surface has been milled and salvaged, and this may require entrances to be rebuilt after each phase of utility installation. The Contractor will be responsible to maintain rock entrances for the duration of the project or until a gravel driving surface is in place. Rock construction entrances shall be installed in areas that allow all residents access to their homes, however, some streets may be blocked off during construction to limit the number of rock entrances required. Rock entrances shall be constructed according to the typical sections shown on the plans. Construction, maintenance, and materials required for the rock entrances will be considered incidental to the contract METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: a. Payment for all work associated with the prevention of water pollution and erosion control shall be incidental to the project and no separate compensation will be granted, unless payment for such work is specifically identified in the bid tab SPECIFICATION REFERENCES a. Mn/DOT Specification Section1717 shall apply to the prevention of air, land and water pollution. b. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2573 shall apply to storm water management. c. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification GENERAL EXECUTION The Contractor shall provide and maintain all sanitary accommodations for use by employees. All solid waste material shall be disposed by the Contractor in accordance with the local and State solid waste disposal regulations DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall provide all equipment and materials necessary for the control of dust arising during the performance of the work. Dust shall be controlled so as to not be a nuisance to adjacent property owners or Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 24

92 occupants. At times requested by the Engineer or Owner, or at other times as necessary, the Contractor shall take measures to reduce the transport of dust and sediment off-site. These measures may include, but are not limited to: 1. application of a calcium chloride solution in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 2131 (liquid form only), 2. pick up sweepers (no open brush sweepers), 3. watering source areas of dust, 4. temporary surfacing such as paving, mulching, or sodding source areas, and 5. use of contractor-installed gravel driveways at accesses to public roadways, 6. washing streets. a. The Contractor shall provide water tank trucks equipped with water cannon capable of delivering water through either front or rear-mounted nozzles. Tank trucks shall be of sufficient size and mobility and carry a sufficient quantity of water to control dust generated by Contractor s activities. b. The cost of all Dust Control measures (except street sweeping) will be considered incidental to the project. c. A bid item for Street Sweeping is included in the project USE OF CHEMICALS Reference Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). 18. FIELD ENGINEERING 18.1 STAKING Unless otherwise specified in the specific sections, Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction as follows: a. Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer: Staking will be furnished and set by the Engineer at 50 foot spacing (usually offset for construction) for the control of the underground construction herein described. Cuts to the proposed pipeline grade will be furnished by the Engineer. Manholes and catch basins will be staked with an offset and a witness with a cut to the lowest structure invert. Location staking shall be provided for service wyes for new construction. No staking will be provided for service wyes for reconstruction projects or where existing services are being connected to the new sewer line. b. Watermain: The staking interval for watermain shall be 50 feet. Cuts to the proposed pipeline grade will be furnished by the Engineer. Location staking shall be provided for valves and fittings. Hydrants will be staked Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 25

93 with an offset and a witness with a cut to the ground elevation at the hydrant. c. Services: No staking will be provided for service line construction for reconstruction projects or where existing services are being connected to the new sewer line. d. Street Grading and Top of Curb: A control line (usually offset from the curb line) with cuts and fills to proposed grade at 50 foot spacing on tangents, and 25 foot spacing on horizontal or vertical curves, shall be furnished and set on both sides for control of the construction herein described. e. Concrete Paving: Control lines for paving forms or stringline control with cuts and fills to proposed finished grade at 25 or 50 foot stations shall be furnished and set by the Engineer for control of the concrete construction herein described. The offset and actual form or stringline locations shall be in accordance with the paver manufacturer's recommendations and the approved paving strategy as determined at the Preconstruction conference. f. Site Grading: Centerline stakes, with cut or fill to finished grade will be provided at 50 foot spacing. Stakes with cut or fill to finished grade will be provided for; contours representing grade breaks at 100 foot spacing along the contour, contours representing the top and bottom of ponds at 100 foot spacing along the contour, and for building pad corners (usually offset from the actual corner). g. Miscellaneous: Location stakes will be provided for silt fence locations at 100 foot spacing. Location stakes representing clearing and grubbing limits will be provided at 100 foot spacing. h. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient notice, normally two working days, to provide staking for the orderly progress of the work and shall provide clear line of sight for all staking. i. The stakes are an integral part of the project and the Contractor shall protect and preserve all such stakes and marks, and may be charged with the expense of resetting all such stakes and marks destroyed or disturbed due to the Contractor's carelessness or negligence. Stakes that are destroyed due to vandalism, erosion or other incidents shall be re-staked by the Engineer, at the Contractor s expense. j. In the event of apparent or questionable errors or inconsistencies in such stakes set for control of line and/or grade, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of such error or inconsistency and shall not proceed with the work until such stake, grade, or mark shall have been verified or corrected by the Engineer. k. All other line and grade staking shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish sufficient equipment and personnel for determination of plan grades, cross sections, course thicknesses, etc. The survey cost of establishing stakes requested by the Contractor for the convenience of the Contractor, beyond those cited as basic project control, will be charged to the Contractor or withheld from the amounts due to the Contractor. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 26

94 l. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable section of the Specifications or waived by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide Blue Tops prior to final paving for subgrade and aggregate base construction SPECIFICATIONS a. Water Distribution System - See CEAM (A2). b. Pipe Sewers - See CEAM (A2). 19. EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK The contractor shall submit a schedule of labor and equipment rates on a per hour basis for each operation required during construction of the project. Once approved, based on the Contractor's previous work, these rates may be used for extra work necessary beyond the scope of the bid prices. The Engineer shall approve the extra work. The rates shall be submitted at the preconstruction conference. 20. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 20.1 FINAL INSPECTION a. After the cleaning up of the work, premises, and all other areas and structures connected with the performance of the contract, the work as a whole, shall be examined by the Engineer and Owner; and, any workmanship or materials found not meeting the requirements of the specifications shall be identified and included on a punch list given to the Contractor. b. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, promptly remove, replace, repair, or otherwise correct the deficiencies with good and satisfactory workmanship and material to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer. c. In the event that the Contractor does not satisfactorily remove, replace, repair, or otherwise correct the deficiencies within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the punch list, the Owner reserves the right to employ the services of other contractors and/or service organizations to conduct the necessary work and deduct any and all associated costs from final payment to the Contractor. The entry of such other agents on the project to perform this work will not relieve the Contractor from any of its warranty, maintenance or start-up obligations PROJECT ACCEPTANCE The project shall be accepted after the final examination has been conducted and all settlement, defects, damages, etc., discovered during the previous examination have been remedied. 21. WITHHOLDING AFFIDAVIT FOR CONTRACTORS - FORM IC-134 All Contractors and Subcontractors are to present this form when final payment is requested. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor is to complete the form and send it to the Minnesota Department of Revenue for certification. Upon verification by the Department of Revenue (usually one-day) it is signed, dated and returned to the Contractor if in compliance with the withholding laws. If certified, final payment can then be made to the Contractor. Five (5%) percent of the payment will be withheld until 30 days after the signed Affidavit is approved by the City Council. 22. EXEMPTION FROM SURETY DEPOSITS FOR OUT-OF-STATE CONTRACTORs - FORM SD-E After entering into a contract for a project in excess Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 27

95 of $100,000, a non-minnesota Contractor will have to file form SD-E with the Minnesota Department of Revenue who will then determine if the Contractor is exempt from the 8% surety deposit requirements. If the Contractor is exempt, the Department will certify the form and return a copy to the Contractor, who will then be responsible for providing a copy to the City. If the Contractor is not exempt, the Department will notify the City to withhold the 8% surety deposit from each partial payment made to the Contractor. The Minnesota Department of Revenue will retain the surety deposits until the Contractor's state tax obligations are considered fulfilled. The Department will refund, with interest, any amounts held as surety. Miscellaneous Specifications - Page 28

96 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SPECIFICATIONS Article Index Page Number 1.00 Scope of Work Materials Inspection and Testing of Materials Contractor's Responsibility for Materials Material Handling, Alignment and Grade Underground, Surface and Overhead Utilities Excavation and Trench Preparation Laying of Pipe Pipe Jointing House Connections, Wyes and Tees Testing Procedures Setting Manholes, Catchbasins and Clean-outs Backfilling Surface Restoration, Cleanup and Guarantee Turf Establishment Open Ditch Construction Riprap and Erosion Control Materials Treated Wood Piling Forcemain Method of Payment 38

97 1.00 SCOPE OF WORK 1.01 GENERAL It is the intent of these specifications to provide the requirements for sanitary and storm sewer construction in the City of Northfield, Minnesota WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under the contract and unload, haul and distribute all pipe, castings, fittings, manholes and accessories. The Contractor shall also remove any street surfacing as required; excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; construct and maintain all bridges for traffic control; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or ground water; provide barricades, guards and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, manholes and accessories, backfill and consolidate the trenches and pits; maintain the street or other surface over the trench until surface restoration; restore the roadway surface unless otherwise stipulated; remove surplus excavated material; and clean the site of the work. The Contractor shall also furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials required to re-arrange sewers, conduits, ducts, pipes or other structures encountered in the installation of the work. All the above work to completely construct the sewer facilities shall be done in strict accordance with the project's contract documents to which these Specifications are a part thereof LOCATION OF THE WORK The location of this work is as shown on the plans COORDINATION OF WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory coordination of the construction of the sewer facilities with other construction and activities in the area affected. Delays in work resulting from lack of such harmony shall not in any way be a cause for extra compensation by any of the parties REFERENCE REQUIREMENTS A part of the contract documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. Reference made to Mn/DOT Specifications shall mean the most current edition of the Standard Specifications for Construction of the Minnesota Department of Transportation and all subsequent revisions. Reference made to CEAM Specifications shall mean the most current edition of the City Engineer s Association of Minnesota specifications SUBSURFACE DRAINS Mn/DOT Specification No shall apply to the subsurface drains, except as modified herein. 1

98 2.00 MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL The materials used in this work shall be all new, and conform to the requirements for class, kind, size, and material as specified below. The Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials showing the manufacturer and designation of all materials. This list must be approved by the Engineer. Any material not listed below must have written approval by the City Engineer before it is incorporated into the work REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP) Reinforced concrete pipe and fittings including bends, tee sections and specials shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe, ASTM Designation C76 Wall B with circular reinforcing for the class of pipe specified. Pipe required for piling shall be reinforced concrete pipe furnished in (8) foot lengths and shall be of special design in accordance with Section 10, ASTM Designation C76, latest revision. Concrete pipe to be jacked shall be Class V or greater. Concrete pipe bends called for on the plans shall be 7 1/2 pipe bends with a 4-0 center line laying length and a 30.5 radius of curve, and with wall thicknesses and steel reinforcing in accordance with ASTM Specifications C76. The bends shall be of the same pipe class as the pipe on either side of the bend. Joints shall be tongue and groove with rubber gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM C DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) Ductile iron pipe shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 pounds per square inch and shall conform to the applicable dimensions, weights and tolerances of Federal Specification WW-P-421b for cast iron pipe. Ductile iron shall be Grade with 40/90 metal strength and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM Specifications A All pipe shall be cement lined inside and tar coated outside, meeting the requirements of AWWA C The class of ductile iron pipe shall be as specified by the Engineer SOLID WALL POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE 1. 4 THROUGH 6 Diameters: Smooth-walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the Standard Dimension Ration (SDR) of 26, unless otherwise specified on the plans through 15 Diameters: Smooth-walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D-3034 for the Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of 35, for depths of less than 18 feet, unless otherwise specified on the plans. The SDR for depths exceeding 18 feet shall be 26, unless otherwise specified on the plans. 3. Over 15 Diameters: Smooth-walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with the requirements of ASTM F679 with a minimum wall thickness for a minimum pipe stiffness of WYES: All wyes shall be heavy wall and shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D for the Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of 26, unless otherwise specified on the plans. 2

99 5. The connection shall be push-up with elastomeric gasket joints, which are bonded to the inner walls of the gasket recess of the bell socket. 6. The pipe grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soil and corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D HIGH DENSITY POLYETHEYLENE (HDPE) Corrugated polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from high-density polyethylene (HDPE) virgin compounds. Clean reworked HDPE materials from the manufacturer's own production may be used by the manufacturer of HDPE pipe, provided that the pipe and fittings produced meet all requirements of these special provisions and in AASHTO M294 and Design Section 18 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. The polyethylene compounds shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 3350 Cell Class C. HDPE shall be used only with site specific bedding requirements and written permission from the Engineer SUBSURFACE DRAIN PIPE / CONDUITS 4 Perforated Dual Wall HDPE Pipe (no sock) 2 HDPE SDR 13.5 smooth/smooth for conduits 2.07 STEEL CASING PIPE FOR JACKING-BORING Steel casing pipe for jacking-boring shall conform to ASTM Designation A252, Grade 2 or ASTM Designation A139, Grade B. The casing pipe shall have minimum thickness as follows: Minimum Shell Nominal Outside Diameter Thickness Casing Size (inches) (inches) /

100 2.08 JOINTING MATERIAL The jointing material for each type of pipe specified here before shall be as follows: A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be Type R-4 meeting the requirements of ASTM C443. B. Ductile Iron Pipe Ductile iron pipe shall be push-on type which comply with A.W.W.A. Specifications C- 111 latest version. If used as a pressure line, an electrical contact must be provided through every joint. C. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Polyvinyl chloride pipe joints shall be rubber gasketed push-on type joints conforming to ASTM D Joints supplied by the pipe manufacturer shall be installed according to their instructions MANHOLES AND CATCHBASINS Manholes and catchbasins shall be constructed using precast sections conforming to ASTM Specifications C-478 and have a minimum inside diameter of 48 or as specified in the contract documents. Manhole section joints shall be Type R-4 Rubber Gaskets. No speed crete will be allowed for manhole sealing. Sanitary sewer manholes shall be supplied with pre-formed inverts and flexible sleeve connections for all laterals. All inverts shall have 0.10 foot of fall across the manhole unless otherwise stated in the plans and specifications. The flexible connection shall be an Interpace Boot as manufactured by Elk River Concrete, or Kore-N-Seal Boot as manufactured by Hanson Concrete or equal. The flexible connection is shown on the attached standard plate. Joints shall be waterproofed on the exterior of the manhole with a mastic material approved by the Engineer. Where shown on the Detail Plates or Drawings, manholes may be built using blocks laid up on full mortar beds and vertical joints shall be completely filled with mortar. The base of the unit shall be shaped to form a smooth transition section from inlet to outlet either formed directly in the concrete or built up of brickwork and mortar or by running a half section of pipe through the manhole MANHOLE AND CATCHBASIN - FRAMES AND COVERS Cast iron for both manholes and catchbasin frames and covers shall be of the best grade of cast iron, free from all injurious defects and flaws, and shall conform to the following Specifications: Federal AA ASTM A48-56, A.A.S.H.O. M and ASA The standard manhole casting shall be Neenah Foundry No. R1642-B, or equal, as shown on the Standard Plate and shall have two concealed pick holes. The minimum allowable weight shall be 360 pounds. 4

101 Lettering on the manhole castings shall be as shown on the Standard Plate. Storm sewer inlet castings shall be as specified on the plans and shown on the Standard Plate. All castings shall conform to the requirements and dimensions shown on the drawings. All covers must fit closely in the rings in any and all positions and, when placed in the rings, must fit the ring solidly in all positions so that there will be no rocking from pressure on any point of the cover MANHOLE STEPS Manhole steps shall be in accordance with the Standard Plate for Manhole Steps and shall be spaced 16 on centers, on the downstream face of the manhole, unless specified otherwise. All Sanitary Manholes shall have all steps turned 1/8th of a turn clockwise from the downstream invert. Vinyl or rubber coated cast iron manhole steps shall be manufactured from hi-test metal having a minimum tensile strength 35,000 pounds per square inch. All manhole steps shall be Neenah Foundry Step No. R-1981J, Badger F-15 or equal MORTAR Mortar shall consist of a mixture of one part Portland Hydraulic Cement and two parts of clean washed sand by volume. The quantity of Mortar in the mixture shall be sufficient to produce a stiff workable mortar, but in no case shall exceed five and one-half (5 1/2) gallons of water per sack of cement. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144. Portland Cement shall conform to ASTM C PRE-CAST SEGMENTAL BLOCK Eight inch precast segmental radial block may be used for the lower portion of manhole over large diameter pipe and for shallow manholes and catch basins. Concrete used in the manufacture of these blocks shall conform to the requirements of A.S.T.M. "Specifications for Concrete and Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes", Serial Designation C-139. The exterior of all block manholes shall be plastered with one-half inch of mortar CONCRETE Concrete to be used shall be composed of a mixture of fine and coarse aggregate and a Portland Hydraulic Cement conforming to the ASTM Specification Designation C-150, Type 1, with the proper water-cement ratio to obtain a concrete testing not less than 3,000 pounds per square inch in 28 days. The fine aggregate for concrete shall be composed of a clean washed sand of hard, sharp, durable particles. Coarse aggregate for concrete shall be composed of a gravel uniformly graded 3/4 inch maximum size to #4 sieve. Coarse aggregate shall be composed of hard durable particles free of shale, chert, flat or elongated pieces. Mixing water shall be suitable for drinking purposes, containing no acids, alkalies, oils or other deleterious materials. Concrete shall be 5

102 mixed in a mechanically operated mixer so controlled that the drum shall operate a minute and one-half after all materials including water are in the drum STEEL REINFORCING BARS Steel reinforcing bars shall be deformed steel bars with approved casting for concrete reinforcement in conformance with ASTM Designation A-305 and ASTM Designation A-15 Intermediate Grade Billet Steel SOIL MATERIALS A. Normal "Fill Material" Is defined under the Sewer Specification B. Granular Selected Material Mn/DOT Specification 3149 aggregate shall be used for granular selected material as shown and specified under the pipe bedding classification or an equivalent natural granular soil. C. Fine Granular Fill Material This material shall consist of sound durable particles without cohesion of clean sand and/or well rounded gravel. The largest size of gravel which may be used shall be dependent upon the size of the pipe used. A maximum of 3/8 inch gravel may be used when the pipe diameter exceeds 24 inches. D. Class 4 and Class 5 Sand and Gravel Class 4 and Class 5 sand and gravel shall be in conformance with Mn/DOT Specification E. Crushed Rock The material shall consist of durable crushed quarry rock of which 100% passes a 2 sieve and of which 95% is retained on a #4 sieve size. It shall not contain soil overburden, sod, roots, plants, and other organic matter, or any other materials considered objectionable by the Engineer. F. Pit Run Gravel The material shall consist of sound, durable particles of gravel and sand with which may be included limited amounts of fine soil particles as binding material, and of which 100% passes a 2 sieve and of which 90% is retained on the #200 sieve size. It shall not contain sod, roots, plants, and other organic matter, or any other objectionable materials. G. Rock Stabilization Rock stabilization shall consist of 3/4 inch minus rock installed in the trench bottom at the direction of the Engineer. 6

103 H. Course Filter Aggregate Coarse filter aggregate material, to be used as granular foundation per CEAM Spec F or to be used beneath sanitary sewer and storm sewer structures or to be used as the gravel pit material below hydrants, shall be per Mn/DOT Spec H as determined by the Engineer. Course filter aggregate material shall also be used for surfacing due to wet conditions or other such uses. The use of course filter aggregate will be considered incidental to the utility being installed. 1. Aggregate Bedding The aggregate bedding material to be used for granular bedding and granular encasement purposes as defined by CEAM Spec F, shall be per Mn/DOT Spec G TREATED TIMBER PILING All treated timber piling shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification TRACER WIRE All trace wire and trace wire products shall be domestically manufactured in the U.S.A. All trace wire shall have HDPE insulation intended for direct bury, color coated per APWA standard for the specific utility being marked. Open Trench - Trace wire shall be #12 AWG Copper Clad Steel, High Strength with minimum 450 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Directional Drilling/Boring - Trace wire shall be #12 AWG Copper Clad Steel, Extra High Strength with minimum 1,150 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Trace wire Pipe Bursting/Slip Lining - Trace wire shall be 7 x 7 Stranded Copper Clad Steel, Extreme Strength with 4,700 lb. break load, with minimum 50 ml HDPE insulation thickness. A. CONNECTORS All mainline trace wires must be interconnected in intersections, at mainline tees and mainline crosses. At tees, the three wires shall be joined using a single 3-way lockable connector. At Crosses, the four wires shall be joined using a 4-way connector. Use of two 3-way connectors with a short jumper wire between them is an acceptable alternative. Direct bury wire connectors shall include 3-way lockable connectors and mainline to lateral lug connectors specifically manufactured for use in underground trace wire installation. Connectors shall be dielectric silicon filled to seal out moisture and corrosion, and shall be installed in a manner so as to prevent any uninsulated wire exposure. Non locking friction fit, twist on or taped connectors are prohibited. B. TERMINATION/ACCESS All trace wire termination points must utilize an approved trace wire access box (above ground access box or grade level/in-ground access box as applicable), specifically manufactured for this purpose. 7

104 All grade level/in-ground access boxes shall be appropriately identified with sewer or water cast into the cap and be color coded. A minimum of 2 ft. of excess/slack wire is required in all trace wire access boxes after meeting final elevation. All trace wire access boxes must include a manually interruptible conductive/connective link between the terminal(s) for the trace wire connection and the terminal for the grounding anode wire connection. Grounding anode wire shall be connected to the identified (or bottom) terminal on all access boxes. Service Laterals on public property - Trace wire must terminate at an approved grade level/inground trace wire access box, located at the edge of the road right-of-way, and out of the roadway. Service Laterals on private property - Trace wire must terminate at an approved above-ground trace wire access box, affixed to the building exterior directly above where the utility enters the building, at an elevation not greater than 5 vertical feet above finished grade, or terminate at an approved grade level/in-ground trace wire access box, located within 2 linear feet of the building being served by the utility. Hydrants Trace wire must terminate at an approved above-ground trace wire access box, properly affixed to the hydrant grade flange. (affixing with tape or plastic ties shall not be acceptable) Long-runs, in excess of 500 linear feet without service laterals or hydrants - Trace wire access must be provided utilizing an approved grade level/in-ground trace wire access box, located at the edge of the road right-of-way, and out of the roadway. The grade level/in-ground trace wire access box shall be delineated using a minimum 48 polyethylene marker post, color coded per APWA standard for the specific utility being marked. C. GROUNDING Trace wire must be properly grounded at all dead ends/stubs Grounding of trace wire shall be achieved by use of a drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod with a minimum of 20ft of #14 red HDPE insulated copper clad steel wire connected to anode (minimum 0.5 lb.) specifically manufactured for this purpose, and buried at the same elevation as the utility. When grounding the trace wire at dead ends/stubs, the grounding anode shall be installed in a direction 180 degrees opposite of the trace wire, at the maximum possible distance. When grounding the trace wire in areas where the trace wire is continuous and neither the mainline trace wire or the grounding anode wire will be terminated at/above grade, install grounding anode directly beneath and in-line with the trace wire. Do not coil excess wire from grounding anode. In 8

105 this installation method, the grounding anode wire shall be trimmed to an appropriate length before connecting to trace wire with a mainline to lateral lug connector. Where the anode wire will be connected to a trace wire access box, a minimum of 2 ft. of excess/slack wire is required after meeting final elevation. D. TRACER WIRE INSTALLATION Trace wire installation shall be performed in such a manner that allows proper access for connection of line tracing equipment, proper locating of wire without loss or deterioration of low frequency (512Hz) signal for distances in excess of 1,000 linear feet, and without distortion of signal caused by multiple wires being installed in close proximity to one another. Trace wire systems must be installed as a single continuous wire, except where using approved connectors. No looping or coiling of wire is allowed. Any damage occurring during installation of the trace wire must be immediately repaired by removing the damaged wire, and installing a new section of wire with approved connectors. Taping and/or spray coating shall not be allowed. Trace wire shall be installed at the bottom half of the pipe and secured (taped/tied) at 5 intervals. Trace wire must be properly grounded as specified. Trace wire on all service laterals/stubs must terminate at an approved trace wire access box located directly above the utility, at the edge of the road right-of-way, but out of the roadway. At all mainline dead-ends, trace wire shall go to ground using an approved connection to a drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod, buried at the same depth as the trace wire. Mainline trace wire shall not be connected to existing conductive pipes. Treat as a mainline dead- end, ground using an approved waterproof connection to a grounding anode buried at the same depth as the trace wire. All service lateral trace wires shall be a single wire, connected to the mainline trace wire using a mainline to lateral lug connector, installed without cutting/splicing the mainline trace wire. In occurrences where an existing trace wire is encountered on an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, the new trace wire and existing trace wire shall be connected using approved splice connectors, and shall be properly grounded at the splice location as specified. E. SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 1. A mainline trace wire must be installed, with all service lateral trace wires properly connected to the mainline trace wire, to ensure full tracing/locating capabilities from a single connection point. 9

106 2. Lay mainline trace wire continuously, by-passing around the outside of manholes/structures on the North or East side. 3. Trace wire on all sanitary service laterals must terminate at an approved trace wire access box color coded green and located directly above the service lateral at the edge of road right of way. 4. If the storm sewer system includes service laterals for connection of private drains and tile lines, it shall be specified the same as a sanitary sewer application. F. PROHIBITED PRODUCTS AND METHODS 1. Uninsulated trace wire 2. Trace wire insulations other than HDPE 3. Trace wires not domestically manufactured 4. Non locking, friction fit, twist on or taped connectors 5. Brass or copper ground rods 6. Wire connections utilizing taping or spray-on waterproofing 7. Looped wire or continuous wire installations, that has multiple wires laid side-byside or in close proximity to one another 8. Trace wire wrapped around the corresponding utility 9. Brass fittings with trace wire connection lugs 10. Wire terminations within the roadway, i.e. in valve boxes, cleanouts, manholes, etc. 11. Connecting trace wire to existing conductive utilities G. TESTING All new trace wire installations shall be located using typical low frequency (512Hz) line tracing equipment, witnessed by the contractor, engineer and facility owner as applicable, prior to acceptance of ownership. This verification shall be performed upon completion of rough grading and again prior to final acceptance of the project. Continuity testing in lieu of actual line tracing shall not be accepted. H. PRODUCTS 1. Tracer Wire a. Open Trench Copperhead #12 High Strength part #1230*EHS or approved equal. b. Directional Drilling/Boring - Copperhead #12 High Strength part #1230*EHS or approved equal. c. Pipe Bursting/Slip Lining Copperhead SoloShot Extreme Strength 7 x 7 Stranded part # PBX-50 I. CONNECTORS a. Copperhead 3-way locking connector part # LCS1230* or approved equal. b. DryConn 3-way Direct Bury Lug: Copperhead Part #3WB-01 10

107 J. TEMINATION/ACCESS a. Non-Roadway access boxes applications: Trace wire access boxes Grade level Copperhead adjustable lite duty Part # LD14*TP or approved equal. b. Concrete / Driveway access box applications: Trace wire access boxes Grade level Copperhead Part # CD14*TP 14 or approved equal. c. Fire hydrant trace wire access box applications: Above ground two terminal with 1 conduit. Copperhead part # T3-75-F (Cobra T3 Test Station, denoting F includes mounting flange) or approved equal. K. GROUNDING a. Drive in Magnesium Anode: Copperhead Part # ANO-1005 (1.5 lb) or approved equal INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS 3.01 SHOP INSPECTIONS AND TESTING All materials furnished by the Contractor are subject, at the discretion of the Engineer, to inspection and/or testing by accepted methods at the plant of the manufacturer. This inspection and/or testing is to be made at the cost of the City. The material supplier shall provide the City with copies of test results on materials that are furnished to the Contractor FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING All materials furnished by or for the Contractor for incorporation into the work under contract shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, be subject to inspection and/or testing by methods acceptable to the Engineer and at the expense of the City DISPOSITION OF DEFECTIVE MATERIAL All material found during the process of inspecting and testing to be defective, or defective material encountered at any time during the progress of the work, will be rejected by the Engineer and the Contractor shall promptly remove from the site all such material CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS On all type of concrete construction, up to 4 test cylinders may be taken from each section of the structure cast in one operation. The City shall, within seven (7) days of their origin, deliver all cylinders to an approved testing laboratory. The cost of testing shall be paid by the City CONTRACTOR S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS 4.01 MATERIAL FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall replace at the Contractor's own expense all such material that is found to be defective in manufacture or that has become damaged in handling after delivery by the manufacturer. This shall include the furnishing of all material and labor required for the replacement of installed material discovered defective prior to the final acceptance of the work or during the warranty period. 11

108 4.02 MATERIAL FURNISHED BY THE OWNER The Contractor's responsibility for material furnished by the Owner shall begin at the point of delivery by the manufacturer, or Owner, and upon acceptance of the material by the Contractor. The Contractor shall examine all material furnished by the Owner at the time and place of delivery and shall reject all defective material. The point of delivery shall be stated in the "Special Provisions" REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED MATERIAL Any material furnished by the Owner that becomes damaged after acceptance by the Contractor shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFE STORAGE The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of material furnished by or to the Contractor, and accepted by the Contractor, and intended for the work, until it has been incorporated in the completed project. The interior of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter at all times MATERIAL HANDLING, ALIGNMENT AND GRADE 5.01 MATERIAL HANDLING Pipe and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed in the Special Provisions, be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of project by the Contractor. They shall at all times be handled with care to avoid damage. In distributing the material at the site, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the lining or coating is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer PIPE ALIGNMENT AND GRADE All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades, with manholes, catchbasins and fittings at the required locations. The owner will furnish one set of line and grade stakes necessary for the work. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to preserve these stakes from loss or displacement. The Engineer may order the replacement of any stakes deemed necessary for the proper installation of the work. Any replacements shall be at the Contractor's expense. All pipes shall be laid to the grade shown on the contract drawings DEVIATION WITH ENGINEER'S CONSENT No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the written consent of the Engineer. 12

109 6.00 UNDERGROUND, SURFACE AND OVERHEAD UTILITIES 6.01 EXISTING UTILITIES Existing water and sewer mains, and other underground utilities, are shown on the plans only by general location. The Owner does not guarantee the locations as shown on the plans, and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for verifying the exact location of each of these utilities, without additional compensation. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies having utilities in the project area. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for providing temporary support and for protecting and maintaining all existing utilities in the project area during the entire period of construction, including but not limited to the period of excavation, backfill and compaction. In carrying out this responsibility, the Contractor shall exercise particular care, whenever gas mains or other utility lines are crossed, to provide compacted backfill or other stable support for such lines to prevent any detrimental displacement, rupture or other failure SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine and verify the location of existing pipes, valves or other underground structures as necessary to progress with the work with no additional compensation allowed. The Engineer shall make all known records available. All known utilities are designated on the plans in a general way only as stated above OVERHEAD UTILITIES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Overhead utilities, poles, etc., shall be protected against damages by the Contractor and if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced by the Contractor. Should it become necessary during the progress of the work to remove or relocate existing poles, overhead utilities and obstructions, the Contractor shall cause the same to be done at no expense to the Owner unless otherwise provided for in the "Special Provisions". This requirement is not intended to allow utility companies to charge for expenses incurred for work performed where their utilities lie within the street right-ofway or dedicated easements. It will be the duty of the Contractor to visit the site and make exact determination of the existence of any such facilities prior to the submission of the Contractor's bid EXCAVATION AND TRENCH PREPARATION 7.01 GENERAL The trench shall be so dug that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and depth required and shall be excavated only so far in advance of pipe laying as the Engineer shall specify. The trench shall be so braced and drained that the workers may work therein safely and efficiently. All trenches shall be sheeted and braced as per Chapter sixty-six: Trench bracing of the Minnesota Regulations Relating to Industrial Safety to a safe angle of repose. Such angle of repose shall be no less than that repose required by the Accident Prevention Division of the Minnesota State Industrial Commission or the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) whichever is more restrictive. 13

110 It is essential that the discharge of any required trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural public drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. Only clean groundwater can be discharged into waters of the State. All trench bedding material shall be incidental unless otherwise indicated in the plans and specifications or if so directed by the Engineer. If bedding material is to be paid for on a weight basis, weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer daily CLASS OF BEDDING Class B (first class bedding) or Class C (ordinary bedding) as shown in the Standard Plates, shall be used as directed on the plans or specified in the Special Provisions. PVC pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the specifications described below. Any special bedding shall be in accordance with the Special Provisions. A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) All PVC pipe shall be installed and bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D- 2321, "Recommended Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe." Embedment materials shall be Class I or Class II. These materials shall all pass a 1 3/4 inch sieve and not more than 10% shall pass a #200 sieve. Embedment materials shall be compacted in six inch (6 ) lifts to a point twelve inches (12 ) above the pipe and to a density of at least ninety-five percent (95%) of Standard Proctor density as described by ASTM Methods D698. All embedment materials shall be tested for compliance with the above specification and test results shall be supplied to the Engineer. The Owner reserves the right to check for excess deflection in any portion of the PVC sanitary sewer line after placement of the backfill material in the trench. The deflection will be checked by means of a mandrel device prior to final acceptance of the sanitary sewer line or within thirty (30) days of its installation. Deflections greater than 5% of the inside diameter of the pipe shall be considered failure of the bedding procedure. B. Class B or first class bedding shall be achieved with compacted backfill in the "pipe zone". The pipe shall be bedded in compacted granular selected material placed on a flat trench bottom. The bedding shall have a minimum thickness of one-fourth the outside pipe diameter. The side fills plus a minimum depth of twelve inches (12 ) over the top of the pipe shall be filled with carefully compacted granular selected material. C. Class C or ordinary bedding shall be achieved by bedding the pipe with ordinary care in an earth foundation formed in the trench bottom by a shaped excavation which will fit the pipe barrel with reasonable closeness for a width of at least 50% of the outside pipe diameter. The side fills and area over the pipe to a minimum depth of six inches (6 ) above the top of the pipe shall be filled with compacted normal fill material. 14

111 7.03 TRENCH WIDTH AND DESCRIPTION The trench width at the top of the excavation may vary depending upon the depth of the trench and the nature of material encountered. However, the maximum allowable width of trench shall be in strict accordance with Man/DOT Specification B. The width of the trench shall also be kept at a minimum to prevent excess destruction of the existing street or highway pavement. For trench width at the top of pipe greater than specified in the paragraph above, the Contractor may propose alternate strength of pipe to depth of cover relationships other than those listed on the Form of Proposal, or shown on the plans. Such proposals must be submitted to the Engineer for approval in writing and with pertinent pipe strength and soil weight data at least fourteen (14) days prior to the desired construction date. No extra compensation shall be allowed for any increase in material or construction costs created by alternate plans CORRECTING FAULTY GRADE Any part of the trench excavated below grade shall be corrected with approved material and thoroughly compacted without additional compensation to the Contractor PIPE FOUNDATION IN POOR SOIL When the bottom of subgrade is soft and in the opinion of the Engineer cannot adequately support the pipe, a further depth and/or width shall be excavated and refilled to pipe foundation grade with approved material and thoroughly compacted; or other approved means such as piling, shall be adopted to assure a firm foundation for the pipe with extra compensation allowed the Contractor as provided elsewhere in these specifications. This does not apply to soil which is unsuitable due to high water level. If this is the case, the Contractor shall dewater the area to provide adequate laying conditions. The Contractor shall furnish, drive, and place piling if ordered by the Engineer. Piles shall be driven in exact position at locations determined by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the Contractor's own expense, must replace piles not correctly positioned at the completion of driving PIPE FOUNDATION IN ROCK The space between the bottom of the trench and the bottom of the pipe shall be backfilled with granular base material thoroughly tamped and compacted, a minimum of 12 inches. Generally speaking the material from the trench excavation, other than rocks or boulders shall be considered as suitable material. No additional compensation for placing or tamping this material shall be allowed SOLID ROCK EXCAVATION DEFINED Solid rock excavation shall include such rocks as are not decomposed, weathered or shattered and which will require blasting, barring, wedging or use of air tools for removal. Under this classification shall be included the removal of any concrete or masonry structure (except concrete pavement, curb, gutter and sidewalk) exceeding one (1) cubic yard in volume that may be encountered in the work. 15

112 7.08 BLASTING PROCEDURE The hours of blasting will be fixed by the Engineer. The Contractor's methods of procedure relative to blasting shall conform to local and State laws and Municipal Ordinances BRACED AND SHEETED TRENCHES The Contractor shall adequately brace and sheet excavation wherever necessary to prevent caving or damage to nearby property. The cost of this temporary sheeting and bracing, unless provided for otherwise, shall be considered as part of the excavation costs without additional compensation to the Contractor. Trench sheeting shall remain in place until pipe has been laid, tested for defects and repaired if necessary, and the earth around it compacted to a depth of one (1) foot over the top of the pipe. Sheeting, bracing, etc., placed in the "pipe zone" (that part of the trench below a distance of one (1) foot above the top of the pipe) shall not be removed without the written permission or written order of the Engineer; that sheeting thereby left in place shall be paid for at the unit price bid. Sheeting ordered left in place by the Engineer in writing shall be paid for at the unit price bid. The Contractor may also leave in place, at the Contractor's expense, to be embedded in the backfill of the trench any sheeting or bracing in addition to that ordered left in place by the Engineer for the purpose of preventing injury or damage to persons, corporations, or property, whether public or private, for which the Contractor under the terms of this contract is liable PILING OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory provisions made for street drainage. Material shall not be placed where runoff or sluffing of piles will encroach onto private property. Silt fence shall be placed in all places where runoff will exit the right-of-way or outside the construction easement BARRICADES, GUARDS AND SAFETY PROVISIONS To protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage, adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, flashers, and guards as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the construction work and until it is safe for traffic to use the roadway. All material piles, equipment and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be enclosed by fences or barricades and shall be protected by proper lights when the visibility is poor. The rules and regulations of the local authorities respecting safety provisions shall be observed. All traffic control shall be in conformance with Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices TRAFFIC AND UTILITY CONTROLS Excavations for pipe laying operations shall be conducted in a manner to cause the least interruptions to traffic. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges at street intersections and driveways. The Contractor shall post, where directed by the Engineer, suitable signs indicating that a street is closed and necessary detour signs for the proper maintenance of traffic. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop 16

113 boxes, fire or police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible during the construction period PRIVATE PROPERTY PROTECTION Trees, fences, poles and all other private property shall be protected unless their removal is authorized; and any property damage shall be satisfactorily restored by the Contractor, or adequate compensation therefore shall be the responsibility of the Contractor TUNNELING, JACKING, BORING OR EXCAVATION OTHER THAN OPEN TRENCH Where pipe cannot be placed by open trench excavation, the method for placing and payment therefore shall be stated in the Special Provisions RAILROAD AND HIGHWAY CROSSINGS When any railroad is crossed, all precautionary construction measures required by the railroad shall be followed. See Special Provisions or Detail Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for the securing of necessary crossing permits. Before any construction is started, the successful bidder shall meet with the Minnesota Department of Transportation, County Highway Department, Railroad Maintenance Engineer, and the Engineers to determine the construction procedure to be followed, methods of rerouting traffic, placing of barricades, flares, signs, flaggers, etc., and methods of preventing damage to the highway or railroad. If required by the railroad or highway department, the Contractor shall deposit with them a certified check in the amount specified by them to cover the required repair work INCIDENTAL ITEMS The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the individual pipeline items associated with the stated specific item or work effort. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Interference with other above and underground structures and utilities. a. The removal and restoration, or protection of existing structures and utilities that are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around the utility. 2. Unless separately itemized in the Schedule of Unit Prices, any dewatering necessary for construction. 3. Foundation materials placed in lieu of performing necessary dewatering. 4. Bulkheading of existing pipes to be abandoned in place. 5. Granular foundation, granular bedding and granular encasement materials. 6. Granular foundation materials used in lieu of bedding materials in the specified bedding zone, where specified. 7. Granular foundation materials used in unstable trench conditions. 8. The removal and disposal of native materials that are unsuitable for bedding and/or backfill. 17

114 9. Providing and maintaining utiliy service. 10. The replacement of all material displaced due to shrinkage or loss during the excavation and backfilling operations. 11. The removal of excess materials above the original topography the resulting from the additional volume created from pipe bedding, utility pipe, and/or underground structures. 12. Delays due to other utility conflicts that result during the course of construction. 13. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted elements of this construction from damage. 14. Protecting the inverts of other utility pipes from the accumulation of debris and soil, the removal of blockages that threaten to damage property, and/or the cleaning of both the newly constructed lines and the existing lines of all debris and soil that accumulated during the construction. 15. If a separate bid item for bypass pumping is NOT included in the Schedule of Unit Prices, providing temporary bypass pumping / control of storm water flows around the construction zone, include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 16. The use of special construction techniques such as trench boxes, sheeting, shoring, etc., include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 17. Compaction testing and compaction, if required, include in the price bid for the associated items being installed SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. City of Northfield Standard Contract Document and Technical Specifications February 11, 2008 (inclusive with this specification). B. Reference CEAM Specification No shall apply to excavating, installing bedding and backfilling all trench excavation construction necessary for the completion of work, except as modified herein. 1. All references to Mn/DOT specifications shall mean the specific edition, including Supplemental Specifications and Technical Memoranda as identified in Section of these Specifications. 2. CEAM Specification A1 Maintenance of Traffic is hereby deleted, See Section of these Specifications. 3. CEAM Specification A2 Establishing Line and Grade is modified by Section of these Specifications. 4. CEAM Specification A3 Protection of Surface Structures: (a) Street signs shall be considered as items of essential service. (b) The last sentence in the third paragraph is deleted. 5. CEAM Specification A5 Removal of Surface Improvements - All rubble and debris to be disposed of off-site, shall be disposed of at a location secured by the Contractor and in a manner in compliance with applicable Local, State and Federal regulations. 6. CEAM Specification B3 Excavation Limits and Requirements - OSHA limitations shall also apply to the top of trench width determination. The seven day written notice is waived if changing soil conditions and OSHA compliance apply. 7. CEAM C1 Jacking/Boring - The Contractor is responsible for protecting all existing utilities above the elevation of the pipe invert minus 2 times the wall 18

115 thickness of the casing pipe being installed. In addition, bentonite materials shall not be permitted to flow back into the excavation during the non-open cut construction. 8. CEAM F1 Turf Restoration is hereby deleted, See Section of these Specifications. 9. CEAM F1 Pavement Restoration is hereby deleted, See applicable sections of these Specifications. 10. CEAM Method of Measurement Paragraphs B and C are hereby deleted. See applicable sections of these Specifications. C. Reference Mn/DOT Specification No shall apply to granular materials for foundation, bedding and encasement of utility line construction, except as modified herein. D. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification LAYING OF PIPE 8.01 TRENCH PREPARATION Prior to the laying of the pipe, the trench shall be excavated and prepared in accordance with the previous specifications and the class of bedding specified TYPE, SIZE AND CLASS OF PIPE The type, size and class of pipe installed shall be in conformance with that specified CLASS OF BEDDING The class of bedding shall be in conformance with that specified in the project specification or on the Standard Plates CLEANING PIPE All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe before it is lowered into its position in the trench, and it shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The outside of the tongue or spigot end of the pipe shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid LAYING PIPE Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the tongue or spigot ends pointed in the direction of flow. The laying of pipe shall conform to the class of bedding specified. Pipe shall not be laid in water, or when the trench conditions are unsuitable for such work except by written permission of the Engineer. The excavation of trenches shall be fully completed a sufficient distance in advance of the pipe laying and the exposed ends of all pipe shall be fully protected with a board or approved stopper to prevent earth or other substances from entering the pipe. The interior of the sewer shall be carefully cleaned from all dirt, cement, or superfluous material of every description as the work progresses. If necessary, pipe shall be thoroughly flushed at the completion of the work at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. 19

116 If an existing utility is shown on the plans and there is no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around the utility, the Contractor shall be required to remove and restore, or protect the utility. The inverts of existing sewers (storm & sanitary), culverts, subdrains, etc. shall be protected during construction. The Contractor is responsible to inspect and clean, if necessary, all lines which have become compromised by the construction operations. The trench for all flexible pipe shall be undercut six-inches below the pipe barrel to permit the installation of granular bedding or foundation material. The trench for all rigid pipe shall be undercut three-inches below the pipe barrel to permit the installation of granular bedding or foundation material. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system to maintain all trenches free of water wherever necessary. The Contractor shall make his own subsurface investigations and determine what dewatering methods to utilize to prevent such damage. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to adjacent structures or buildings caused by the dewatering operations. Use of granular foundation material in lieu of performing dewatering is permitted. All suitable excess excavated material shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be loaded, hauled, placed and compacted at a site chosen by the Owner within 2 miles of the site. All unsuitable excess excavated material, with the exception of topsoil shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. All excess excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a location secured by the Contractor. Geo-textile fabric sock shall not be installed. Inspection tees shall be installed flush with the finished boulevard grade. Where subdrains are connected to catch basins or manholes, rodent protection shall be installed. On each side of the road, one conduit shall be of the orange/orange type and one conduit shall be of the orange/blue type TRACER WIRE Tracer wire shall meet the requirements of one of the following: 1. 1/8 galvanized aircraft wire clear PVC coated to 3/ /8 304 stainless steel wire clear PVC coated to 3/16. 20

117 3. #12AWG solid copper or copper clad steel (CCS) wire with 30mil high density polyethylene (HDPE) insulating jacket. Connectors shall be wire nut or twist on type connectors filled with silicone waterproofing sealant suitable for direct bury applications according to UL 486D test standard. Connectors shall be DryConn connectors as manufactured by King Innovation or approved equal LINE AND GRADE CONTROL The Contractor shall maintain the line and grade of the pipe in the trench by means of the grade or batter board method or laser PIPE JOINTING 9.01 GENERAL Joints for concrete pipe shall be made by wiping the joints clean, applying the manufacturer's recommended lubricant compound over the entire joint surface and then inserting the spigot end into the bell with sufficient force to properly seat the pipes. Joints for polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be made by the use of push-on rubber gaskets. All jointing procedure shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer PIPE JOINTS Pipe joints shall be made using the materials specified under Article All sliding surfaces of the joint shall be cleaned and lubricated immediately before the pipe is brought home HOUSE CONNECTIONS, WYES AND TEES GENERAL As indicated on the plans and at such other points as may be deemed necessary, six inch or four inch wyes only, SDR 26, shall be installed for house connections at such intervals as the size of the lots may demand. Where the depth of the trench exceeds twelve feet, the Contractor shall use a riser on which shall be used a tee or tee saddle on the main line and shall be extended to a minimum of nine feet below the surface at a point five feet behind the curb line or five feet on the street side of the street property line (see Standard Plate), or as shown on the plan for the invert of sewer services. The minimum required cover for any service shall be 4 feet. If 4 feet of cover is not attainable, the service shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer. Service connections shall be made at existing wyes where available or by means of a saddle where a wye is not available. No connections shall be made into a manhole without written consent by the City Engineer. The minimum grade for a sanitary service shall be 1%. The joints and bedding shall be made as previously specified. The tops of all risers and openings to wye and/or tee branches shall be capped by a slip joint plug to prevent any water from entering the service until the connection is placed in service. In areas with non-granular fill, all wyes and 45 0 bends shall be backfilled with granular fill a minimum of 1 around the connection. Granular fill shall be incidental to the installation. 21

118 10.02 PRIVATE SERVICES Sanitary sewer and water services shall be constructed to the rightof-way line at a minimum and to houses as directed by the Engineer. Sewer and water services shall be installed in the same trench to the greatest extent possible. The connection of the new service to the existing service shall be considered incidental and should be figured into the price for the wye or curb stop and box. A water service will be installed to the right-of-way as a minimum or to the building as directed by the Engineer. Services installed to the building shall be brought beyond the foundation to an opening in the basement floor. A separate sewer service (4 ) and water service (1 ) shall be installed from the mainline pipes for each unit of multiple family housing structures such as double bungalows, triplexes, quads, etc. A variance from these requirements is acknowledged only in the event that a revised service layout detail is drawn on the plans and receives written approval by the City Engineer. Boring, pneuma-gophering, tunneling, insertion inside existing services or other means of service installation will be required in some cases for water and sewer line installations. All surfaces will be restored to their original condition. Sewer and water service work on the interior of the buildings from the point of floor openings to the water meter, sewer stack, or other required locations shall be performed by a licensed plumber. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of all property not scheduled for replacement in the building. Work shall be performed in conformance to all applicable codes. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the homeowner for the protection of private property on the exterior and interior of the home, including trees. Remove Concrete Floor / Concrete Pavement Special (a) Where necessary, the Contractor shall remove and replace portions of the existing concrete floor for the purpose of sanitary sewer and water service work in buildings as directed by the Engineer. All edges shall be neatly saw-cut. The concrete removal area shall be as small as possible to complete the work. Replacement of the floor shall be performed by a qualified craftsman and shall meet or exceede the thickness, quality, finish, and appearance of the existing floor, which is typically 4 crushed aggregate base with a minimum Portland cement concrete (PCC). The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of rubble, excess dirt, protection of existing property from dust accumulation or other damage and cleanup for a complete patch, satisfactory to the Engineer and homeowner. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the schedule and other items relevant to this work with the homeowner such that adequate notice is available to allow removal of carpet, furniture, etc. by the homeowner. Payment shall be at the contract unit price per square foot measured in place upon completion. All materials, labor, rubble and excavated material disposal, cleanup, or other required items are incidental. Any hours spent by the plumber on removing or replacing concrete floor will not be included in the common laborers pay item. 22

119 Common Laborers Hours (Connect Services in Building) (b) Payment for sanitary sewer and/or water service work from the location of the pipe in the floor opening to the meter, sewer stack, or other required location on the inside of the building shall be on a time and material basis. No hours shall be charged for preparation work such as remove and replace concrete floor, excavation, excavation, removal, etc. Materials shall be paid at the invoice cost plus 15% markup. A currently licensed plumber shall perform the work. Hours shall be based on one licensed plumber. Payment shall be at the contract unit price per man-hour. Coordination, testing, flushing, property protection or other items required to satisfactorily complete the work outside the building are incidental to bid items for that work. Actual hours worked in the building will be counted and rounded to the nearest ¼ hour. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient notice prior to any work such that inspection can be provided. The Contractor shall provide itemized receipts for each service indicating property address, crew, dates, times work performed, materials used and total hours RECORD AND LOCATION OF SERVICE CONNECTIONS It shall be the duty of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of service connections as to location, depth to top of riser, type of connection provided, etc. Location shall be made in respect to the nearest manhole center downgrade from the service. This record shall be turned over to the Engineer for the Engineer's records at time intervals specified by the Engineer. At the end of all house connections, the Contractor shall furnish and set a 2 x 2 wooden marker stake set vertically to two feet above the ground surface. In areas of newly platted land where the houses have yet been built on the lots served, the Contractor shall furnish and set steel fence posts securely wired to the 2 x 2 and allowed to extend 2 to 3 above the ground surface. The 2 x 2 wooden marker stake shall extend from the invert of the service stub to two feet above the ground surface. A tracer wire shall be installed as detailed within the City s Standard Details SERVICE ABANDONMENT Any Sanitary Service that is abandon shall be removed completely and or sandfilled to the main or riser. Abandonment procedure shall be approved by the Engineer TESTING PROCEDURES GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish the weirs and other material and labor for placing the weirs in the sewers and shall assist the Engineer in making leakage tests and corrective work. The cost to the Contractor for the Contractor's labor and material to assist the testing and the Contractor's labor and material necessary to reduce leakage to allowable values shall be considered as incidental to the project without extra compensation to the Contractor. 23

120 If measurements indicate a leakage greater than the maximum allowable leakage, additional measurements shall be taken and continued until all leaks are located and the necessary repairs and permanent corrective work necessary to reduce leakage below the maximum allowed by these specifications are completed. Each section of the project of a maximum length of 400 feet or the distance between two (2) manholes shall be required to comply with the below allowable rates of exfiltration. The quantity of pipe used in these calculations is to include mains and street laterals only and is not to include house service laterals. A low pressure air test will be required on all sanitary sewer construction. Other tests shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. The cost of testing shall be considered incidental to the contract project EXFILTRATION TEST Upon completion of the sewer and before any house services are connected, exfiltration tests may be made to determine the amount of exfiltration from the sewer line. The section of the sewer to be tested shall be sealed, and the manholes and pipe line to be tested shall be filled with water to a level or elevation specified by the Engineer. Measurements of the drop in water level shall be taken and recorded and the rate of leakage shall be thereby calculated. The maximum allowable rate of leakage shall be two hundred (200) gallons per inch of diameter of pipe per mile for twentyfour (24) hours where the maximum hydrostatic head at the centerline of the pipe does not exceed twenty (20) feet LOW PRESSURE AIR TESTING Upon completion of the sewer and before any house services are connected to the pipe line, after the line has been backfilled and cleaned, the Contractor shall furnish all equipment and personnel necessary to conduct a "pipe line acceptability test" using low pressure air. This test shall be performed at a maximum distance of 400 feet between two manholes. The pipe line shall be sealed with a plug whose sealing length is greater than the diameter of the pipe and constructed in such a nature that they will not require external blocking or bracing and maintain a seal against the line's test pressure. All wyes, tees, outlet or ends of lateral services shall be suitably capped and braced to withstand the internal pressures. Such caps or plugs shall be easily removable. One (1) plug shall be tapped for the air supply hose and the return air pressure hose. The air supply hose, connected from the compressor to the plug, shall have a throttling valve, bleeding valve and shut off valve for control. The air pressure tap shall have a sensitive pressure gauge, 0 to 10 psi range, protected by a gauge cock and a pressure relief valve set at 10 psi. In performing the test, air is added slowly to the pipe line until pressure inside the pipe line reaches 4.0 psig. If air is added too rapidly, the test accuracy will decrease because a change in temperature also has an effect on the change in pressure. When the air pressure inside the pipe line reaches 4.0 psig above the external hydrostatic pressure the supply air is stopped. A time interval is allowed for the temperature difference to stabilize before the actual test is performed. If the air pressure drops below 3.5 psig during this time interval, more air will be supplied to the pipe line and throttled to 24

121 maintain a pressure between 3.5 psig and 4.0 psig for a minimum of two (2) minutes after which time the supply air will be shut off. The portion of line being tested shall be accepted if the portion under test does not lose air at a rate greater than cfm per square foot of interval pipe at an average pressure of 3.0 psig greater than any back pressure exerted by ground water that may be over the pipe at the time of test. The test shall be accomplished by determining the time in minutes for the pressure to decrease from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig greater than the average ground water that may be over the pipe. That time shall not be less than the time shown for the given diameter in the following table. Pipe Diameter in Inches Minutes If the pipe line installation fails to meet the requirements of the test, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, determine the source of leakage, then repair or replace all defective material and/or workmanship. In determining the pressure greater than the average ground water, the ground water height in feet above the pipe line must be measured. When the water elevation has been established, the height in feet above the pipe line shall be divided by 2.31 and that pressure added to gauge pressure of test. A table for converting water height to gauge pressure is as follows: Added Pressure to be Ground Water Level Over Applied to Gauge Pressure Top of Pipe Line Readings. 1 foot 0.43 psig 2 feet 0.86 psig 3 feet 1.29 psig 4 feet 1.72 psig 5 feet 2.16 psig 6 feet 2.59 psig 7 feet 3.01 psig 8 feet 3.44 psig 9 feet 3.87 psig 10 feet 4.30 psig 25

122 11.04 MANDREL TEST The owner reserves the right to check for excess deflection in any portion of the PVC sanitary sewer line after placement of the backfill material in the trench. The deflection will be checked by means of a mandrel device prior to final acceptance of the sanitary sewer line or within thirty (30) days of its installation. Deflections greater than 5% of the inside diameter of the pipe shall be considered failure of the bedding procedure TELEVISING The City of Northfield shall televise, at the Contractor s cost, the sanitary sewer constructed in the project after completion of all the underground utility construction. The televising will be completed by City of Northfield crews and shall be done after the Class 5 material has been placed and before the first lift of base course bituminous asphalt. This information shall be considered part of the final inspection of the project. Any line that has debris in the pipe shall be cleaned and retelevised, at the Contractor s expense, prior to placement of the first lift of base course bituminous asphalt. All dirt and debris shall be prevented from entering the existing sewer system by means of watertight plugs or other suitable methods. The Contractor must have written approval from the Engineer for the method they select to clean the line. The line will be retelevised at the time of final acceptance at the expense of the City of Northfield. The television camera shall be mounted on a skid so that it is centered in the pipe. The camera shall have a cross-hair to maintain a constant reference on the image. The camera shall be equipped with sufficient lights to completely illuminate the interior of the pipe within the range of the camera. A CD shall be made on the entire footage of pipe televised and delivered to the Owner. An alternative, upon written consent of the Engineer, to the CD is a video tape of the footage. The linear footage of pipe televised shall be integrated into the CD or video tape for ease of identification of pipe being viewed SETTING MANHOLES, CATCHBASINS AND CLEAN-OUTS GENERAL Manholes and catchbasins shall be set and jointed to the line in the manner specified for laying and jointing pipe LOCATION Manholes, catchbasins and clean-outs shall be located as shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer and all changes in direction, changes in pipe size, dead ends, or every 400 feet TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION Wherever possible, and unless otherwise specified, the manholes and catchbasins shall be constructed of precast sections. Where standard sections cannot be used, sections may be constructed of block concrete. Unless otherwise specified, the manholes and catchbasins if 26

123 necessary shall be constructed with steps in accordance with the Standard Plate of this Specification CONSTRUCTION DETAILS The details of construction of each individual structure shall conform to the drawings and specifications as designated. Frames and covers shall be set to the designated elevation in a full mortar bed. The bottom of all manholes shall be constructed of half section of equivalent size pipe shaped to conform to the inlet and outlet pipe so as to allow a free, uninterrupted flow. All inverts shall have a 0.10 foot drop across the manhole unless otherwise stated in the plans and specifications. Any manhole invert not within 0.04 feet of the specified 0.10 foot drop shall be rejected ADJUSTING RINGS AND BLOCKS A minimum of two (2) and a maximum of four (4) adjusting rings shall be provided between the cast iron frame and the top concrete manhole section. The rings shall provide between 4 and 12 of adjustment. Adjusting rings shall be 2, 4, or 6 and be implemented so the fewest number of rings are used WATERPROOFING AND PRECAST SECTION JOINT CONSTRUCTION Manholes and catchbasins shall be constructed in such a manner that they are waterproof. Joints between manhole sections shall be made using confined 0-ring rubber gaskets as specified previously LIFTING HOLES Not more than two (2) lifting holes will be allowed in any precast manhole section. All lifting holes shall be plugged with non-shrinking grout to ensure a waterproof installation MANHOLE AND CATCHBASIN BASES The concrete base shall be of size and depth as shown on the drawings. Concrete used shall have a 28-day compressive strength of at least 3,000 pounds per square inch. Precast concrete bases shall be used unless prior written approval by the Engineer allows poured bases. Precast bases must be placed on a minimum of six inches of granular material which has been thoroughly compacted and leveled off across the entire width of the base. Where the foundation is unstable, the Engineer may order the Contractor to install manholes on piling. Manhole base reinforcement and timber piles shall be as shown on the drawings MANHOLE CASTINGS Manhole castings for sanitary sewer manholes shall have temporary structure covers as specified in Article of this Specification. The temoporary structure covers shall remain covered until just prior to the placement of the final wearing course of bituminous asphalt MANHOLE DROP SECTIONS 27

124 Manhole drop sections shall be constructed where shown on the plans according to the Detail Drawings. Pipes shall be installed to match flow lines unless an outside drop is constructed. Inside drops shall only be allowed with written approval from the Engineer. Inside drops shall be manufactured by Reliner/Duran Inc. or approved equal CLEAN-OUTS Clean-outs shall conform to the design shown in the Standard Plates. Clean-outs are required every 100 feet on services and at all dead ends where no manhole is present. A steel fence post shall be placed flush with the top of the cleanout cap on all exterior cleanouts to aid in locating these structures in the future. A metal cover shall be required for all clean outs placed on main line sewers WEEP HOLES The Contractor shall provide weep holes, as required by the City Engineer, for catch basin locations where water sits due to the wear course not being placed. Generally, this will apply to low points where the wear course is being placed the next construction season. The weep holes shall consist of core drilling a hole in the adjusting rings to allow water to drain into the structure. After placement of wear course, the Contractor shall grout the hole and back plaster as required. All costs associated with the weep holes shall be considered incidental BACKFILLING GENERAL All excavation in trenches shall be backfilled to the original ground surface or to such grades as specified or shown on the plans. The backfilling shall begin as soon as practicable after the pipe has been placed. Prior to any backfilling, the excavation shall be cleaned of all trash, debris, organic material, and other undesirable material. All trenches must be completely backfilled at the end of each day. No open trenches shall be allowed after daylight hours without written approval from the City Engineer BACKFILL PROCEDURE AT PIPE ZONE Backfilling and compacting shall be done as thoroughly as possible so as to prevent settlement. Depositing of the backfill shall be done so the shock of falling material will not injure the pipe or structures. Grading over and around all parts of the work shall be done as directed by the Engineer. Bedding material as specified in Sewer Specifications 7.02 or other suitable material as determined by the Engineer, free from rocks and boulders, shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench to a height above the top of the pipe as specified, shovel placed and plate tamped to fill completely all spaces under and adjacent to the pipe. In the event that natural, suitable, granular material is not encountered during the normal excavation of the trench, or when the material encountered is determined unsuitable by the 28

125 Engineer for backfilling around the pipe as required above, the Contractor shall provide and place such approved material obtainable from other excavation on the project at no additional compensation. If suitable material is not available as stated above, the Contractor shall purchase suitable material as specified for backfilling around the pipe. The Contractor shall be paid for only that select material required for filling or backfilling as may be stated in the Special Provisions or as they may be directed to purchase and place by the Engineer. All quantities of such material used shall be verified by the Engineer BACKFILL PROCEDURE ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE Unless otherwise specified, suitable backfill material shall be furnished and the following backfill procedures as applicable shall be used above the "pipe zone" to either the existing surface elevation or design grade, as specified, with the cost of such considered incidental to the installation of the pipe unless specified for a particular section of the project by the Special Provisions and/or plans, or allowed in writing by the Engineer, and a unit price has been established. A. Type I Under improved or proposed roads and streets and under existing utilities, "Fill Material" (Item 13.05) shall be placed by mechanical or other means as approved by the Engineer so that excessive settlement will not result. The material shall be compacted at or near the optimum moisture content. The trench shall be backfilled in no greater than one foot (1 ) lifts to the top of existing ground. Backfill material shall be compacted to 95% of the standard moisture density relationship of soils (ASTM D698-70) except the top three feet (3 ) of the trench which shall be compacted to 100% density. All material shall be plate tamped on either side of the pipe to completely fill all voids regardless of the type of pipe being installed. Any settlement greater than one inch (1 ) as measured with a ten foot straight-edge within the warranty period of this contract shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction and all street surfaces, driveways, boulevard and ditch areas shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the City. B. Type II Under areas where settlement is allowable, in the judgment of the Engineer, "Fill Material" (Item 13.05) may be placed in layers thicker than twelve inches, and a high degree of compaction shall not be necessary. When backfilling with loose soil types, the material may be backfilled above the existing ground surface or design grade so that the backfill in settling will more nearly conform to the design grade. C. Type III Under State or county highways and roads, the Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits, at the Contractor's expense, before commencing any type of work within a State or 29

126 county right-of-way. All such work, especially backfilling, shall conform to State and county standards and specifications DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL AND DEBRIS Unless otherwise specified, excavated material, either not suitable or not required for fill material, shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside of the right-of-way at the Contractor s expense in any manner the Contractor may elect subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. Before dumping such materials or debris on a private or public land, the Contractor must obtain from the Owner of such land written permission for such dumping and a waiver of all claims against the Owner for any damage to such land which may result therefrom together with all permits required by law for such dumping. A copy of such permission, waiver of claims and permit shall be filed with the Engineer before said disposal is made FILL MATERIAL Normal, allowable "fill material" used in backfilling shall be sand, gravel, or clay, free from pieces of rock, concrete or clay lumps more than one-third (1/3) cubic foot in volume, roots, stumps, organic soil, vegetation, tin cans, rubbish, frozen materials, and similar articles and substances whose presence in the backfill would cause excessive settlement. In that portion of the backfill which is within six inches (6 ) of a road subgrade or 12 of the top of the pipe, there shall be no stones which will be retained on a three inch (3 ) sieve DENSITY TESTS Density tests will be performed by an approved soils testing firm at various locations and depths throughout the project as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate fully and provide assistance, including equipment and labor, as necessary to complete these tests with no additional compensation being made to the Contractor. All testing costs pertaining to passing tests shall be paid for by the City. All testing costs pertaining to failing tests will be charged to and paid for by the Contractor TEMPORARY STRUCTURE COVERS Immediately after backfilling is completed all sanitary sewer and storm sewer manholes and catch basins shall be covered with MnDOT Type 5 geotextile fabric and have either the structure casting or a metal plate placed over the fabric. The fabric and plate (casting) should be placed so that when covered, they don t slide off of the structure during gravel lay down or grading operations. The fabric and plate (casting) shall remain in-place until iron is raised prior to the first lift of bituminous pavement being placed. Storm sewer catch basins and catch basin manholes shall also have 1 ½ rock placed on and around them to allow for drainage. Rock shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. All such work shall be considered incidental to the project. 30

127 13.08 TEST ROLLING Test rolling shall be in accordance with Section 2111 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification, at no additional cost to the owner. Fully loaded trucks maybe used instead of rollers SURFACE RESTORATION, CLEANUP AND GUARANTEE RESTORATION OF SURFACE All surfaces disturbed during the construction period, whether caused by actual excavation, deposition of excavated material, or by the construction equipment, shall be returned to its original conditions or better. Exceptions to the above, if any, or special instructions pertaining to any particular section of the project will be outlined in the "Special Provisions". Any excess dirt shall be removed by the Contractor in accordance with Section of these Specifications DUST CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor, at the Contractor's own expense, shall maintain dust control as necessary and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer until final acceptance of the project or until restoration has been completed MAINTENANCE OF STREETS UNTIL SURFACED After backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the streets as required and blade as necessary to provide a passable, rut free, pothole free surface for traffic until the surfacing is completed or to the date of final acceptance CLEANING UP Surplus pipe material, tools, and temporary structures shall be removed by the Contractor, and all dirt and/or rubbish caused by the Contractor's operations and excess earth from excavations shall be hauled to a dump provided by the Contractor, and the construction site shall be left in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer GUARANTEE The Contractor shall be held responsible for any and all defects in workmanship and materials which may be developed in any part of the entire installation furnished by the Contractor and upon written notice from the Engineer shall immediately replace and make good, without expense to the owner, any such faulty part or parts and damage done by reason of same, during the period as prescribed in Section 31 of the General Conditions FAILURE TO REPLACE DEFECTIVE PARTS Should the Contractor fail to make good the defective parts within a period of thirty (30) days of such notification, after written notice has been given to the Contractor, the Owner may replace these parts, charging the expense of same to the Contractor. 31

128 15.00 TURF ESTABLISHMENT GENERAL All turf establishment shall be in accordance with Article 13.00, Turf Establishment, of the Street Specifications which is included as part of this Standard Specification OPEN DITCH CONSTRUCTION GENERAL The work covered by this specification may be performed with any means and equipment capable of doing a proper job EXCAVATION The Contractor shall excavate whatever substances are encountered to the size and dimensions shown by the drawings, plans, profiles, and cross-sections, or as instructed by the Engineer. Wherever seeding or sodding has been specified, the black topsoil shall be selectively stripped and stockpiled to both sides of the right-of-way for use as topsoil for the seeding and sodding portion of the project. The side slopes and bottom of the ditch are to be dressed as smooth and even as can be done by the skillful operation of the machinery employed to do the work. All waste material shall be removed therefrom to the satisfaction of the Engineer. During the course of construction, the Contractor shall conduct their operation in such a way that the completed work shall be in reasonable facsimile to that shown on the plans for any particular section. Extra excavation and cost incurred for this purpose shall be at the expense of the Contractor WASTE BANKS Unless otherwise directed, the Contractor shall place the waste banks on both sides of the ditch and level them to correspond with the slope of the ground surface as closely as possible. The material shall be finished smooth by a bulldozer, grader or dragline to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Openings shall be left in the waste banks for the drainage of adjacent land, crossings or waterways. Proper erosion control methods will be required OBSTRUCTIONS The Contractor shall remove all bridges, trees, stumps, rocks, brush, culverts, and other obstruction to their work within the right-of-way. Bridge or culvert material which may be usable again shall be piled outside of the right-of-way SILT REMOVAL The ditch will be checked for grade and widths as the work progresses. Any work not to grade or of proper width shall be corrected. All work shall be maintained to the proper depth and width in 32

129 which that part of the ditch is constructed until the end of the working season and until turf and other erosion control measures have been installed. In case silt washes into the ditch or the banks cave into it later, the silt or cave in shall be removed if necessary, for which the Contractor shall be paid on a time and material basis, or some other method of compensation, if the same is agreed upon by the Contractor, Engineer and representative of the Owner RIPRAP AND EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish and install riprap as designated by the plans or as directed by the Engineer to prevent the possibility of erosion RIPRAP MATERIALS The riprap material shall conform to Section 3601 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. The stone shall be durable field or quarry stone of approved quality, sound, hard, and free from seams, cracks or other structural defects. Unless otherwise specified, the stone may be round, flat, or other shapes in between. A. Class or Size of Random Riprap Rock Unless otherwise specified, Class III rock shall be used for all installation and shall conform to MnDOT Spec B. Class or Size of Hand Placed and Grouted Riprap The individual stones, except those used for chinking, shall not weigh less than 50 pounds each. C. Size of Rock Versus Weight As a guide, the following table is included which compares the approximate average diameter with the various weights of round stone. Of course, flat stones of an equivalent weight would have a greater diameter. Weight Avg. Diam. Weight Avg. Diam. (lbs.) (Inches) (lbs.) (Inches) RANDOM RIPRAP This work shall conform to MnDOT Specification HAND PLACED RIPRAP 33

130 This work shall conform to MnDOT Specification GROUTED RIPRAP This work shall conform to MnDOT Specifications EROSION CONTROL The Contractor shall install appropriate erosion control materials at all storm sewer outlets and other potential erosion problem areas along lakes, streams or ponds as noted on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. This work shall be considered incidental to the project FILTER BLANKET MATERIAL Type I filter blanket material that meets MnDOT Specification B shall be placed beneath the riprap material at each storm sewer outlet as described on the standard plate LINER MATERIAL Erosion control liner material shall be placed beneath the filter blanket material at each storm sewer outlet as described on the standard plate. The liner shall be Staff Permaliner plastic filter material #Mll95, or equal TREATED WOOD PILING GENERAL All treated wood piling shall be in accordance with Article 13.00, Treated Wood Piling, of the Watermain Specifications of these Standard Specifications, and as identified on the applicable Standard Plates or Plans FORCEMAIN DUCTILE IRON PIPE The ductile iron pipe covered by this specification shall be of the push-on joint type or the mechanical joint type, centrifugally cast to conform to all requirements of AWWA Specification C151, latest revision. To prevent cracking of the cement lining, the maximum allowable deflection of the pipe shall not exceed 2 percent of the pipe diameter. Minimum thickness of ductile iron pipe shall be as follows: 4 Ductile Iron Pipe 0.26 Class 51 6 Ductile Iron Pipe 0.25 Class 50 8 Ductile Iron Pipe 0.27 Class 50 10" Ductile Iron Pipe 0.29 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.31 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.33 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.34 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.35 Class 50 34

131 20 Ductile Iron Pipe 0.36 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.38 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.39 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.43 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.47 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.51 Class Ductile Iron Pipe 0.57 Class 50 All pipes shall have a cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA Specification C104, latest revision. All ductile iron pipe shall be marked "DUCTILE IRON" in large letters. The nominal wall thickness shall be plainly marked on each piece of pipe. A. RUBBER GASKET JOINTS: All rubber gasket joints are to be in accordance with AWWA Specification C111, latest revision. Adequate means for electrical conductivity shall be provided for the gasket joint. B. FITTINGS: All fittings are to be in accordance with AWWA Specification C110, latest revision. All fittings are to have short body laying dimensions POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PRESSURE PIPE The polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe (P.V.C. pressure pipe) covered by this specification shall conform to ASTMD-1784, Type I, Grade I, and A.S.T.M. D-2241 SDR-PR psi, latest revision, and shall have a minimum working pressure of 100 psi. All pipes shall be marked P.V.C. ASTM D-1120 and ASTH D The class pressure rating or SDR shall be plainly marked on the pipe. A. RUBBER GASKET JOINTS: All P.V.C. pressure pipe shall have rubber gasket joints in accordance with ASTM D Joints shall be kept clean and properly lubricated prior to installation. B. FITTINGS: All fittings shall be compatible with the pipe supplied and shall have a minimum working pressure of 100 psi (SDR-PR 26) AIR AND VACUUM VALVES Sewage air and vacuum valves shall be Apco sewage valves, Model Number 401, as manufactured by Valve and Primer Corporation, or approved equal. The valve shall be furnished with a 2" inlet, a 2 shut off valve and all other accessories needed for back flushing such as a 1 blow off valve, a 1/2" shut off valve and a quick disconnect coupling with back flushing hose. An operating and maintenance instruction manual shall be included with the valve AIR RELIEF MANHOLE 35

132 Air relief manholes shall be constructed of precast concrete sections with R-4 joints as designed on the plans and shown on the standard plate in accordance with A.S.T.M. designations C PIPE INSTALLATION All pipes shall be laid to the depth shown on the contract drawings. The Contractor shall satisfactorily maintain the specified cover by the use of grade boards or lasers. If additional bends are required, where not shown on the drawings to maintain alignment around curves, the Contractor shall provide the required number and be compensated at the unit price as proposed on the bid form. The following is the maximum allowable joint deflection for the ductile iron pipe. Mechanical Pipe Size and Lead Joints Slip Joint 4 inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch LAYING PIPE A. Handling of Forcemain Material into Trench: Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. All pipe, fittings and valves shall be carefully lowered into the trench in such a manner as to prevent damage to forcemain materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall forcemain materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. B. Jointing: All types of joints shall be made in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications. All pipe ends shall be wire brushed, wiped clean, and kept clean until joints are made. For the assembly of the push-on type of joint, additional cleaning shall be required with a power driven wire brush or other means just prior to assembly until clean, bright, metallic surface shows in the locations where the metal inserts of the gasket will contact the socket and spigot after assembly. C. Cutting Pipe: Untapered spigot ends may be encountered when pipes are cut in the field. Before assembly, the cut end should be beveled with a heavy file or other suitable apparatus, removing any sharp or rough edges to protect the gasket from injury and ensure ease of assembly. 36

133 D. Blocking: All fittings, at points of bends in the line, shall be solidly braced against the end or sides of the trench. All fittings shall be blocked with concrete. The concrete to have a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi and the block to be of sufficient size so as not to exert more than 2000 lbs. per square foot pressure against the soil TESTING PIPE LINES A. Hydrostatic Tests Required: A pressure test shall be required for all installations of forcemain and all appurtenances. B. Pressure Test: The pressure test shall be held at a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the maximum design pressure or a minimum hydrostatic pressure of 70 pounds per square inch for a period of one hour in the presence of the Engineer. At the end of the one hour period, the pressure drop shall be read. Next, the Contractor shall add water to the system through a water meter capable of measuring increments to a tenth of a gallon until the water system has been restored to the original hydrostatic pressure as stated above. The quantity of water added to the system shall then be read to the nearest tenth of a gallon. The maximum allowable quantity of water which may be added to the water system is one pint per hour for each section of force main tested between consecutive valves or plugs. A suitable container graduated in increments of one pint shall be used as the source of water. C. Procedure: Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water from a safe source, and the specified test pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a water pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connections, gauge and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Engineer before any test is made. All necessary pipe taps shall be made by the Contractor as may be directed by the Engineer. D. Expelling Air Before Test: Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this in those instances where air relief manholes exist, the pipe shall be filled with water until all air has been expelled through the air relief valve. Then the shut off valve between the force main and air relief valve shall be closed and the air relief valve disconnected from the system. The pressure test on the force main can then proceed as outlined above. E. Examination Under Pressure: Any cracked or defective pipes, valves and fittings discovered in consequence of the pressure test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer. The pressure test shall be performed in a manner approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall correct all faulty materials or workmanship discovered during the tests and all such corrections shall be made to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 37

134 F. Electrical Conductivity Test: After the backfilling operation has been completed, the Contractor will be required to conduct an electrical conductivity test in the presence of the Engineer. The test shall be run after complete backfilling to assure that no electrical connections have broken loose in the joints during the backfilling operation. Direct current of 350 amperes, plus or minus 10 percent, shall be passed through the pipe line for 5 minutes. Current flow through the pipe shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the 5 minute test period. Insufficient current or intermittent current or arcing, indicated by large fluctuations of the ammeter needle, shall be evidence of defective electrical contact in the pipeline. The cause shall be isolated and corrected, and the section retested to meet the requirements. Cables from the power source to the ends of the section of pipe under test should be of sufficient size to carry the test current without over heating or excessive voltage drop. Usable size will be in the range of 2/0 to 4/0 A.W.G. Connections to the pipe or appurtenances should be of a type that will not cause arcing or welding action. Any pipe coating or paint that may be removed for the test, shall be replaced when the test is completed. Caution shall be exercised at all times, when the electrical conductivity test is conducted. The electrical conductivity test shall not be required for P.V.C. forcemain METHOD OF PAYMENT The work shall be measured and the compensation determined in the following manner: SEWER PIPE Sewer pipe shall be paid for at the contract price per lineal foot, which shall include the cost of furnishing all pipe, pipe bend sections, jointing material, bedding material and other material and of delivering, handling, laying, dewatering, trenching, sheeting and backfilling, restoring of the surface, necessary permits, and all material or work necessary to install the pipe complete in place at the depth specified. The length of pipe for which payment is made shall be the actual overall length measured along the axis of the pipe without regard to intervening manholes, tee sections or bend sections. Lengths of branches will be measured from the center of manhole to the center of manhole. All lengths will be measured in a horizontal plane unless the grade of the pipe is more than fifteen (15) percent. The depth of cut for payment shall be defined as the distance between the invert of the pipe at a particular point and the intersection of a vertical or plumb line extended from the said point to the point of intersection of the line with the ground surface as it exists at time of construction CAST IRON PIPE OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN LIEU OF OTHER SEWER PIPE 38

135 C.I.P. or D.I.P. not shown on the plans, but placed upon direction of the Engineer in lieu of other sewer pipe shall be paid for as sewer pipe in accordance with Section above plus the contract unit price per lineal foot bid as "Additional cost per foot for substituting C.I.P. or D.I.P. in lieu of other Sewer Pipe" as listed on the Proposal Form for the diameter of pipe furnished. C.I.P. or D.I.P. fittings shall be paid for at the contract unit price per pound for the standard weight of fittings and specials installed, including glands, gaskets, bolts or other accessories MANHOLES The standard manholes and drop manholes shall be paid for at the contract unit price which shall include the cost of furnishing all pipe, tees, horseshoes, precast selections, sewer block, concrete slabs, adjusting rings, mortar, castings, water proofing, jointing and other material and of delivering, handling, excavating, sheeting, backfilling, dewatering, restoring of the surface and all material or work necessary to install the units complete in place at the depth specified for the depth of 0-10 feet plus an additional payment at the contract unit price per lineal foot of depth greater than ten feet. Manholes shall be measured from the invert of the sewer to the top of the cover WYES, TEES AND SPECIAL FITTINGS Wyes, tees and special fittings will be paid for at the contract price for each unit furnished of the size and classification specified in the Proposal Form CATCHBASINS Catchbasins will be paid for at the contract unit price, including base and casting FLARED END SECTIONS End sections will be paid for at the contract unit price for each size furnished and shall include placing costs and trash guard. Riprap and erosion control materials will be paid at the contract unit price PILING Piling up to 20 feet long including caps shall be paid for at the contract unit price for each single pile bent in place. No additional payment will be made for cradles. Any piling required over twenty feet in length shall be paid for as excess length of piling. Payment will not be made for cut off lengths. Double pile bents shall be paid for according to the length of each individual pile. There shall be no additional compensation for lumber or hardware used to tie the piles together FOUNDATION MATERIAL Material used for refilling to pipe foundation grade to assure firm foundation for pipe shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton placed. Payment shall include cost of excavation and placement. 39

136 20.09 SPECIAL SECTIONS Special sections will be paid for at the contract price on a lump sum basis for all work and material necessary for the complete installation or construction PILING FOUNDATION FOR MANHOLES Payment for "Piling Foundation for Manholes" will be paid at the unit price bid and shall include steel reinforcement of the base, together with four twenty foot piles each. Piling over twenty feet in length will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for each foot of length over twenty feet driven in place below cut-off SHEETING ORDERED LEFT IN-PLACE Sheeting ordered left in-place shall be paid for at the contract unit price per 1000 board feet JACKING Payment for jacking will be paid for at the contract unit price per lineal foot. Sewer used in jacking will be paid at the bid unit price for that diameter sewer in the 0-10 cut category MERGED ITEMS The cost of all material and labor required to complete this project as specified and shown on the plans, but not specifically included as a pay item, shall be merged with the various unit prices bid ROCK EXCAVATION Rock excavation shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard excavated. The volume used for payment shall be computed assuming a rectangle, the width of which is equal to the outside diameter of the pipe installed plus one foot (1 ), and the depth of which is the distance from the top of the rock formation to a point twelve inches (12 ) below the barrel of the pipe INCIDENTAL ITEMS The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the sanitary sewer items, as indicated. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Dye water testing of all service lines encountered and the subsequent plugging of abandoned sewer services, include in the unit price bid for sanitary sewer. 2. The costs of furnishing bends, adaptors, cutting and removing the existing sanitary or storm sewer pipe, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer. 3. Locating and connecting to an existing sanitary or storm sewer service laterals, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer. 4. Adaptors to adjust the diameter of the new service connections to match the existing service lines, include in the price bid for service connections. 5. Leakage, vacuum, air and deflection testing, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer. 6. The wood and/or metal parts necessary to identify the ends of unattached service lines, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer services. 40

137 7. If a separate bid item for bypass pumping is NOT included in the Schedule of Unit Prices, providing temporary bypass pumping / control of sanitary and storm water flows around the construction zone, include in the price bid for the associated sewer items. 8. Furnishing and installing tracer wire and electrical connections and all appurtenances related to installing services, mainline pipe and/or tracer wires, include in the price bid for sanitary sewer. 9. Locating and connecting to an existing storm sewer, include in the price bid for storm sewer. 10. Use of geotextile fabric to wrap pipe joints in lieu of using mastic, include in the price bid for storm sewer. 11. Maintenance of an appropriate storm water outlet during construction, include in the price bid for storm sewer. 12. The cost of all labor, equipment and materials necessary for testing of storm sewer, if required, included in the price bid for storm sewer. 13. If the sewer is to be installed inside a casing pipe, furnishing and placing the carrier pipe, carrier pipe support materials, sand fill and grout seals, include in the unit price bid for sewer. 41

138 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA WATERMAIN SPECIFICATIONS Article Index Page Number 1.00 Scope Materials Inspection and Testing of Materials Contractor's Responsibility for Materials Material Handling, Alignment and Grade Underground, Surface and Overhead Utilities Excavation and Trench Preparation Laying of Pipe Backfilling Testing and Disinfecting Mains Private Services Surface Restoration, Cleanup and Guarantee Turf Establishment Treated Wood Piling Method of Payment 40

139 1.00 SCOPE 1.01 GENERAL It is the intent of these specification requirements to provide the requirements for watermain construction in the City of Northfield, Minnesota WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under the contract and unload, haul and distribute all pipe, castings, fittings, valves, hydrants, and accessories. The Contractor shall also remove any street surfacing as required; excavate the trenches and pits to the required dimensions; construct and maintain all bridges for traffic control; sheet, brace and support the adjoining ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or ground water; provide barricades, guards and warning lights, lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, valves, hydrants, and accessories, backfill and consolidate the trenches and pits; maintain the street or other surface over the trench until surface restoration; restore the roadway surface unless otherwise stipulated; remove surplus excavated material; and clean the site of the work. The Contractor shall also furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials required to rearrange sewers, conduits, ducts, pipes or other structures encountered in the installation of the work. All the above work to completely construct the watermain facilities shall be done in strict accordance with the project's contract documents to which these Specifications are a part thereof LOCATION OF THE WORK The location of this work is as shown on the plans COORDINATION OF WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory coordination of the construction of the watermain facilities with other construction and activities in the area affected. Delays in work resulting from lack of such harmony shall not in any way be a cause for extra compensation by any of the parties REFERENCE REQUIREMENTS A part of the contract documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. Reference made to Man/DOT Specifications shall mean the most current edition of the Standard Specifications for Construction of the Minnesota Department of Transportation and all subsequent revisions MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL 1

140 The materials used in this work shall be all new, and conform to the requirements for class, kind, size and materials as specified below. The Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials showing the manufacture and designation of all materials. This list must be approved by the Engineer. Any material not listed below must have written approval by the City Engineer before it is incorporated into the work DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Ductile iron pipe shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 pounds per square inch and shall conform to the applicable dimensions, and tolerances of A.W.W.A. Specification C151, latest revision, for ductile iron pipe. Ductile Iron fittings shall conform to the latest revisions of A.W.W.A. Specification C110. Mechanical or push on joints shall be allowed, however the Contractor shall be consistent in the use of the selected joint style except where required for special fittings. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined and the maximum deflection of the pipe shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the pipe diameter to prevent cracking of the lining. Weighing scales may be required to verify weight of pipe. Nominal thickness of wall for ductile iron pipe shall be as follows: Size Trench Condition B Thickness Inches 6 Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class All fittings, valves, hydrants and retaining rods shall be protected by using sacrificial zinc anode caps such as 175P190 Protecto caps as manufactured by Ebaa Iron or an approved equal. Contractors shall supply 2 Protecto Caps per mechanical joint gland installed. All fittings, valves, hydrants, etc. Shall be secured utilizing Blue coated T-Bolts and nuts as manufactured by Star Pipe Products or approved equal. All fittings shall be epoxy coated. All 6-inch diameter ductile iron pipe or larger shall be encased in polyethylene. 2

141 Pipe walls shall be of a thickness to support 2 1/2 full threads for the size of service necessary of Standard Corporation stop threads as specified by A.W.W.A. C800. A service saddle shall be used when the corporation stop exceeds the size listed in the following for each diameter of watermain. A straight l corporation shall be used on all 6 watermains. Watermain Size Maximum Corp. Size Without Saddle 6 l 8 1 ¼ 10 1 ½ and larger 2 All ductile iron pipe shall be marked "DUCTILE IRON" in large letters. The nominal wall thickness shall be plainly marked on each piece of pipe. All bonnet, packing and operating nut bolting to be 304 or 316 Stainless Steel GATE VALVES (4 TO 16 IN DIAMETER) Gate valves on sixteen inch (16 ) diameter water lines and smaller shall be resilient wedge type and be installed on the line in a vertical position and provided with boxes. Gate valves shall be American Series 2500 RWGV1, Mueller Series A-2361 or approved equal. The gate valves shall be iron body, bronze mounted non-rising stem with O ring seals designed for a minimum of 250 p.s.i. cold water working pressure with mechanical joints and shall conform to A.W.W.A. Specification C515. The wedge shall be symmetrical and seal well with flow in either direction. All gaskets shall be pressure energized O-rings. Valves shall be provided with a two inch (2 ) square operating nut and shall open in a counter-clockwise direction. All fittings, valves, hydrants, etc. Shall be secured utilizing Blue coated T-Bolts and nuts as manufactured by Star Pipe Products or approved equal. All fittings shall be epoxy coated. Gate valves should be installed for straightness utilizing the gate valve alignment tool shown in the City Details. Prior to installation of the wear course the City will ensure their mechanical gate valve wrench is able to access the gate valve nut. Any valves deemed inaccessible will require the valve box to be replaced VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be ductile iron of the three (3) piece type suitable for a depth of 7 ½ feet of cover over the top of the pipe or to a depth as shown on the plans. Shafts shall be 5 ¼ inch diameter, bases may be round or oval and length of adjustment shall be screw type. Valve boxes shall be manufactured by PowerSeal and include the valve box aligner, or by 3

142 an approved equal manufacturer. Drop covers on valve boxes shall bear the word "water" on the top. In case of either over depth or less depth than 7.5 feet the valve boxes shall be supplied in such a manner in order to allow a minimum of six (6) inches of adjustment both ways HYDRANTS All hydrants shall be Kennedy Model K81, American Darling Model B-84-B, or Clow Medallion and shall be in accordance with the standard A.W.W.A. Specification C502, latest revision, for hydrants except as otherwise provided herein to suit local requirements. The hydrant shall be supplied with a 16 breakoff section. Hydrants are to have a five (5) inch minimum valve opening. They shall be equipped with two - 2 1/2 inch hose connections and one - 4 inch pumper connection (T.P ). The 2 ½ connections shall have National Standard threads (T.P. 7532). The threads are 3 1/16, O.D. by 7 1/2 threads per inch. The four (4) inch pumper connection shall have threads as follows: four (4) inch threads, five (5) inch O.D. by four (4) threads per inch. O ring seals shall be provided to prevent water from reaching the operating mechanism. Operating mechanism shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut. All moving parts are to be bronze or a non-corrodible metal. Hydrant length shall be suitable for 7.5 feet depth of cover over the centerline of the cast iron lead pipes and a distance of 23"-25 from the grade or sidewalk line to the center of the outlet nozzles. Each hydrant shall have a safety stem coupling and safety flange so constructed that, if hit, the stem will not bend and the hydrant barrel will not break, unless otherwise specified. It shall also permit rotation for the upper barrel or addition of extension sections. The hydrant main valve shall be of the compression type and shall open against the pressure. The valve shall be faced with a resilient material which resists damage by rocks and other foreign matter, and shall be so designed that together with the seat, it is removable for repairs and replaceable without digging up the hydrant. The gasket shall be inset so that it will remain attached to the seat rings and will not be injured when raised or lowered. A non-corrodible drain valve shall be provided and arranged so that it will automatically drain the hydrant barrel when the main valve is closed, and prevent any leakage when the main valve is open. The drain valve shall be faced with high-grade leather, or approved equal material, or have a tapered plug and seat for positive closure. The entire drain mechanism shall be lubricated with waterproof graphite grease. The hydrant drains shall not be plugged even in areas with the water table above the drain. The City shall be responsible for plugging drains as required. 4

143 Hydrants shall have satisfactory self-lubricating features for the stem threads. Where the stem (valve rod) or operating nut comes in contact with the packing, it shall be bushed with bronze or non-corrodible metal, and no leakage shall be permitted under the bushed surface. All movable parts within the hydrant shall be bronze or non-corrodible metal. Outlet nipples shall be of bronze or suitable non-corrodible metal securely pinned or locked-in and caulked in place. Hose caps shall be provided for all outlets and must be securely attached to the barrel with a chain constructed of material not less than one-eighth (1/8) inch in diameter. A rubber washer shall be provided in each cap and set in a groove to prevent its falling out when the cap is removed. The hose cap nut shall be of the same size and shape as the top operating nut. All caps shall be lubricated with waterproof graphite grease. The size and shape of the operating nut shall be the National Standard pentagon nut, measuring 1 1/2 inch from point to flat. Hydrants shall open to the left (counter clockwise) and shall be marked with an arrow to show the direction of opening. The hydrant shall be marked with the name of the manufacturer. The bidder shall state weight of hydrant complete, and shall furnish detail working drawings, specifications, and description of hydrants which they propose to furnish. All hydrants shall have a six (6) inch mechanical joint or slip on joint inlet for connecting to a six (6) inch ductile iron lead from the main. There shall be a gate valve between the hydrant and the watermain or lateral. The hydrant, gate valve and tee shall be installed with Mega-Lugs. All new hydrants installed shall be equipped with a hyrdafinder fiberglass shaft, or approved equal SERVICE PIPE AND FITTINGS 1. General a. Water service pipe and fittings shall conform to the provisions of D, AWWA C800 and the following: b. Valves and fitting models to vary according to water main pipe size. See mfg. catalogue data. c. Saddles shall be provided for all corporation stops larger than 1½ inches. d. Curb boxes shall be adjustable and 8 feet in length with Minneapolis Pattern. Stationary rods are required. e. All fittings shall be compression style fittings. f. Any curb boxes that are located within concrete (sidewalks, driveways, etc.) shall have a PowerSeal Single Cover Water top or approved equal installed. 2. Copper Service Pipe Notes & Specifications: 5

144 a. Copper pipe shall conform to ASTM B88, Seamless Copper Water Tubing, Type K, Soft Annealed Copper. b. Copper water service pipe connections shall be flared type. WATER SERVICE PIPE & APPURTENANCES COMPRESSION TYPE Valves & Fittings ITEM: SERVICE For TYPE K COPPER & POLYETHYLENE PIPE A.Y. McDONALD / SMITH PIPE FORD BLAIR MUELLER SIZE MODEL # MODEL # MODEL # FORD A.Y. McDONALD MUELLER Corporation Stop 3/4" FB Q 4701BQ B " FB100-4-Q 4701BQ B " FB Q 4701BQ B " FB Q 4701BQ B " FB Q 4701BQ B Tapping Saddle FORD FORD SMITH-BLAIR SMITH-BLAIR MUELLER for DIP for PVC WMN WMN for DIP WMN for PVC WMN 3/4" F202 FS N/A 1" F202 FS N/A 1.25" F202 FS N/A 1.5" F202 FS N/A 2" F202 FS N/A FORD A.Y. McDONALD MUELLER Curb Stop 3/4" B44333MQ 6104Q P " B44444MQ 6104Q P " B44555MQ 6104Q P " B44666MQ 6104Q P " B44777MQ 6104Q P Curb Box Curb Box 1.25" Diam. for 3/4" to 1.25" Curb Stops 2" Diam. for 1.5" to 2" Curb Stops FORD 8'- EM A.Y. MCDONALD 5614 N/A FORD 8'- EM A.Y. MCDONALD 5615 N/A 6

145 2.07 RETAINER GLANDS All retainer glands shall be ductile iron with set screws similar to American Double-X mechanical joint retainer glands or approved equal and shall be suitable for 150 p.s.i. working pressure. Set screws shall be capable of withstanding torque of not less than 80 foot pounds ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY MATERIALS All joints on pipe and fittings shall be connected with an electrical conducting copper strap, clips or cable designed and tested to withstand 400 amps. No external clips on gaskets shall be allowed AIR RELIEF MANHOLES Air relief manholes shall be constructed using precast sections conforming to ASTM Specifications C478. The standard manhole casting shall be Neenah Factory No. R-1642B and shall have two concealed pick holes. The minimum allowable weight shall be 350 pounds. Lettering on the manhole castings shall be as shown on the Standard Plate. All castings shall conform to the requirements and dimensions shown on the drawings. All covers must fit closely in the rings in any and all positions and, when placed in the rings, must fit the ring solidly in all positions so that there will be no rocking from pressure applied on any point of the cover MORTAR Mortar shall consist of a mixture of one part Portland Hydraulic Cement and two parts of a clean washed sand by volume. The quantity of mortar in the mixtures shall be sufficient to produce a stiff workable mortar, but in no case shall exceed 5 1/2 gallons of water per sack of cement. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144. Portland Cement shall conform to ASTM C CONCRETE Concrete to be used shall be composed of a mixture of fine and coarse aggregate and a Portland Hydraulic Cement conforming to the ASTM Specification Designation C-150, Type 1, with the proper water-cement ratio to obtain a concrete testing not less than 3,000 pounds per square inch in 28 days. The fine aggregate for concrete shall be composed of a clean washed sand of hard, sharp, durable particles. Coarse aggregate for concrete shall be composed of a gravel uniformly graded 3/4 inch maximum size to #4 sieve. Coarse aggregate shall be composed of hard durable particles free of shale, chert, flat or elongated pieces. Fine and coarse aggregate shall conform to the A.S.T.M. Specification for Concrete Aggregates, Design C-33. Mixing water shall be suitable for drinking purposes, containing no acids, alkalies, oils or other deleterious materials. Concrete shall be mixed in a 7

146 mechanically operated mixer so controlled that the drum shall operate a minute and one half after all materials including water are in the drum. Concrete mixtures shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification The slump shall not exceed four (4) inches plus or minus one (1) inch STEEL REINFORCING BARS Steel reinforcing bars shall be deformed steel bars with epoxy coating for concrete reinforcement in conformance with ASTM Designation A-615 and ASTM Designation A- 15 Intermediate Grade Billet Steel SOIL MATERIALS A. NORMAL "FILL MATERIAL" Is defined under the backfilling specification 9.05 of the Watermain Specifications. B. GRANULAR SELECTED MATERIAL Mn/DOT Specification 3149 aggregate shall be used for granular selected material as shown and specified under the pipe bedding classification or an equivalent natural granular soil. C. FINE GRANULAR FILL MATERIAL This material shall consist of sound durable particles without cohesion of clean sand and/or well rounded gravel. The largest size of gravel which may be used shall be dependent upon the size of the pipe use. A maximum of 3/8 inch gravel may be used when the pipe diameter exceeds 24 inches. D. CLASS 4 AND CLASS 5 SAND AND GRAVEL Class 4 and Class 5 sand and gravel shall be in conformance with Mn/DOT Specification E. CRUSHED ROCK The material shall consist of durable crushed quarry rock of which 100% passes a 2 sieve and of which 95% is retained on a #4 sieve size. It shall not contain soil overburden, sod, roots, plants, and other organic matter, or any other materials considered objectionable by the Engineer. F. PIT RUN GRAVEL The material shall consist of sound, durable particles of gravel and sand with which may be included limited amounts of fine soil particles as binding material, and of which 100% passes a 2 sieve and of which 90% is retained on the #200 sieve size. It shall not contain sod, roots, plants, and other organic matter, or any other objectionable materials. G. CRUSHED ROCK OR PEA GRAVEL 8

147 Coarse granular pipe bedding material shall be a well graded crushed rock or pea gravel of which 100% passes a 3/8 inch sieve and a maximum of 5% passes a No. 10 sieve. It shall not contain sod, roots, plants and other organic matter, or any other objectionable materials. H. COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE Coarse filter aggregate material, to be used as granular foundation per CEAM Spec F or to be used beneath sanitary sewer and storm sewer structures or to be used as the gravel pit material below hydrants, shall be per Mn/DOT Spec H as determined by the Engineer. Course filter aggregate material shall also be used for surfacing due to wet conditions or other such uses. I. AGGREGATE BEDDING The aggregate bedding material to be used for granular bedding and granular encasement purposes as defined by CEAM Spec F, shall be per Mn/DOT Spec TREATED TIMBER PILING All treated timber piling shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification TEMPORARY WATER The Contractor shall be responsible (until completion of the project) for providing water to any homes that have their individual water systems become inoperative due to construction operations. The temporary system shall consist of an aboveground distribution system utilizing a fire hydrant for the water source. Distribution piping shall be sized such that no pressure loss is experienced at the building being served. Each service line from the distribution system shall be valved such that work at the property or on the service can be performed without putting other properties out of service. Distribution pipe shall Aquamine type or an approved equal. Service lines to individual units shall be a black poly hose with a 150 psi rating and all rib beds shall be a galvanized material that is double clamped. No garden hose will be acceptable for use in the distribution system. This temporary water system shall be bacteria tested each time it is broken down and re-used. The Contractor shall be responsible for bacteria testing. A passing bacteria test from an approved laboratory must be supplied to the City of Northfield Water Department before the distribution system can be turned on. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for protection of water heaters, softeners or other systems (it may be necessary to bypass these items). A licensed plumber shall be used for this work in buildings being served by temporary water. It will also be required that the Contractor have a contact person to repair any breaks or other problems that may occur with temporary water services during non-working hours and weekends. Whoever the contact person is must be willing to do repairs immediately when they are contacted. 9

148 The Contractor shall coordinate necessary watermain shutdowns with the City a minimum of 24 hours in advance 2.16 INSULATION Where required, insulation shall be placed directly on top of the sewer or water lines. Any water line that is to be installed with less than 6 of cover shall be insulated at the discretion of the Engineer. The area adjacent to the line being insulated shall be leveled and compacted even with the top of the sewer or water pipe. Special care shall be taken so that there are no irregularities in the surface the insulation will be placed on. Insulation shall be installed either 3 or 6 thick depending on the depth of line being insulated. Exact thickness of insulation will be determined by the Engineer. Insulation shall be placed in whole sheets (4 X 8 ) wherever possible. Broken pieces and scrap pieces will not be acceptable. Joints shall be overlapped TRACER WIRE All trace wire and trace wire products shall be domestically manufactured in the U.S.A. All trace wire shall have HDPE insulation intended for direct bury, color coated per APWA standard for the specific utility being marked. Open Trench - Trace wire shall be #12 AWG Copper Clad Steel, High Strength with minimum 450 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Directional Drilling/Boring - Trace wire shall be #12 AWG Copper Clad Steel, Extra High Strength with minimum 1,150 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Trace wire Pipe Bursting/Slip Lining - Trace wire shall be 7 x 7 Stranded Copper Clad Steel, Extreme Strength with 4,700 lb. break load, with minimum 50 ml HDPE insulation thickness. A. CONNECTORS All mainline trace wires must be interconnected in intersections, at mainline tees and mainline crosses. At tees, the three wires shall be joined using a single 3-way lockable connector. At Crosses, the four wires shall be joined using a 4-way connector. Use of two 3- way connectors with a short jumper wire between them is an acceptable alternative. Direct bury wire connectors shall include 3-way lockable connectors and mainline to lateral lug connectors specifically manufactured for use in underground trace wire installation. Connectors shall be dielectric silicon filled to seal out moisture and corrosion, and shall be installed in a manner so as to prevent any uninsulated wire exposure. Non locking friction fit, twist on or taped connectors are prohibited. 10

149 B. TERMINATION/ACCESS All trace wire termination points must utilize an approved trace wire access box (above ground access box or grade level/in-ground access box as applicable), specifically manufactured for this purpose. All grade level/in-ground access boxes shall be appropriately identified with sewer or water cast into the cap and be color coded. A minimum of 2 ft. of excess/slack wire is required in all trace wire access boxes after meeting final elevation. All trace wire access boxes must include a manually interruptible conductive/connective link between the terminal(s) for the trace wire connection and the terminal for the grounding anode wire connection. Grounding anode wire shall be connected to the identified (or bottom) terminal on all access boxes. Service Laterals on public property - Trace wire must terminate at an approved grade level/in- ground trace wire access box, located at the edge of the road right-of-way, and out of the roadway. Service Laterals on private property - Trace wire must terminate at an approved aboveground trace wire access box, affixed to the building exterior directly above where the utility enters the building, at an elevation not greater than 5 vertical feet above finished grade, or terminate at an approved grade level/in-ground trace wire access box, located within 2 linear feet of the building being served by the utility. Hydrants Trace wire must terminate at an approved above-ground trace wire access box, properly affixed to the hydrant grade flange. (affixing with tape or plastic ties shall not be acceptable) Long-runs, in excess of 500 linear feet without service laterals or hydrants - Trace wire access must be provided utilizing an approved grade level/in-ground trace wire access box, located at the edge of the road right-of-way, and out of the roadway. The grade level/inground trace wire access box shall be delineated using a minimum 48 polyethylene marker post, color coded per APWA standard for the specific utility being marked. C. GROUNDING Trace wire must be properly grounded at all dead ends/stubs Grounding of trace wire shall be achieved by use of a drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod with a minimum of 20ft of #14 red HDPE insulated copper clad steel wire connected to anode (minimum 0.5 lb.) specifically manufactured for this purpose, and buried at the same elevation as the utility. 11

150 When grounding the trace wire at dead ends/stubs, the grounding anode shall be installed in a direction 180 degrees opposite of the trace wire, at the maximum possible distance. When grounding the trace wire in areas where the trace wire is continuous and neither the mainline trace wire or the grounding anode wire will be terminated at/above grade, install grounding anode directly beneath and in-line with the trace wire. Do not coil excess wire from grounding anode. In this installation method, the grounding anode wire shall be trimmed to an appropriate length before connecting to trace wire with a mainline to lateral lug connector. Where the anode wire will be connected to a trace wire access box, a minimum of 2 ft. of excess/slack wire is required after meeting final elevation. D. TRACER WIRE INSTALLATION Trace wire installation shall be performed in such a manner that allows proper access for connection of line tracing equipment, proper locating of wire without loss or deterioration of low frequency (512Hz) signal for distances in excess of 1,000 linear feet, and without distortion of signal caused by multiple wires being installed in close proximity to one another. Trace wire systems must be installed as a single continuous wire, except where using approved connectors. No looping or coiling of wire is allowed. Any damage occurring during installation of the trace wire must be immediately repaired by removing the damaged wire, and installing a new section of wire with approved connectors. Taping and/or spray coating shall not be allowed. Trace wire shall be installed at the bottom half of the pipe and secured (taped/tied) at 5 intervals. Trace wire must be properly grounded as specified. Trace wire on all service laterals/stubs must terminate at an approved trace wire access box located directly above the utility, at the edge of the road right-of-way, but out of the roadway. At all mainline dead-ends, trace wire shall go to ground using an approved connection to a drive-in magnesium grounding anode rod, buried at the same depth as the trace wire. Mainline trace wire shall not be connected to existing conductive pipes. Treat as a mainline dead- end, ground using an approved waterproof connection to a grounding anode buried at the same depth as the trace wire. All service lateral trace wires shall be a single wire, connected to the mainline trace wire using a mainline to lateral lug connector, installed without cutting/splicing the mainline trace wire. 12

151 In occurrences where an existing trace wire is encountered on an existing utility that is being extended or tied into, the new trace wire and existing trace wire shall be connected using approved splice connectors, and shall be properly grounded at the splice location as specified. E. WATER SYSTEM 1. A mainline trace wire must be installed, with all service lateral trace wires properly connected to the mainline trace wire, to ensure full tracing/locating capabilities from a single connection point. 2. Lay mainline trace wire continuously, by-passing around the outside of valves and fittings on the North or East side 3. Trace wire on all water service laterals must terminate at an approved trace wire access box color coded blue and located directly above the service lateral at the edge of road right of way. 4. Above-ground tracer wire access boxes will be installed on all fire hydrants. 5. All conductive and non-conductive service lines shall include tracer wire F. PROHIBITED PRODUCTS AND METHODS 1. Uninsulated trace wire 2. Trace wire insulations other than HDPE 3. Trace wires not domestically manufactured 4. Non locking, friction fit, twist on or taped connectors 5. Brass or copper ground rods 6. Wire connections utilizing taping or spray-on waterproofing 7. Looped wire or continuous wire installations, that has multiple wires laid side-byside or in close proximity to one another 8. Trace wire wrapped around the corresponding utility 9. Brass fittings with trace wire connection lugs 10. Wire terminations within the roadway, i.e. in valve boxes, cleanouts, manholes, etc. 11. Connecting trace wire to existing conductive utilities G. TESTING All new trace wire installations shall be located using typical low frequency (512Hz) line tracing equipment, witnessed by the contractor, engineer and facility owner as applicable, prior to acceptance of ownership. This verification shall be performed upon completion of rough grading and again prior to final acceptance of the project. Continuity testing in lieu of actual line tracing shall not be accepted. H. PRODUCTS 1. Tracer Wire a. Open Trench Copperhead #12 High Strength part #1230*EHS or approved equal. 13

152 b. Directional Drilling/Boring - Copperhead #12 High Strength part #1230*EHS or approved equal. c. Pipe Bursting/Slip Lining Copperhead SoloShot Extreme Strength 7 x 7 Stranded part # PBX-50 I. CONNECTORS a. Copperhead 3-way locking connector part # LCS1230* or approved equal. b. DryConn 3-way Direct Bury Lug: Copperhead Part #3WB-01 J. TEMINATION/ACCESS a. Non-Roadway access boxes applications: Trace wire access boxes Grade level Copperhead adjustable lite duty Part # LD14*TP or approved equal. b. Concrete / Driveway access box applications: Trace wire access boxes Grade level Copperhead Part # CD14*TP 14 or approved equal. c. Fire hydrant trace wire access box applications: Above ground two terminal with 1 conduit. Copperhead part # T3-75-F (Cobra T3 Test Station, denoting F includes mounting flange) or approved equal. K. GROUNDING a. Drive in Magnesium Anode: Copperhead Part # ANO-1005 (1.5 lb) or approved equal INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS 3.01 SHOP INSPECTIONS AND TESTING All materials furnished by the Contractor are subject, at the discretion of the Engineer, to inspection and/or testing by accepted methods at the plant of the manufacturer. This inspection and/or testing is to be made at the cost of the City. The material supplier shall provide the City with copies of test results on materials that are furnished to the Contractor FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING All materials furnished by or for the Contractor for incorporation into the work under contract shall, at the discretion of the Engineer, be subject to inspection and/or testing by methods acceptable to the Engineer and at the expense of the City DISPOSITION OF DEFECTIVE MATERIAL All material found during the process of inspection and testing to be defective, or defective material encountered at any time during the progress of the work, will be rejected by the Engineer and the Contractor shall promptly remove from the site all such material CONCRETE TEST CYLINDERS On all type of concrete construction, up to four (4) test cylinders may be taken from each section of the structure cast in one operation. The Contractor shall, within seven (7) days of their origin, 14

153 deliver all cylinders to an approved testing laboratory. The actual cost of testing shall be paid by the City CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS 4.01 MATERIAL FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall be responsible for all material furnished by them, and the Contractor shall replace at their own expense all such material that is found to be defective in manufacturing or that has become damaged in handling after delivery by the manufacturer. This shall include the furnishing of all material and labor required for the replacement of installed material discovered defective prior to the final acceptance of the work, or during the warranty period MATERIAL FURNISHED BY THE OWNER The Contractor's responsibility for material furnished by the owner shall begin at the point of delivery by the manufacturer, or owner, and upon acceptance of the material by the Contractor. The Contractor shall examine all material furnished by the owner at the time and place of delivery and shall reject all defective material. The point of delivery shall be stated in the "Special Provisions" REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED MATERIAL Any material furnished by the owner that becomes damaged after acceptance by the Contractor shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFE STORAGE The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe storage of material furnished by or to the Contractor and accepted by the Contractor, and intended for the work, until it has been incorporated in the completed project. The interior of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign matter at all times. Valves and hydrants shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage and freezing MATERIAL HANDING, ALIGNMENT AND GRADE 5.01 MATERIAL HANDLING Pipe and other accessories shall, unless otherwise directed in the Special Provisions, be unloaded at the point of delivery, hauled to and distributed at the site of the project by the Contractor. They shall at all times be handled with care to avoid damage. In distributing the material at the site, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the lining or coating is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer PIPE ALIGNMENT AND GRADES All pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades; with hydrants, valves and fittings at the required locations; and with joints centered and drawn "home"; and with all valve and hydrant stems plumb. The owner shall furnish line and grade stakes necessary for the work. It 15

154 shall be the Contractor's responsibility to preserve these stakes from loss or displacement. The Engineer may order the replacement of any stakes deemed necessary for the proper prosecution of the work. Any replacements shall be at the Contractor's expense. All pipes shall be laid to the depth shown on the contract drawings. The Contractor shall satisfactorily maintain the specified cover by the use of grade boards. If additional bends are required, where not shown on the drawings to maintain alignment around curves, the Contractor shall provide the required number and be compensated at the unit price as proposed on the bid form. The following is the maximum allowable joint deflection for the ductile iron pipe. A.W.W.A. C-600 TABLE 1 & 2 - SUMMARY *18 length (20 Pipe Length - except as noted) Max. Allowable Deflections (inches) Pipe Size Mech. Joint Push-on Joint 4 31 * * * DEVIATION WITH ENGINEER'S CONSENT No deviation shall be made from the required line or grade except with the written consent of the Engineer DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY OTHER UTILITY STRUCTURES Wherever existing utility structures or branch connections leading to main sewers or to main drains or other conduits, ducts, pipe or structures present obstructions to the grade and alignment of the pipe, they shall be permanently supported, removed, relocated or reconstructed by the Contractor through cooperation with the Owner of the utility, structure or obstruction involved. In those instances where their relocation or reconstruction is impractical, a deviation from the grade will be ordered and the change shall be made in the manner directed with extra compensation allowed therefore at unit prices, if applicable UNDERGROUND, SURFACE AND OVERHEAD UTILITIES 6.01 EXISTING UTILITIES 16

155 Existing water and sewer mains, and other underground utilities, are shown on the plans only by general location. The Owner does not guarantee the locations as shown on the plans, and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for verifying the exact location of each of these utilities, without additional compensation. Prior to the start of any construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies having utilities in the project area. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for providing temporary support and for protecting and maintaining all existing utilities in the project area during the entire period of construction, including but not limited to the period of excavation, backfill and compaction. In carrying out this responsibility, the Contractor shall exercise particular care, whenever gas mains or other utility lines are crossed, to provide compacted backfill or other stable support for such lines to prevent any detrimental displacement, rupture or other failure SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine and verify the location of existing pipes, valves or other underground structures as necessary to progress with the work with no additional compensation allowed. The Engineer shall make all known records available. All known utilities are designated on the plans in a general way only as stated above OVERHEAD UTILITIES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Overhead utilities, poles, etc. shall be protected against damages by the Contractor and if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced by the Contractor. Should it become necessary during the progress of the work to remove or relocate existing poles, overhead utilities and obstructions, the Contractor shall cause the same to be done at no expense to the owner unless otherwise provided for in the "Special Provisions". This requirement is not intended to allow utility companies to charge for expenses incurred for work performed where their utilities lie within the street right-ofway or dedicated easements. It will be the duty of the Contractor to visit the site and make exact determination of the existence of any such facilities prior to the submission of the Contractor's bid EXCAVATION AND TRENCH PREPARATION 7.01 GENERAL The trench shall be so dug that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and depth required and shall be excavated only so far in advance of pipe laying as the Engineer shall specify. The trench shall be so braced and drained that the workers may work therein safely and efficiently. All trenches shall be sheeted and braced as per Chapter Sixty-Six: Trench bracing of the Minnesota Regulations Relating to Industrial Safety to a safe angle of repose. Such angle of repose shall be no less than that repose required by the Accident Prevention Division of the Minnesota State Industrial Commission or the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) whichever is more restrictive. It is essential that the discharge of any required trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural public drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. 17

156 All trenches shall be excavated so that the pipe may be laid accurately to grade with a minimum of 7 1/2 feet of earth cover over the top of the watermains, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. All trench bedding material shall be incidental unless otherwise indicated in the plans and specifications or if so directed by the Engineer. If bedding material is to be paid for on a weight basis, weight slips shall be delivered to the Engineer daily TRENCH WIDTH AND DESCRIPTION The trench width at the top of the excavation may vary depending upon the depth of the trench and the nature of material encountered. However, the maximum allowable width of trench shall be in strict accordance with MnDOT Specification B. The width of the trench shall also be kept at a minimum to prevent excess destruction of the existing street or highway pavement. For trench width at the top of pipe greater than specified in the paragraph above, the Contractor may propose alternate strength of pipe to depth of cover relationships other than those listed on the Form of Proposal, or shown on the plans. Such proposals must be submitted to the Engineer for approval in writing and with pertinent pipe strength and soil weight data at least fourteen (14) days prior to the desired construction date. No extra compensation shall be allowed for any increase in material or construction costs created by alternate plans. The trench shall have a bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be laid upon sound soil, cut true and even so that the barrel of the pipe will have a bearing for its full length. If the excavation is inadvertently made below the bottom conforming to grade, it shall be backfilled with well-tamped pit run sand or fine gravel or other material as approved by the Engineer at no additional expense to the Owner. Bell holes shall be dug at the ends of each length of pipe to permit proper jointing. Excavations for manholes and other structures shall have one (1) foot minimum clearance on all sides. The trench shall be kept free from water until the joints have been completed PIPE FOUNDATION IN POOR SOIL When the bottom of subgrade is soft and in the opinion of the Engineer cannot adequately support the pipe, a further depth and/or width shall be excavated and refilled to pipe foundation grade with approved material and thoroughly compacted; or other approved means, such as piling, shall be adopted to assure a firm foundation for the pipe with extra compensation allowed the Contractor as provided elsewhere in these specifications. This does not apply to soil which is unsuitable due to high water level. If this is the case, the Contractor shall dewater the area to provide adequate laying conditions. The Contractor shall furnish, drive, and place piling if ordered by the Engineer. Piles shall be driven in exact position at locations determined by the Engineer. The Contractor at the Contractor's own expense must replace piles not correctly positioned at the completion of driving PIPE CLEARANCE IN ROCK 18

157 Ledge rock boulders, and large stones shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least twelve (12) inches below outside barrel of the pipe, valves, or fittings, and to a clear width of twelve (12) inches on each side of all pipe and appurtenances for pipe sixteen (16) inches or less in diameter; for pipes larger than sixteen (16) inches, a clearance of eighteen (18) inches below and clear width of nine (9) inches on each side of pipe shall be provided. Adequate clearance for properly jointing pipe laid in rock trenches shall be provided at bell holes PIPE FOUNDATION IN ROCK The space between the bottom of the trench and the bottom of the pipe shall be backfilled with granular base material thoroughly tamped and compacted, a minimum of 12 inches. Generally speaking the material from the trench excavation, other than rocks or boulders, shall be considered as suitable material. No additional compensation for placing or tamping this material shall be allowed SOLID ROCK EXCAVATION DEFINED Solid rock excavation shall include such rocks as are not decomposed, weathered or shattered and which will require blasting, barring, wedging or use of air tools for removal. Under this classification shall be included the removal of any concrete or masonry structure (except concrete pavement, curb, gutter and sidewalk) exceeding one (1) cubic yard in volume that may be encountered in the work BLASTING PROCEDURE The hours of blasting will be fixed by the Engineer. The Contractor's method of procedure relative to blasting shall conform to local and State laws and Municipal Ordinances BRACED AND SHEETED TRENCHES The Contractor shall adequately brace and sheet excavations wherever necessary to prevent caving or damage to nearby property. The cost of this temporary sheeting and bracing, unless provided for otherwise, shall be considered as part of the excavation costs without additional compensation to the Contractor. Trench sheeting shall remain in place until pipe has been laid, tested for defects and repaired if necessary, and the earth around it compacted to a depth of one (1) foot over the top of the pipe. Sheeting, bracing, etc., placed in the "pipe zone" (that part of the trench below a distance of one (1) foot above the top of the pipe) shall not be removed without the written permission or written order of the Engineer; that sheeting thereby left in place shall be paid for at the unit price bid. Sheeting ordered left in place by the Engineer in writing shall be paid for at the unit price bid. The Contractor may also leave in place, at the Contractor's expense, to be embedded in the backfill of the trench any sheeting or bracing in addition to that ordered left in place by the Engineer for the purpose of preventing injury or damage to persons, corporations, or property, whether public or private, for which the Contractor under the terms of this contract is liable PILING OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Gutters shall be kept clear or other satisfactory 19

158 provisions made for street drainage. Material shall not be placed where runoff or sluffing of piles will encroach onto private property. Silt fence shall be placed in all places where runoff will exit the right-of-way or outside the construction easement BARRICADES, GUARDS AND SAFETY PROVISIONS To protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage, adequate barricades, construction signs, torches, flashers, and guards as required shall be placed and maintained during the progress of the construction work and until it is safe for traffic to use the roadway. All material piles, equipment and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be enclosed by fences or barricades and shall be protected by proper lights when the visibility is poor. The rules and regulations of the local authorities respecting safety provisions shall be observed. All traffic control shall be in conformance with Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices TRAFFIC AND UTILITY CONTROLS Excavations for pipe laying operations shall be conducted in a manner to cause the least interruption to traffic. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges at street intersections and driveways. The Contractor shall post, where directed by the Engineer, suitable signs indicating that a street is closed and necessary detour signs for the proper maintenance of traffic. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire or police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible during the construction period PRIVATE PROPERTY PROTECTION Trees, fences, poles and all other private property shall be protected unless their removal is authorized; and any property damage shall be satisfactorily restored by the Contractor, or adequate compensation therefore shall be the responsibility of the Contractor TUNNELING, JACKING, BORING OR EXCAVATION OTHER THAN OPEN TRENCH Where pipe cannot be placed by open trench excavation, the method for placing and payment therefore shall be stated in the Special Provisions RAILROAD AND HIGHWAY CROSSINGS When any railroad is crossed, all precautionary construction measures required by the railroad shall be followed. See Special Provisions or Detail Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing of necessary crossing permits. Before any construction is started, the successful bidder shall meet with the Minnesota Department of Transportation, County Highway Department, Railroad Maintenance Engineer, and the Engineers to determine the construction procedure to be followed, methods of rerouting traffic, placing of barricades, flares, signs, flaggers, etc., and methods of preventing damage to the highway or railroad. If required by the railroad or highway department, the Contractor shall deposit with them a certified check in the amount specified by them to cover the required repair work. 20

159 7.15 INTERRUPTION OF WATER SERVICE No interruption of water service will be allowed unless approved by the City Engineer. A 48-hour notice is required from the Contractor for all water shut down operations. The Contractor will be required to provide temporary water service whenever possible. If an interruption in water service is approved, all consumers affected by the operation shall be notified by the Northfield Water Division and be advised of the probable time when service will be restored. All valves that are required to be opened or closed shall be operated only by the Northfield Public Works Department WATER TO HOMES The Contractor shall be responsible (until completion of the project) for providing water to any homes that have their individual water systems become inoperative due to construction operations. The temporary system shall consist of an aboveground distribution system utilizing a fire hydrant for the water source. Distribution piping shall be sized such that no pressure loss is experienced at the building being served. Each service line from the distribution system shall be valved such that work at the property or on the service can be performed without putting other properties out of service. Distribution pipe shall be a black poly hose with a 150 psi rating and all rib beds shall be a galvanized material that is double clamped. No garden hose will be acceptable for use in the distribution system. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for protection of water heaters, softeners or other systems (it may be necessary to bypass these items) in buildings being served by temporary water. A licensed plumber shall be used for this work. It will also be required that the Contractor have a contact person to repair any breaks or other problems that may occur with temporary water services during non-working hours and weekends. Whoever the contact person is must be willing to do repairs immediately when they are contacted. The Contractor shall coordinate necessary watermain shutdowns with the City a minimum of 24 hours in advance. Payment for temporary water service shall be compensation in full on a lump sum basis for all coordination, materials, labor, plumbing expenses and other work necessary to provide temporary water to project residences 7.17 INCIDENTAL ITEMS The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the individual pipeline items associated with the stated specific item or work effort. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Interference with other above and underground structures and utilities. a. The removal and restoration, or protection of existing structures and utilities that are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around the utility. 2. Unless separately itemized in the Schedule of Unit Prices, any dewatering necessary for construction. 3. Foundation materials placed in lieu of performing necessary dewatering. 21

160 4. Bulkheading of existing pipes to be abandoned in place. 5. Granular foundation, granular bedding and granular encasement materials. 6. Granular foundation materials used in lieu of bedding materials in the specified bedding zone, where specified. 7. Granular foundation materials used in unstable trench conditions. 8. The removal and disposal of native materials that are unsuitable for bedding and/or backfill. 9. Providing and maintaining utility service. 10. The replacement of all material displaced due to shrinkage or loss during the excavation and backfilling operations. 11. The removal of excess materials above the original topography the resulting from the additional volume created from pipe bedding, utility pipe, and/or underground structures. 12. Delays due to other utility conflicts that result during the course of construction. 13. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted elements of this construction from damage. 14. Protecting the inverts of other utility pipes from the accumulation of debris and soil, the removal of blockages that threaten to damage property, and/or the cleaning of both the newly constructed lines and the existing lines of all debris and soil that accumulated during the construction. 15. If a separate bid item for bypass pumping is NOT included in the Schedule of Unit Prices, providing temporary bypass pumping / control of storm water flows around the construction zone, include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 16. The use of special construction techniques such as trench boxes, sheeting, shoring, etc., include in the price bid for the associated items being installed. 17. Compaction testing and compaction, if required, include in the price bid for the associated items being installed SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. City of Northfield Standard Contract Document and Technical Specifications. B. Reference CEAM Specification No shall apply to excavating, installing bedding and backfilling all trench excavation construction necessary for the completion of work, except as modified herein. 1. All references to Mn/DOT specifications shall mean the specific edition, including Supplemental Specifications and Technical Memoranda as identified in Section of these Specifications. 2. CEAM Specification A1 Maintenance of Traffic is hereby deleted, See Section of these Specifications. 3. CEAM Specification A2 Establishing Line and Grade is modified by Section of these Specifications. 4. CEAM Specification A3 Protection of Surface Structures: (a) Street signs shall be considered as items of essential service. (b) The last sentence in the third paragraph is deleted. 5. CEAM Specification A5 Removal of Surface Improvements - All rubble and debris to be disposed of off-site, shall be disposed of at a location secured by 22

161 the Contractor and in a manner in compliance with applicable Local, State and Federal regulations. 6. CEAM Specification B3 Excavation Limits and Requirements - OSHA limitations shall also apply to the top of trench width determination. The seven day written notice is waived if changing soil conditions and OSHA compliance apply. 7. CEAM C1 Jacking/Boring - The Contractor is responsible for protecting all existing utilities above the elevation of the pipe invert minus 2 times the wall thickness of the casing pipe being installed. In addition, bentonite materials shall not be permitted to flow back into the excavation during the non-open cut construction. 8. CEAM F1 Turf Restoration is hereby deleted, See Section of these Specifications. 9. CEAM F1 Pavement Restoration is hereby deleted, See applicable sections of these Specifications. 10. CEAM Method of Measurement Paragraphs B and C are hereby deleted. See applicable sections of these Specifications. C. Reference Mn/DOT Specification No shall apply to granular materials for foundation, bedding and encasement of utility line construction, except as modified herein. D. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification LAYING OF PIPE 8.01 INSTALLATION OF WATERMAIN AND APPURTENANCES Proper implements, tools and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. Pipe and other materials shall be unloaded and distributed on the job in a manner approved by the Engineer. In no case shall materials be thrown or dumped from the truck. All materials unloaded in an unsatisfactory manner shall be rejected and work shall be stopped until such materials have been examined by the Inspector and approved. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary assistance in such examination of materials. Watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment, in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and lining. Under no circumstances shall watermain materials be dumped into the trench. Watermain shall be installed at a minimum depth of 7 ½ feet. If the Contractor cannot achieve this depth due to obstructions or orther such reasons, the main shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer LAYING OF PIPE AND FITTINGS Before lowering and while suspended, the pipe and fittings shall be inspected for defects. Any defective, damaged or unsound material shall be rejected. 23

162 All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before it is lowered into its position in the trench, and shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. All openings along the line of the main shall be securely closed as directed, and in the suspension of work at any time, suitable stoppers shall be placed to prevent earth or other substances from entering the main. No pipe shall be laid in water or when the trench conditions are unsuitable for such work, except by written permission of the Engineer. If an existing utility is shown on the plans and there is no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around the utility, the Contractor shall be required to remove and restore, or protect the utility. The inverts of existing sewers (storm & sanitary), culverts, subdrains, etc. shall be protected during construction. The Contractor is responsible to inspect and clean, if necessary, all lines which have become compromised by the construction operations. The trench for all flexible pipe shall be undercut six-inches below the pipe barrel to permit the installation of granular bedding or foundation material. The trench for all rigid pipe shall be undercut three-inches below the pipe barrel to permit the installation of granular bedding or foundation material. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system to maintain all trenches free of water wherever necessary. The Contractor shall make his own subsurface investigations and determine what dewatering methods to utilize to prevent such damage. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to adjacent structures or buildings caused by the dewatering operations. Use of granular foundation material in lieu of performing dewatering is permitted. All suitable excess excavated material shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be loaded, hauled, placed and compacted at a site chosen by the Owner within 2 miles of the site. All unsuitable excess excavated material, with the exception of topsoil shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. All excess excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a location secured by the Contractor JOINTING OF PIPE AND FITTINGS Ductile Iron: Jointing of mechanical joint pipe, push-on joint pipe, and fittings shall be done in accordance with A.W.W.A. Section 9b and 9c of A.W.W.A. Specification C600 latest revision. 24

163 When pipes are cut in the field, the cut or straight end shall have all sharp or rough edges removed before assembly SETTING HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be placed as located by the Engineer. All hydrants shall be supported on an 8 inch concrete block or equal concrete base. Each hydrant shall be braced and tied as shown on the detail drawings. After each hydrant has been set, there shall be placed around the base of the hydrant, not less than one cubic yard of crushed rock from which all fine material has been removed. A layer of polyethylene, minimum 4 mil thickness, shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent the backfill from entering the voids in the drain rock. All hydrants must be maintained in a plumb position during the backfilling operation. Care shall be taken to ensure no excessive horizontal pressure is exerted on the hydrant barrel when plumbing the hydrant CONDUCTIVITY Conductivity shall be provided throughout the water system by use of copper straps or approved conductive gaskets with copper inserts. All mechanical joint fittings shall be equipped with copper straps. Lead tipped gaskets will not be approved for conductivity. Copper jumper straps between sections of pipe shall be not less than 1/16 x 3/4 strap bolted to shop welded pipe straps of the same size. Bolts shall be 5/16 diameter bronze. For all locations where shop welded straps are not available, field welds shall be made using the Cadweld method with size 32 cartridge. Each field weld shall be properly made after filing the surface of the pipe to a clean bare metal over the entire area of the weld. Straps bolted to mechanical joint fittings shall be not less than 1/16 x 1 1/2. All straps shall be securely fastened and backfill placed so as to not damage the conductivity SEWER CROSSINGS Watermains crossing sanitary sewers shall be laid to provide a separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the watermain and the top of the sewer. When local conditions prevent a vertical separation as described, the following construction shall be used. A. Sewers passing over or under watermains shall be constructed of materials equal to watermain standards of construction. B. A length of water pipe shall be centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the sewer VALVES, BOXES, MANHOLES, VAULTS AND FITTINGS Valves and fittings shall be placed where shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. Jointing shall be done as previously specified herein. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, cast iron valve boxes shall be installed with all gate valves 16 inches or smaller. Valve boxes shall be firmly supported to maintain centered 25

164 and plumb alignment over the wrench nut of the valve, with box cover ¼ to ½ below the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed by the Engineer. All bends, tees, hydrants and plugs shall be securely braced against undisturbed soil using timbers, precast concrete block with wooden wedges or poured in place concrete thrust blocks. The method of anchorage must be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to backfilling. In addition, retaining glands shall be installed at all bends. On hydrants leads and on stubs for future lines, all fittings, valves and hydrants shall be tied with rods or bolts to the main line tee in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. The valve shall be tied to tee and the hydrant shall be tied to the valve as shown on the Standard Detail Plates. Mega-lugs shall be considered as an acceptable method BUILDING SERVICES Curb stops and boxes shall be installed as shown on the standard plates. The curb stop and box shall be located on the property line, unless specified otherwise. All curb stops shall be on the building side of the sidewalk. Corporation stops shall be tapped into the main only when full of water under pressure. No taps shall be made into a dry pipe. Corporation stops shall be turned into the pipe until tight and shall not be turned back to facilities having the operation nut on the top. The copper service lines as placed between the watermains and the curb boxes shall have a minimum of 7.5 feet of cover except at the goose neck which shall have 6 1/2 minimum cover. Therefore, service lines must be placed (incidental to the project) beneath any obstruction, which would prohibit the required cover if the service line were placed on top of said obstruction. The method of tunneling under an obstruction shall be approved by the Engineer. One continuous copper line without any joint shall be installed from the corporation to the curb stop unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. All copper pipe fittings shall be compression type. Each curb box shall be marked by a 2 x 2 wooden post; extending from the bottom of the curb box to a point two feet above the ground service. All watermain taps shall be inspected by the City of Northfield or the project inspector prior to backfilling. The Contractor shall furnish the inspector with ties to the services (curb stop) relating to building corners, manholes, hydrants and etc. All new service lines shall be 1 Type K copper. The connection from the 1 copper line to the meter shall be a follows for each meter type: 5/8 X ½ Meter: The line from the 1 copper and main shut-off valve to the meter shall be ¾ copper pipe. The fitting connecting the ¾ copper to the 5/8 X ½ tailpiece on the meter must be a brass bushing ¾ male to ½ female. This type of fitting will allow for the full 5/8 inside 26

165 diameter from the ¾ copper through the water meter tailpiece. This also pertains to the house side of the meter and tailpiece. Full-flow ball valves shall be installed on both sides of the meter. ¾ Meter: ¾ tailpiece may be hooked to the ¾ copper pipe with a ¾ female copper fitting. Full-flow ball valves shall be installed on both sides of the meter. 1 Meter: 1 tailpiece may be hooked to the 1 copper pipe with a 1 female copper fitting. Full-flow ball valves shall be installed on both sides of the meter SERVICE ABANDONMENT Any Water Service that is to be abandoned shall be abandoned at the main. A machine inserted threaded tapered plug H made by Mueller Companies shall be used for any services 2 or smaller. All other services shall be plugged at the main with mechanical joint plugs. Any large diameter pipe (4 or bigger) that is left in place shall be sand-filled. All curb stop and boxes must also be completely removed BACKFILLING 9.01 GENERAL All excavation in trenches shall be backfilled to the original ground surface or to such grades as specified or shown on the plans. The backfilling shall begin as soon as practicable after the pipe has been placed. Prior to any backfilling, the excavation shall be cleaned of all trash, debris, organic material, and other undesirable material. All trenches must be completely backfilled at the end of each day. No open trenches shall be allowed after daylight hours without written approval from the City Engineer BACKFILL PROCEDURE AT PIPE ZONE Backfilling and compacting shall be done as thoroughly as possible so as to prevent settlement. Depositing of the backfill shall be done so the shock of falling material will not injure the pipe or structures. Grading over and around all parts of the work shall be done as directed by the Engineer. Bedding material as specified in Watermain Specifications 2.16 or other suitable material as determined by the Engineer, free from rocks and boulders, shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench to a height above the top of the pipe as specified, shovel placed and plate tamped to fill completely all spaces under and adjacent to the pipe. In the event that natural, suitable, granular material is not encountered during the normal excavation of the trench, or when the material encountered is determined unsuitable by the Engineer for backfilling around the pipe as required above, the Contractor shall provide and place such approved material obtainable from other excavation on the project at no additional compensation. If suitable material is not available as stated above, the Contractor shall purchase suitable material as specified for backfilling around the pipe. 27

166 The Contractor shall be paid for only that select material required for filling or backfilling as may be stated in the Special Provisions or as they may be directed to purchase and place by the Engineer. All quantities of such material used shall be verified by the Engineer BACKFILL PROCEDURE ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE Unless otherwise specified, suitable backfill material shall be furnished and the following backfill procedures as applicable shall be used above the "pipe zone" to either the existing surface elevation or design grade, as specified, with the cost of such considered incidental to the installation of the pipe unless specified for a particular section of the project by the Special Provisions and/or plans, or allowed in writing by the Engineer, and a unit price has been established. A. Type I Under improved or proposed roads and streets and under existing utilities, "Fill Material" (Article 9.05) in compacted thickness at near optimum moisture content shall be placed by mechanical or other means approved by the Engineer so that excessive settlement will not result. The trench shall be backfilled in no greater than one foot (1 ) lifts to the top of existing ground. Backfill material shall be compacted to 95% of the standard moisture density relationship of soils (ASTM D698-70) except the top three feet (3 ) of the trench, which shall be compacted to 100% density. All material shall be plate tamped on either side of the pipe to completely fill all voids regardless of the type of pipe being installed. Any settlement greater than one inch (1 ) as measured with a ten foot (10 ) straight-edge within the warranty period of this contract shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction and all street surfaces, driveways, boulevard and ditch areas shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the City. B. Type II Under areas where settlement is allowable in the judgment of the Engineer, "Fill Material" (Article 9.05) may be placed in layers thicker than twelve inches, and a high degree of compaction shall not be necessary. When backfilling with loose soil types, the material may be backfilled above the existing ground surface or design grade so that the backfill in settling will more nearly conform to the design grade. C. Type III Under State or county highways and road, the Contractor shall obtain the necessary permits, at the Contractor's expense, before commencing any type of work upon a State or county highway or roadway. All such work, especially backfilling, shall conform to State and county standards and specifications DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIALS AND DEBRIS 28

167 Unless otherwise specified, excavated material either not suitable or not required for fill material shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside of the right-of-way at the Contractor's expense in any manner the Contractor may elect subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. Before dumping such materials or debris on a private or public land, the Contractor must obtain from the owner of such land written permission for such dumping and a waiver of all claims against the owner for any damage to such land, which may result therefrom together with all permits required by law for such dumping. A copy of such permission, waiver of claims and permits shall be filed with the Engineer before said despoils is made FILL MATERIAL Normal, allowable "fill material" used in backfilling shall be sand, gravel, or clay, free from pieces of rock, concrete or clay lumps more than one-third (1/3) cubic foot in volume, roots, stumps, organic soil, vegetation, tin cans, rubbish, frozen materials, and similar articles and sustenance s whose presence in the backfill would cause excessive settlement. In that portion of the backfill that is within six inches (6 ) of a road subgrade, there shall be no stones, which will be retained on a 3-inch sieve DENSITY TESTS Density tests will be performed by an approved soils testing firm at various locations and depths throughout the project as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate fully and provide assistance, including equipment and labor, as necessary to complete these tests with no additional compensation being made to the Contractor. All testing costs pertaining to passing tests shall be paid for by the City. All testing costs pertaining to failing tests will be charged to and paid for by the Contractor TEST ROLLING Test tolling shall be in accordance with Section 2111 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification, at no additional cost to the owner. Fully loaded trucks maybe used instead of rollers TESTING AND DISINFECTING MAINS PRESSURE TESTING All watermain including fittings, valves, services and hydrants shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the requirements set forth in American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications C-600 latest revision. The Contractor shall have the option of using an alternative testing procedure as identified below: 29

168 After the pipe has been laid including fittings, valves, hydrants, and services and the line has been backfilled in accordance with these specifications, all newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be two (2) hours. The allowable pressure drop shall not exceed two (2) psi in the last hour of the two (2) hour pressure test. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The pump, pipe connection, gauges and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. Gauges and measuring devices must meet with the approval of the Engineer and the necessary pipe taps made as directed. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from psi and have a dial size of 4 ½ inches with 1 psi increments. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevations, and afterward tightly plugged. The pressure testing procedure shall be set up in a manner that will allow pressure testing of each main line valve. Upon completion of the watermain test, the Contractor shall proceed to test each main line valve by subjecting it to a pressure of 150 psi for five (5) minutes. The allowable pressure drop shall not exceed five (5) psi in the five (5) minute period. Any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, valves or hydrants discovered in consequence of the pressure test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material in the manner provided and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer. The pressure gauge for the tests shall be an Ashcroft Model 1082 with a 4 1/2 inch dial face with one (1) psi increments or approved equal. The gauge maybe tested by the City of Northfield at any time to ensure accuracy of the gauge being used for the testing DISINFECTING MAINS After completion of the installation and testing, the Contractor shall disinfect the new pipe, valves and fittings as described in A.W.W.A. Specification No. C-651 by use of the Continuous Feed Method. The Contractor may elect to use the Tablet Method, which is generally described as follows: The Contractor shall place hypochlorite tablets in each section of pipe and also in hydrants, hydrant branches and other appurtenances during construction. The tablets shall be attached to the top of the pipe with an adhesive of hot tar or "Permatex" No. 2 gasket cement, or other approved material. When the installation has been completed, the main shall be filled with water at a velocity of less than one (1) foot per second. This water shall remain in the pipe for at least 24 hours. After the 24-hour retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until the chlorine concentration in the water leaving the main is less than one (1) ppm. 30

169 Tests are required to determine chlorine residual at the end of the 24-hour retention period and after flushing to ascertain that the heavily chlorinated water has been removed from the pipeline. At the end of the 24-hour retention period, the main shall contain not less than 10-ppm chlorine. The number of tablets required per 18-foot length of pipe based on 3 3/4 grain available chlorine per tablet is as follows: Diameter No. of Tablets Only fresh disinfectants shall be used and the main filled with water and flushed not later than one (1) week after the disinfectant has been added. The water (containing chlorine) shall be left in the pipe, being disinfected, for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY TEST Conductivity test shall be performed on all mains after they have been pressure tested and are full of water at normal operating pressure. A direct current of 350 amps at 30 volts shall be passed through the line for 4 minutes. Current flow shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the period. At the end of the four (4) minute period, the current shall be raised to 400 amps for one (1) minute without fluctuation. Insufficient current or wide fluctuations of ammeter needle shall be evidence of defective conductivity, which shall be isolated, corrected and retested. The connection for the conductivity shall be made either to a gate valve or to the hydrant barrel. Connections shall not be made to any operating mechanism of the hydrant. Acceptable equipment for the test shall be an arc-welding machine with adequate sized cables to carry the test current without voltage drop or overheating. Conductivity test shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer or the Engineer's duly authorized agent. Caution shall be exercised at all times when working with electrical equipment and wires during the conductivity test BACTERIA TESTING After the the water line has been tested at 150 psi for two hours, the Northfield Water Division will flush the line and allow the contractor to obtain a sample. The Water Division staff will load, flush, and operate all new watermain valves and hydrants. If the Water Division is short of staff, they may elect to have the Contractor assist with these tasks. 31

170 10.05 DIP SPRINKLER SERVICES Any DIP line that is run into a building for Fire Protection shall be tested in the same manner as a street watermain, with the following additions. The service shall be run into the building and tested before any other lines are hooked up to it. The following test performed on these lines shall be: A. PRESSURE TESTING All watermain including fittings, valves, services and hydrants shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the requirements set forth in American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications C-600 latest revision. The Contractor shall have the option of using an alternative testing procedure as identified below: After the pipe has been laid including fittings, valves, hydrants, and services and the line has been backfilled in accordance with these specifications, all newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be two (2) hours. The allowable pressure drop shall not exceed two (2) psi in the last hour of the two (2) hour pressure test. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the lowest point of elevation, shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. The pump, pipe connection, gauges and all necessary apparatus shall be furnished by the Contractor. Gauges and measuring devices must meet with the approval of the Engineer and the necessary pipe taps made as directed. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevations, and afterward tightly plugged. The pressure testing procedure shall be set up in a manner that will allow pressure testing of each main line valve. Upon completion of the watermain test, the Contractor shall proceed to test each main line valve by subjecting it to a pressure of 150 psi for five (5) minutes. The allowable pressure drop shall not exceed five (5) psi in the five (5) minute period. Any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, valves or hydrants discovered in consequence of the pressure test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material in the manner provided and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer. The pressure gauge for the tests shall be an Ashcroft Model 1082 with a 4 1/2 inch dial face with one (1) psi increments or approved equal. The gauge maybe tested by the City of Northfield at any time to ensure accuracy of the gauge being used for the testing. B. DISINFECTING MAINS 32

171 After completion of the installation and testing, the Contractor shall disinfect the new pipe, valves and fittings as described in A.W.W.A. Specification No. C-651 by use of the Continuous Feed Method. The Contractor may elect to use the Tablet Method, which is generally described as follows: The Contractor shall place hypochlorite tablets in each section of pipe and also in hydrants, hydrant branches and other appurtenances during construction. The tablets shall be attached to the top of the pipe with an adhesive of hot tar or "Permatex" No. 2 gasket cement, or other approved material. When the installation has been completed, the main shall be filled with water at a velocity of less than one (1) foot per second. This water shall remain in the pipe for at least 24 hours. After the 24-hour retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until the chlorine concentration in the water leaving the main is less than one (1) ppm. Tests are required to determine chlorine residual at the end of the 24-hour retention period and after flushing to ascertain that the heavily chlorinated water has been removed from the pipeline. At the end of the 24-hour retention period, the main shall contain not less than 10-ppm chlorine. The number of tablets required per 18-foot length of pipe based on 3 3/4 grain available chlorine per tablet is as follows: Diameter No. of Tablets Only fresh disinfectants shall be used and the main filled with water and flushed not later than one (1) week after the disinfectant has been added. The water (containing chlorine) shall be left in the pipe, being disinfected, for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours. C. ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY TEST Conductivity test shall be performed on all mains after they have been pressure tested and are full of water at normal operating pressure. A direct current of 350 amps at 30 volts shall be passed through the line for 4 minutes. Current flow shall be measured continuously on a suitable ammeter and shall remain steady without interruption or excessive fluctuation throughout the period. At the end of the four (4) minute period, the current shall be raised to 400 amps for one (1) minute without fluctuation. Insufficient current or wide fluctuations of ammeter needle shall be evidence of defective conductivity, 33

172 which shall be isolated, corrected and retested. The connection for the conductivity shall be made either to a gate valve or to the hydrant barrel. Connections shall not be made to any operating mechanism of the hydrant. Acceptable equipment for the test shall be an arc-welding machine with adequate sized cables to carry the test current without voltage drop or overheating. Conductivity test shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer or the Engineer's duly authorized agent. Caution shall be exercised at all times when working with electrical equipment and wires during the conductivity test. D. FULL FLUSHING TEST The Contractor must flush all lines used as Fire Protection the full diameter of the pipe with a City of Northfield representative present. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide all materials necessary to display a full flush. The Engineer must approve the Contractors method of flushing. Flushing into the Sanitary Sewer System will not be allowed. E. BACTERIA TESTING After the water line has been tested at 150 psi for two hours, and the Full Flushing Test is complete, the Contractor must perform a Bacteria Test. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to have this test completed. The Contractor must furnish a signed document showing the passing test results from an accepted Laboratory before the City of Northfield will supply water to the property PRIVATE SERVICES Sanitary sewer and water services shall be constructed to the right-of-way line at a minimum and to houses as directed by the Engineer. Sewer and water services shall be installed in the same trench to the greatest extent possible. The connection of the new service to the existing service shall be considered incidental and should be figured into the price for the wye or curb stop and box. A water service will be installed to the right-of-way as a minimum or to the building as directed by the Engineer. Services installed to the building shall be brought beyond the foundation to an opening in the basement floor. A separate sewer service (4 ) and water service (1 ) shall be installed from the mainline pipes for each unit of multiple family housing structures such as double bungalows, triplexes, quads, etc. A variance from these requirements is acknowledged only in the event that a revised service layout detail is drawn on the plans and receives written approval by the City Engineer. Boring, pneuma-gophering, tunneling, insertion inside existing services or other means of service installation will be required in some cases for water and sewer line installations. All surfaces will be restored to their original condition. Sewer and water service work on the interior of the buildings from the point of floor openings to the water meter, sewer stack, or other required locations shall be performed by a licensed plumber. 34

173 The Contractor is responsible for the protection of all property not scheduled for replacement in the building. Work shall be performed in conformance to all applicable codes. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the homeowner for the protection of private property on the exterior and interior of the home, including trees. Remove Concrete Floor / Concrete Pavement Special (a) Where necessary, the Contractor shall remove and replace portions of the existing concrete floor for the purpose of sanitary sewer and water service work in buildings as directed by the Engineer. All edges shall be neatly saw-cut. The concrete removal area shall be as small as possible to complete the work. Replacement of the floor shall be performed by a qualified craftsman and shall meet or exceede the thickness, quality, finish, and appearance of the existing floor, which is typically 4 crushed aggregate base with a minimum Portland cement concrete (PCC). The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of rubble, excess dirt, protection of existing property from dust accumulation or other damage and cleanup for a complete patch, satisfactory to the Engineer and homeowner. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the schedule and other items relevant to this work with the homeowner such that adequate notice is available to allow removal of carpet, furniture, etc. by the homeowner. Payment shall be at the contract unit price per square foot measured in place upon completion. All materials, labor, rubble and excavated material disposal, cleanup, or other required items are incidental. Any hours spent by the plumber on removing or replacing concrete floor will not be included in the common laborers pay item. Common Laborers (Connect Services in Building) (b) Payment for sanitary sewer and/or water service work from the location of the pipe in the floor opening to the meter, sewer stack, or other required location on the inside of the building shall be on a time and material basis. No hours shall be charged for preparation work such as remove and replace concrete floor, excavation, excavation, removal, etc. Materials shall be paid at the invoice cost plus 15% markup. A currently licensed plumber shall perform the work. Hours shall be based on one licensed plumber. Payment shall be at the contract unit price per man-hour. Coordination, testing, flushing, property protection or other items required to satisfactorily complete the work outside the building are incidental to bid items for that work. Actual hours worked in the building will be counted and rounded to the nearest ¼ hour. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient notice prior to any work such that inspection can be provided. The Contractor shall provide itemized receipts for each service indicating property address, crew, dates, times work performed, materials used and total hours. 35

174 When is it required to bring a new service into the structure and to the water meter, the line must consist of an approved State Plumbing Code material. Galvanized steel or lead pipe is prohibited on City of Northfield Reconstruction Projects. If the new service line is connected to an existing service other than at the meter and the existing material consists of galvanized steel, a brass fitting or approved bimetal connector is required to make this connection SURFACE RESTORATION, CLEANUP AND GUARANTEE RESTORATION OF SURFACE All surfaces disturbed during the construction period, whether caused by actual excavation, deposition of excavated material, or by the construction equipment, shall be returned to its original conditions or better. Exceptions to the above, if any, or special instructions pertaining to any particular section of the project will be outlined in the "Special Provisions". Any excess dirt shall be removed by the Contractor in accordance with Section 9.04 of these Specifications DUST CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor, at the Contractor's own expense, shall maintain dust control as necessary and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer until final acceptance of the project or until restoration has been completed MAILBOX RESTORATION The Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, shall replace and restore mailboxes disturbed by the work MAINTENANCE OF STREETS UNTIL SURFACED After backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the streets as required and blade as necessary to provide a passable, rut free, pothole free surface for traffic until the surfacing is completed or to the date of final acceptance CLEANING UP Surplus pipe material, tools, and temporary structures shall be removed by the Contractor, and all dirt and/or rubbish caused by the Contractor's operations and excess earth from excavations shall be hauled to a dump provided by the Contractor, and the construction site shall be left in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer GUARANTEE The Contractor shall be held responsible for any and all defects in workmanship and materials which may be developed in any part of the entire installation furnished by the Contractor and upon written notice from the Engineer shall immediately replace and make good, without expense to the owner, any such faulty part or parts and damage done by reason of same, during the period as prescribed in Section 31 of the General Conditions FAILURE TO REPLACE DEFECTIVE PARTS 36

175 Should the Contractor fail to make good the defective parts within a period of thirty (30) days of such notification, after written notice has been given to the Contractor, the owner may replace these parts, charging the expense of same to the Contractor TURF ESTABLISHMENT GENERAL All turf establishment shall be in accordance with Article 13.00, Turf Establishment, of the Street Specifications which is included as part of this Standard Specification TREATED WOOD PILING GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish the labor and material to provide a piled foundation as shown on the drawings MATERIALS Material used shall comply with those specified under Article 2.17 and shown on the drawings HANDLING The handling of treated piling, wood caps and saddles shall be subject to the following requirements. A. The use of chains, cant hooks, pickaroons, peaveys, or other pointed hooks in handling piles, shall be prohibited, excepting end hooks, cable or rope slings shall be used in loading, and proper blocking shall be used to support the material during the wrapping and removal of slings. B. Avoid handling that will cause sudden dropping, breaking of outer fibers, bruising, or penetrating surfaces. Give cut or damaged surfaces, including tops of piles after "heading" a brush treatment of hot creosote oil in such quantities as will fill shakes, splits and penetrate thoroughly cut surfaces PILE DESIGN AND CAPACITY A. Pile lengths are based on 20-foot lengths furnished and driven. Pile design is based on 20-ton capacity. From results of "Capacity" tests, the piling will be designed as to actual lengths required. All piling shall be designed for at least twelve (12) inch over length for cutting at required cut-off elevation. B. Longer piles shall be provided where required to provide specific bearing capacities. Where specified bearing capacities are attained with pile lengths less than designed effective lengths, shorter piles may be used as approved. C. Except for capacity test purposes, piles should not be ordered until design pile lengths have been verified. 37

176 D. The capacity of driven piles shall be computed by the following formula for piles driven by single or double acting steam or air hammers, or a comparable formula as designated by the Project Engineer. P = 2 W H S + C P - Allowable load in pounds W - Weight of hammer in pounds H - Height of all of stroke of hammer in feet S - Average penetration in inches, averaged for the last foot of driving C - Constant 1.0 for drop hammer for steam diesel or air hammers E. Except as otherwise indicated, all wood piles shall be driven by means of a gravity, steam, diesel or air hammer or by a combination of water jets and hammers as is approved by the Engineer. 1. When gravity hammers are used, they shall weigh not less than 2,000 pounds, preferably not less than 3,000 pounds, and in no case shall the weight of the hammer be less than the combined weight of the driving cap and the pile. 2. Steam, diesel, or air hammers shall be used whenever practicable. For piles under 50 in length, the hammer shall develop at least 7,000 foot pounds of energy per blow, and for piles 50 and longer shall develop at least 12,000 foot pounds of energy per blow. F. Pile driving caps will be used when directed by the Engineer CAPACITY TEST DRIVING Capacity test driving shall be as follows: A. Test piling for determining 20-ton capacity for vertical piles and 16-ton capacity for inclined piles shall be driven as specified herein and under Section B. Piles shall be long enough to be driven to 20-ton capacity for vertical piles and 16-ton capacity for inclined piles. Pile shall be driven at location shown corresponding to designed piles, cut-off at elevation required, and left in place to be used as actual foundation piling. This test pile to be deducted from the total permanent piling required. Cost of pile and driving is included in proposal. C. Install test pile with same size and type hammer operating with same effective energy and efficiency used to install permanent piles INSTALLING PILING Piles shall be installed according to the following requirements: 38

177 A. Do not install piles until excavation or fill in area they are to occupy has been completed to indicate grade elevation. Do not install piles within 20-0 of concrete less than seven (7) days old, unless so directed by the Engineer. B. Locate piles to indicated lines. Install either to plumb position or to exact indicated batter. Maximum permissible deviation after driving, from indicated locations is such that the center of the pile shall be offset not more than six (6) inches. Maintain gravity center for each group of footing piles, where piles number two (2) or more, by templates or otherwise, to conform with indicated locations. The piles shall not deviate more than ½ per foot of pile length. Piles shall be driven in a manner that will minimize disturbing piling previously driven. C. Provide proper driving caps and pile driver heads for hammers. Use suitable collars or bands where required for protection of butts against splitting, brooming and other damage when piles are driven. D. Pile driving leads rigid enough to hold the pile in correct alignment during driving will be required for all types of hammers. E. Install each permanent pile without interruption from first hammer blow until required penetration per blow as directed has been obtained; any deviation from this requirement will be permitted only subject to unforeseen causes. In any event, install final 25% of pile length to completion without interruption. Install piles full required length, except that if the Engineer determines indicated length of certain piles to be impracticable or undesirable, cut off such piles at depth as directed. After installation, cut off piles square at cut-off grade line; remove surplus material from site. F. When handling or driving piles, take special precautions to prevent overstress or leading away from plumb or true position. When high resistant strata lying near surface must be penetrated, spud piles may be used to relieve long piles of hard driving during early stages of driving operations. G. Piles that are damaged, mislocated, or driven out of alignment will be replaced with new piles as directed without additional cost to owner. H. When driving piles in clusters, or under any conditions of relatively close spacing, make observations to determine any uplift. If uplift occurs, reinstall piles so affected to either their original resistance or elevation or both. The Contractor shall keep an accurate and detailed log of each pile, indicating the depth to which the pile is driven, the rate of penetration under the last series of blows, and the general driving characteristics. A reproducible copy of the log shall be furnished to the owner. I. Measurement shall be based on effective length of piles in place measured to nearest foot PILE CAPS 39

178 Pile caps shall be of construction grade, creosoted timber to the size and dimensions as shown on the detail plate contained in these specifications. Timber pile caps shall be fastened to the pile with 3/4 galvanized driftpins set in predrilled holes to prevent splitting. Timber members of the pile cap that crack or split during installation shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the owner METHOD OF PAYMENT The work shall be measured and the compensation determined in the following manner or as identified on the bid form DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile iron pipe will be paid for at the contract price per lineal foot for each diameter of pipe furnished, which shall include the cost of furnishing the pipe, rubber gasket, joints and other material and of delivering, handling, laying, trenching, backfilling, testing, disinfecting, and all material or work necessary to install the pipe complete in place at the depth above specified. The length of ductile iron pipe for which payment is made shall be the actual overall length measured along the axis of the pipe without regard to intervening valves or specials. Lengths of branches will be measured from the centers of connecting pipes to centers of valves or hydrants. All lengths will be measured in a horizontal plane unless the grade of the pipe is more than fifteen percent DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Ductile iron fittings and specials will be paid for at the contract unit price per pound for the standard weight of the fittings and specials installed on the basis of body weight only. Shall be published in AWWA C-153, as follows: Bends, Caps, Plugs & Sleeves Fitting Weights, lbs. (AWWA C153) Bends MJ x MJ, (degrees) Caps Plugs Sleeves 1 Size MJ x MJ MJ x MJ MJ x MJ Weights are based on the use of long sleeves. 40

179 Tees, Crosses & Reducers Fitting Weights, lbs. (AWWA C153) Fitting Weights, lbs. (AWWA C153) Run Branch Tee Cross Reducers Run Branch Tee Cross Reducers Large Small MJ x MJ MJ x MJ MJ x MJ Large Small MJ x MJ MJ x MJ MJ x MJ a. The weight for fittings not listed in the tables above shall be in accordance with AWWA C153. The weight for fittings not listed in the tables above or in AWWA C153 shall be the actual weight of the fitting(s) furnished and installed based on acceptable documentation provided by the Contractor HYDRANT WITH VALVE Hydrants will be paid for at the contract unit price per hydrant installed complete with drainage pit, gravel, concrete base, and bracing. Hydrant extensions will be paid for at the contract unit price per lineal foot, where specified by the Engineer VALVES AND BOXES 41

180 Valves and boxes (including extensions) will be paid for at the contract unit price bid for each size valve and box furnished and installed complete COPPER WATER SERVICE PIPE Copper water service pipe will be paid for at the contract unit price per lineal foot, for each diameter of pipe furnished, measured from the centerline of pipe to the centerline of curb box. The unit price shall include all pipe, fittings, laying, excavation, backfilling and testing CORPORATION COCKS Corporation cocks will be paid for at the contract unit price for each size furnished and installed and shall include the saddle where required and the tap or connection to the watermain CURB STOPS AND BOXES Curb stops, boxes and extensions will be paid for at the contract unit price for each size furnished and installed and shall include necessary fill when required AIR RELIEF MANHOLES Air relief manholes will be paid for at the contract unit price per manhole installed complete as detailed including corporation cock PILING Piling up to twenty (20) feet long including caps shall be paid for at the contract unit price for each single pile bent in place. No additional payment will be made for cradles. Any piling required over twenty (20) feet in length shall be paid for as excess length of piling. Cut off lengths will not be paid. Double pile bents shall be paid for according to the length of each individual pile. There shall be no additional compensation for lumber or hardware used to tie the piles together FOUNDATION MATERIAL Material used for refilling to pipe foundation grade to assure firm foundation for pipe shall be paid for at the contract unit price per ton if included in the bid form. No foundation material will be paid for that is installed without the knowledge or consent of the Engineer nor will payment be made for rock installed only for dewatering purposes. Payment shall include cost of excavation and placement SPECIAL SECTIONS Special sections will be paid for at the contract price on a lump sum basis for all work and material necessary for the complete installation or construction SHEETING ORDERED LEFT IN PLACE Sheeting ordered left in place shall be paid for at the contract unit price per 1000 board feet. 42

181 15.13 JACKING Payment for jacking will be paid for at the contract unit price per lineal foot. Watermain used in jacking will be paid separately at bid unit prices for that diameter watermain MERGED ITEMS The cost of all material and labor required to complete this project as specified and shown on the plans, but not specifically included as a pay item, shall be merged with the various unit prices bid ROCK EXCAVATION Rock excavation shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid per cubic yard excavated. The volume used for payment shall be computed assuming a rectangle, the width of which is equal to the outside diameter of the pipe installed plus one foot (1 ), and the depth of which is the distance from the top of the rock formation to a point twelve inches (12 ) below the barrel of the pipe TEMPORARY WATER Payment for temporary water service shall be compensation in full on a lump sum basis for all coordination, materials, labor, plumbing expenses and other work necessary to provide temporary water to project residences INSULATION Payment for insulation will be paid for by the square foot of area covered, regardless of the thickness required by the Engineer INCIDENTAL ITEMS The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the water system items, as indicated. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. The furnishing and installing polyethylene encasement material, include in the price bid for watermain. 2. Concrete blocking or metal ties, include in the price bid for watermain. 3. Valve umbrella anchorage assembly, include in the unit price bid for valves. 4. Locating and connecting to an existing watermain or hydrant, include in the price bid for watermain. 5. Locating and connecting to an existing water service line, include in the price bid for watermain. 6. Hydrostatic, leakage and continuity testing, include in the price bid for watermain. 7. Furnishing and installing thrust block, tie rods and joint restraints as shown on the plans and as specified. 8. Turning hydrant heads to a location as directed by the Engineer, include in the price bid for hydrants. 9. If a separate bid item for temporary water service is NOT included in the Schedule of Unit Prices, providing continuous temporary water service to affected users, include in the price bid for watermain. 43

182 10. The wood and/or metal parts are necessary to identify the ends of the unattached service lines and curb stops are included in the price bid for water services. 11. If a separate bid item for bypass pumping is NOT included in the Schedule of Unit Prices, providing temporary bypass pumping / control of storm water flows around the construction zone, include in the price bid for watermain. 12. The painting or re-painting of hydrants with scratches and/or abrasions, include in the price bid for hydrants. 13. Providing temporary corporations, copper pipe, plugs, etc. for hydrostatic watermain testing, include in the unit price bid for watermain. 14. If the watermain is to be installed inside a casing pipe, furnishing and placing the carrier pipe, carrier pipe support materials, sand fill and grout seals, include in the unit price bid for watermain. 15. Furnishing and installing tracer wire and electrical connections and all appurtenances related to installing services, mainline pipe and/or tracer wires, include in the price bid for watermain. 44

183 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA STREET CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION Article Index Page Number 1.00 Scope of Work Maintenance of Traffic Utilities Removals Excavation and Embankment - Roadway & Pavement Aggregate Base Concrete Construction Plant-Mixed Bituminous Surfacing Bituminous Driveway Construction Seal Coating Crack Routing and Sealing Bituminous Pavement Reclamation Pavement Milling Cleanup Other Work in the Right-of-Way Turf Establishment Materials Pavement Markings Method of Payment 36

184 1.00 SCOPE OF WORK 1.01 GENERAL It is the intent of these specification requirements to provide the requirements for street construction in the City of Northfield, Minnesota WORK INCLUDED The Contractor shall, unless specified otherwise, furnish all materials, equipment, tools and labor necessary to do the work required under this contract. The Contractor shall also remove any street surfacing as required; construct and maintain all bridges for traffic control; handle all drainage; provide barricades, guards, and warning lights; adjust castings, valves, and accessories; maintain traffic or provide detours; remove surplus excavated material; clean the site of the work; and restore the boulevards LOCATION OF THE WORK The location of this work is as shown on the plans COORDINATION OF WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory coordination of the construction of the street with other construction and activities in the area affected. Delays in work resulting from lack of such harmony shall not in any way be a cause for extra compensation by any of the parties REFERENCE TO SPECIFICATIONS A part of the contract documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. Reference made to Mn/DOT Specifications shall mean the most current edition of the Standard Specifications for Construction of the Minnesota Department of Transportation and all subsequent revisions. In addition, whenever reference is made to the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard specification, the word "Owner" shall be substituted for "State" where appropriate and the word "Engineer" is understood to refer to the Engineer for the owner STANDARD PLATES The Standard Plates included as part of these specifications take precedence over the referenced Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification in all instances of conflict MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC The Contractor shall maintain traffic during construction in accordance with Section 1404 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification, except as modified or altered below: A. The Contractor shall maintain the streets with a motor patrol and dust control as directed by the Engineer or Street Division Manager. Street Specifications Page 1

185 B. All equipment shall be in such a mechanical condition that it will operate in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All equipment which operates on bituminous or concrete surfaces shall be equipped with rubber tires. C. When a bid item for motor grader is included in the Proposal Form, the motor grader shall be of the self-propelled type equipped with pneumatic tires and shall weigh not less than 19,000 pounds. It shall have a mould board at least twelve feet (12 ) long with a suitable cutting edge, a suitable scarifier, if needed, and power operated controls. D. The water distributor shall be of a size and design to maintain a satisfactory uniform moist condition over the roadway. E. The Contractor may purchase water from the City of Northfield for the purpose of watering sod, seeding or any other purpose related to the project from the City of Northfield s Water Salesman, which is located at the City of Northfield Maintenance Facility UTILITIES Unless specified otherwise, this work shall be entirely at the Contractor's expense. A. There shall be an inspection of the sanitary sewer, storm sewer and watermain utilities prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer twenty-four (24) hours in advance to aid in accomplishing this inspection. All deficiencies in these existing systems prior to beginning street construction must be immediately brought to the attention of the Engineer. B. After the manholes and valve boxes are cleaned, and raised to proper grade prior to paving, they shall be inspected to assure trouble free operation. C. Curb Boxes: The Contractor shall be responsible for locating all curb boxes within the limits of the project. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of this location work so that a representative of the Engineer can be present at all times while this work is being done. This work shall be done prior to start of construction. Prior to completion of the project, the curb boxes shall be adjusted to be flush with the surface. D. A final inspection of all utilities will be performed at the completion of the project for acceptance. Adjustments shall be made as follows: 1. Sanitary Sewer - All sanitary sewer manhole castings shall be left in place during the paving operation. The castings shall be adjusted before the wear course is laid and shall be left between 1 inch below finished grade. Where the Engineer requires or where it is impossible to adjust the structure with the addition or removal of adjustment rings, reconstruction will be necessary. In such cases, it will be necessary to add or remove manhole sections. Street Specifications Page 2

186 4.00 REMOVALS 2. Storm sewer - Existing storm sewer castings shall be adjusted where necessary to be 0.1 foot below finished gutter line except in areas of surmountable curb for which the top of casting shall match the top of curb. 3. Water Valve Boxes - All water valve boxes shall be adjusted prior to placement of wear course and left between 1 inch below finished grade. Thorough tamping of the material around the valve box is required. In the event the valve box cannot be adjusted without the use of extensions, the Contractor shall remove the upper section, place the necessary extension and replace the upper section. 4. Grouting Adjusting Rings - Whenever adjustment rings are grouted, the Contractor shall grout the rings; place the casting and remove all excess grout on the inside of the manhole by wiping smooth with a gloved hand or similar instrument. 5. Castings All castings shall be cleaned after paving is completed. All pickholes shall cleaned and all castings able to be opened without extra effort TRAFFIC CONTROL All disturbed streets and driveways shall be opened to local traffic on weekends to the extent possible. Property owners shall be contacted 48 hours in advance to plan for interruptions in accessibility. Through traffic may be diverted from streets under construction during hours of operation. Access for emergency vehicles shall be maintained or provided at all times. Streets intersecting the Project Street shall be securely barricaded and advance warning of road closure shall be placed one block in advance of barricaded streets. It will be the Contractor s responsibility to maintain all traffic control devices and to have proper devices for necessary blocking and detouring of streets. The Contractor will not be allowed to begin any work until the proper traffic control devices are on the project and are functioning properly. The Contractor will also be responsible for having a contact person or persons available to maintain the traffic control devices that may be broken or moved during off-hours or weekends. The name and phone number of contact people shall be furnished at the pre-construction meeting. All traffic control shall be in conformance with Appendix B of the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The Contractor shall maintain garbage and recycling service at all times. Costs for providing access or hauling containers to an accessible location shall be incidental to the contract. All traffic control devices shall be incidental to the project unless there is a specific bid item. Street Specifications Page 3

187 4.02 CONSTRUCTION LIMITS The Contractor shall contain all their construction activities to the limits as specified by the Engineer. The construction limits will either be marked in the field by the Engineer or the Engineer s representative or as indicated in the plans and specifications. Field marking shall govern over plan marks or measurements. Any work outside of the construction limits will require written approval from the Engineer SAWCUT All pavements, curb & gutter, sidewalks, and other such structures shall be sawcut full depth at the construction limits. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of the ends of the limits until the materials are replaced. Any damage beyond the construction limits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The damaged end shall be sawcut again and any additional removals shall be replaced at the Contractor s expense. All sawcuts shall be incidental to the project unless there is a specific bid item SIGNS All street signs or other items that require removal shall be carefully removed by the Contractor and transported to the City Street Maintenance Facility for storage during construction. The Contractor shall provide temporary stop signs and other signs as necessary, including proper anchorage. Any signs damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired, cleaned or replaced at the Contractor s expense. This work shall be incidental to the contract SALVAGE CASTINGS Castings shall be removed and salvaged to the City of Northfield as directed by the Engineer. Salvaged castings shall be transported by the Contractor to the City Street Maintenance Facility. All other shall be disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor s expense CONCRETE REMOVAL All concrete indicated for removal shall be removed and disposed of off-site by the Contractor. Any temporary storage of the removed concrete on-site shall be done by stockpiling the material in one location. The stockpiled material shall be located in approved locations or as directed by the Engineer. The sawing, removal, hauling, and disposal shall be included in the removal price ACCESS TO DRIVEWAYS The Contractor shall establish and maintain access to all properties after removals have occurred. This shall include placing temporary ramps as required. Ramps shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Ramps may need to be reestablished as construction progresses. Additional granular material may be required due to weather conditions. All costs associated with this item shall be considered incidental to the contract MAILBOX RESTORATION The Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, shall replace and restore mailboxes disturbed by the work. Mailboxes shall be replaced in accordance with U.S. Post Office standards. Street Specifications Page 4

188 5.00 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT - ROADWAY & PAVEMENT 5.01 SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performance of all work and services necessary or incidental to the excavation and embankment for roadways and pavements as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Measurement and payment for Common Excavation shall be based upon the CUBIC YARD PLAN QUANTITY - CY(P). Common excavation is computed to the face of any retaining walls. Excavation required for construction of the wall shall be incidental to the unit price bid for retaining wall. Common excavation includes any existing aggretgate base removal. 2. The quantities for Subgrade Excavation and Stabilizing Aggregate are strictly estimates and may be increased or decreased by any amount according to the conditions revealed. No direct compensation will be made for backfilling subcut areas with suitable material from the excavation. 3. Measurement and payment for Subgrade Excavation and Stabilizing Aggregate shall be by the CUBIC YARD - EXCAVATED VOLUME - CY (EV). 4. Measurement and payment for Select Granular Material shall be based upon the CUBIC YARD PLANNED QUANTITY CY(P). If the contractor intends to reuse millings in the select granular section, this shall be considered when determining the unit price bid. 5. Measurement and payment for Geotextile Fabric Type V shall be paid by the SQUARE YARD SY installed. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated excavation items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Salvaging and separately stockpiling topsoil material, as determined by the Engineer. 2. Salvaging and separately stockpiling suitable aggregate base material, as determined by the Engineer. 3. Separating, salvaging, stockpiling and re-spreading topsoil to a minimum of 4 inches in turf areas. Street Specifications Page 5

189 4. Separating, salvaging, stockpiling and replacing clay borrow in roadway, structure, and embankment areas. 5. Earthwork balancing including adjustments for shrinkage loss, and excess materials resulting from the additional volume created from pipe bedding, utility pipe, and/or underground structures shall be included in the unit price bid for common excavation. 6. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted in-process improvements from damage. 7. The avoidance of wetlands. 8. Subcutting the existing topsoil prior to placing embankment in all roadway, patio and trail locations. 9. Subgrade excavation, furnishing stabilizing aggregate, geotextile fabric installation, compaction, regrading and/or other efforts necessary to repair the subgrade for failing to protect the integrity of the subgrade after it has been accepted (test rolled). 10. Shaping, stockpiling, & seeding of all disposal sites shall be included in the price bid for common excavation. 11. Gradation and compaction testing and geotechnical inspection services to meet requirements of source and field quality control, if required MATERIALS A. Excavated material unsuitable for embankment and backfill construction shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site secured by the Contractor. B. Stabilizing aggregates for use in backfilling subgrade excavations shall be material generally produced and referred to as 3-inch minus dust free aggregate" or other coarse aggregate found to be in general compliance by the Engineer. Aggregate base, Class 5 may also be used at the direction of the Engineer CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. At the end of each day the Contractor shall eliminate surface indentations, including those caused by sheeps foot rollers and tractor cletes, and roll the surface with a steel wheel or rubber tired roller. B. Subgrade excavation shall be performed, as directed by the Engineer, for the removal of any unstable soils that may be encountered. Such excavation shall be backfilled with suitable excess common excavation material or stabilizing aggregate as directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor proceeds without approval from the Engineer or Owner, all Street Specifications Page 6

190 work and material to restore the roadbed to the proper grade shall be at the Contractor s expense. C. Once the subgrade has been test rolled and accepted by the Engineer, no traffic or construction equipment shall be permitted to operate directly on the subgrade without the prior approval of the Engineer. The subgrade shall be relatively smooth prior to the placement of aggregate base. All equipment shall be restricted to operating only in areas where the aggregate base has been installed to its full design depth. D. Material suitable for curb backfill shall be segregated and stockpiled at a site selected by the Contractor. Following curb construction, the material shall be placed behind the curb to the subgrade level of the topsoil. E. The Contractor shall salvage and stockpile all topsoil removed during the course of the construction. This topsoil shall be used where required for turf establishment as directed by the Engineer. F. Sufficient excavated material shall be utilized by the Contractor to replace loss volume due to soil shrinkage from trench excavation that may occur through the course of construction. The Contractor shall make his own determination of the amount of shrinkage that will occur. G. All embankment shall be compacted using the Specified Density Method: 1. Under areas with proposed paved or structural improvements: (a) 100% Standard Proctor from the proposed pavement subgrade elevation down 3 feet. (b) 95% Standard Proctor from the bottom of excavation up to 3 feet below the subgrade elevation. 2. Under areas with no proposed paved or structural improvements: (a) 95% Standard Proctor AGGREGATE BASE 6.01 SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to construct the aggregate base course as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein METHODS OF MEASUREMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. All Class 5 placed under sidewalks and driveways is considered incidental to the driveway or sidewalk item bid. Street Specifications Page 7

191 B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated aggregate items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Protecting existing improvements and previously accepted in-process improvements from damage. 2. Subgrade excavation, furnishing stabilizing aggregate, geotextile fabric installation, compaction, regrading and/or other efforts necessary to repair the subgrade after satisfying the rolling test and failing to protect the integrity of the subgrade. 3. The cost of all labor, equipment and materials necessary for meeting the testing requirements of field quality control, if required, include in price bid for Aggregate Base. 4. Furnishing and installing blue tops for gravel surface TEST ROLLING OF COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE USING A FULLY LOADED AGGREGATE TRUCK (TANDOM). SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2211 shall apply to the construction of aggregate base, except as modified herein. B. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification MATERIALS A. When no percent crushing is designated in on the Schedule of Prices, the material to be used shall conform to the Specifications for Aggregate Base Class 5 modified so that the percent passing the No. 200 sieve shall be 5 to 10 percent. B. Salvaged crushed concrete aggregate meeting the Class 5 aggregate gradation as per Section 3138 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification and as approved by the Engineer may be used in lieu of Class 5 aggregate for the street base material. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing if they are planning to use salvaged crushed concrete aggregate CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. At the end of each day the Contractor shall eliminate surface indentations, including those caused by sheeps foot rollers and tractor cletes, and roll the surface with a steel wheel or rubber tired roller. B. The depth and class of aggregate base to be constructed shall be as shown on the plans. Aggregate base construction shall take place only after the street subgrade condition and grade has been examined by the Engineer. Street Specifications Page 8

192 C. All aggregate base shall be compacted to 100% standard Proctor density using the Specified Density Method: D. The grade will be toleranced by the Engineer after the Contractor informs the Engineer the grading operations are complete. The Engineer shall have 24-hours or one working day to check the grade prior to placement of additional layers of granular material or bituminous pavement. If scheduling or site conditions require the grade to be rechecked, the Engineer shall have adequate time to tolerance the grade again. Grades in an intersection can be adjusted in the field by the Engineer. E. Finish elevations shall be indicated on the plans. Any variations in the grade shall be averaged to produce a uniform thickness as indicated on the plans but in no case shall it vary by more than 3/4 (0.06 ) from the prescribed elevation at any point where a measurement is made CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 7.01 MATERIALS A. All concrete shall be in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2461, mix 3A32 for flat work and MnDOT Spec. 2461, mix 3A22 for curb & gutter with the following additional requirements: 1. Type 3 air-entrained concrete day compressive strength of 3,900 psi. B. White pigmented curing agent shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Spec C. Aggregate base shall be Class 5 granular material conforming to Mn/DOT Spec D. Contractor shall be responsible for the making the suppliers aware of these additional requirements. Any concrete not meeting these specifications shall be rejected CURB AND GUTTER All concrete curb and gutter shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2531 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, except as modified or altered below: A. All curb and gutter shall be B618, unless otherwise specified on the plan or special provisions. B. Driveway openings in the curb shall be constructed as shown on the plans, standard plates, or as directed by the Engineer in the field. C. An expansion joint shall be placed at the radius point or all changes in direction. Street Specifications Page 9

193 D. The Contractor shall construct concrete gutters as detailed on the standard plate at the end of these specifications, and as located on the plans. E. Delete that portion of Section 2531 which requires that the concrete curb and gutter joints be sealed with joint sealer material. F. The Contractor shall provide all concrete samples needed for test cylinders, slump tests, air entrainment tests, and other tests ordered by the Engineer. G. All honeycombed areas shall be back plastered as directed by the Engineer CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER Concrete valley gutters shall be placed as indicated on the plans or as staked in the field by the Engineer. Valley gutters shall be a minimum of three feet (3 ) wide and have a 2% cross slope CONCRETE SIDEWALK Typical sidewalks that are within City right-of-way shall be 5 feet wide unless it is a carriage walk. At no point should any walk, including walks beyond the right-of-way, be installed at a slope greater than 5% longitudinally or a 2% cross slope. It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to maintain slopes within these tolerances, and also to establish and confirm these grades. At no point will steps be allowed in the right-of way unless approved by the Engineer. All sidewalk and pedestrian ramps shall be concrete and constructed in accordance with Mn/DOT 2521, Walks, with the following modifications: A. A spray membrane type of curing agent shall be used. The spray membrane shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3754 (White pigmented). B. Joint sealers are not required. C. Typical walk panels shall be 25 ft² with a contraction joint on each end of the panel unless otherwise specified or approved. Joints shall align with like joints in adjoining work unless the work is separated by an 1 expansion joint. Sidewalk adjacent to curb and gutter shall have expansion material placed between the two unless the Engineer approves otherwise. When new sidewalk is to be placed adjacent to new curb and gutter and the deletion of expansion material is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor must exercise extreme care in jointing the curb and gutter such that the sidewalk joints result in an aesthetically pleasing pattern and provide uniformity. Adjustments of joint spacing in the curb and gutter and/or sidewalk may be necessary. Special attention shall also be taken in spacing joints near driveways, corners and changes in direction to achieve uniformity of panels. Street Specifications Page 10

194 D. Expansion joints shall be installed on each side of the driveway, between walk and curb section at intersections, at changes in direction, at a maximum spacing of 50 feet, and in accordance with detail plates. The Engineer may order expansion material placed between existing walks and at other locations as required in the field. E. Sidewalk thickness shall be a minimum of 4 and be increased to 6 through all driveways. F. Places where sidewalk may be subjected to vehicle loads, the Engineer shall require the sidewalk to be increased to a 6 thickness. G. Curb boxes, which are in sidewalks, must remain accessible by use of two (2) part lid or a collar to keep concrete free of the lid. The style used should be a Power Seal Single Cover Water lid or approved equal. H. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated walks - concrete items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Subcutting the excavation to the required depth, furnishing, placing and compacting suitable material to sub-grade, backfilling with topsoil and related work. 2. Cold weather concrete protection methods and materials required. 3. Provide adequate barricades and personnel to protect fresh concrete from pedestrian traffic and graffiti. 4. Provide temporary walk ways spanning fresh concrete where required to maintain access into building entrances. 5. Placing of aggregate base class 5, as specified in the details under concrete walks and driveways. 6. Scoring of concrete walk special as shown on sheet 4.01 and 9.01 of the construction plans. Refer to standard plates for typical sections and width requirements. Also see the Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Policy for additional details PEDESTRIAN RAMPS All sidewalk and pedestrian ramps shall be concrete and constructed in accordance with Mn/DOT 2521, Walks, with the following modifications: A. A spray membrane type of curing agent shall be used. The spray membrane shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3754 (White pigmented). Street Specifications Page 11

195 B. Joint sealers are not required. C. Typical panels shall be 25 ft² with a contraction joint on each end of the panel unless otherwise specified or approved. See the Standard Plate for additional details. Joints shall align with like joints in adjoining work unless the work is separated by an expansion joint. A 1 expansion joint shall be placed between the pedestrian ramp and the curb and gutter unless the Engineer approves otherwise. When a pedestrian ramp is placed adjacent to new curb and gutter and the deletion of expansion material is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor must exercise extreme care in jointing the curb and gutter such that the pedestrian ramp joints result in an aesthetically pleasing pattern and provide uniformity. D. Truncated Domes shall be Neenah R4984 Detectable Warning Plate, powder-coated gray, or approved equal. E. Pedestrian ramps and other places that sidewalk may be subjected to vehicle loads shall be thickened to a 6 thickness. F. Pedestrian ramps shall be constructed per the detail shown on the plans CONCRETE CARRIAGE WALK Typical widths for carriage walks are 4 feet unless carriage walk previously exists and then the Contractor shall match the existing width. Carriage walks shall not have a slope greater than 5% longitudinally or a 2% cross slope. It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to maintain slopes within these tolerances, and also to establish and confirm these grades. All carriage walks shall be concrete and constructed in accordance with Mn/DOT 2521, Walks, with the following modifications: A. A spray membrane type of curing agent shall be used. The spray membrane shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3754 (White pigmented). B. Joint sealers are not required. C. Typical walks shall have a contraction joint every four feet (4 ) unless otherwise specified or approved. Joints shall align with like joints in adjoining work unless the work is separated by an 1 expansion joint. Carriage walks adjacent to curb and gutter shall have expansion material placed between the two unless the Engineer approves otherwise. When a new carriage walk is to be placed adjacent to new curb and gutter and the deletion of expansion material is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor must exercise extreme care in jointing the curb and gutter such that the sidewalk joints result in an aesthetically pleasing pattern and provide uniformity. Adjustments of joint spacing in the carriage walk may be necessary. Street Specifications Page 12

196 Special attention shall also be taken in spacing joints near driveways, corners and changes in direction to achieve uniformity of panels. D. Carriage walk thickness shall be a minimum of CONCRETE DRIVEWAY The driveway slab shall form a smooth transition from the street to property line and shall provide drainage to the street. Excess material developed in grading the driveway subbase shall be disposed off site by the Contractor and at the Contractor s expense. When grading driveways, it may be necessary to excavate the existing driveway beyond the property line. The existing driveway material will have to be replaced and shall be done at the contract unit price bid. Driveway subbase shall be brought to a smooth grade by excavating or filling to allow for the placing of four inches of Class 5 gravel. Where the four inch gravel base is already existing but is loose or unstable, the top one inch of base shall be excavated, replaced with Class 5 gravel, and compacted prior to the installation of the bituminous mat. The concrete material shall conform to Section 2531 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification. A spray membrane type of curing agent shall be used. The spray membrane shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT 3754 (White pigmented). Existing concrete driveways shall be cut with a concrete saw to the length designated by the Engineer in the field to allow placement of the new slab. The existing concrete to be removed shall be removed prior to construction of the curb and gutter. Where directed, the Contractor shall install concrete driveway pavement to the property line or to the existing concrete driveway. A one-half inch (1/2 ) expansion joint shall be installed between the curb and gutter or concrete apron and new concrete slab and between the new concrete slab and existing driveway. Refer to standard plates for typical sections and width requirements. Also see the Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Policy for additional details CONCRETE STEPS Concrete steps are not allowed within the street right-of-way unless approved in writing by the City Engineer. The steps shall be at least as wide as the carriage walk. A typical step has a 7-3/4 max rise and a 10 minimum tread width unless otherwise specified in the plans and specifications. If handrails are required, they shall be between 34 and 38 above the front step height. Steps shall conform to any applicable Americans with Disabilities Act standards. See Standard Plate No. 15. All steps shall be formed and the forms shall be inspected and approved prior to pouring the concrete. Street Specifications Page 13

197 7.09 SUBGRADE AND AGGREGATE BASE Prior to placement of the aggregate base, the Contractor shall prepare the subgrade to the grade, stability and compaction as per Section 2112 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification. The subgrade shall be toleranced by the Engineer before aggregate is placed. Class 5 aggregate used for subgrade below sidewalks, pedestrian ramps, carriage walks, and driveways shall be 6 inches thick unless otherwise specified in the plans and specifications. All Class 5 aggregate shall be compacted to 100% dry density. A mechanical tamper or any other approved method will be required for compaction of subgrade. Class 5 gravel shall be included in the price bid for concrete walk, steps, and driveway pavement WORKMANSHIP Concrete shall not be placed when stormy or inclement weather will prevent good workmanship. No aggregates containing frozen lumps may be used, and concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade. Concrete may be placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat is not less than 33 0 F and rising. Concrete shall not be placed when the temperature is 36 0 F or less and falling. The temperature of the concrete shall not be less than 50 0 F nor more than 90 0 F when placed on the subgrade. If temperarures drop below freezing after the newly poured is laid, the concrete shall be covered with blankets. Application of white pigmented curing compound shall be at a rate no less than one gallon per 200 square feet. Placement of the curing compound shall follow the placement of the concrete and be applied to all uncovered surfaces. Placement of the curing compound shall not be delayed for several hours or until another day unless approval is granted by the Engineer. All joints shall be formed or sawn within 24-hours of placement of the concrete. The finish of the concrete shall be uniform and aesthetically pleasing. No variations of more than ¼ when tested with a ten foot straight edge placed parallel to the center line of the pavement shall be acceptable. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to replace any areas that do not meet this criteria at the Contractor s expense PLANT-MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACTING 8.01 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the construction of plantmixed bituminous surfacing as indicated on the plans or as specified herein. B. This is a Certified Plant Project. The supplier shall have sufficient testing facilities and qualified personnel including Certified Technicians. If requested by the Engineer, the required tests shall be performed in a timely manner and with a good quality control program. Street Specifications Page 14

198 8.02 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per GALLON of bituminous tack coat installed. The amount bid shall include all material and work required to mix and place the tack coat specified. 2. Payment shall be at the unit price bid per TON of bituminous surfacing for the respective bituminous courses. The amount bid shall include all material and work required to mix and place the bituminous course specified. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated bituminous paving items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. Equipment and materials necessary for meeting the testing requirements of Source Quality Control for the bituminous tack coat, if required, include in price bid for bituminous tack coat. 2. The cost of all labor, equipment and materials necessary to comply with the testing requirements of the "Certified Plant" designation, include in price bid for Plant-Mixed Bituminous Surfacing. 3. The cost of all labor, equipment and materials necessary for constructing clean, vertical, solid edge at the adjacent asphalt surface, include in the price bid for Plant-Mixed Bituminous surfacing. 4. The cost of all labor, equipment and materials to adjust all castings and gate valves twice; once during base course construction and once at wear course construction. C. Plant mixed asphalt pavement shall conform to the current Mn/DOT Specification 02350/2360 Plant Mixed Asphaltic Pavement, dated December 23, A copy of Mn/DOT s current specifications is located in the Appendix C. 1. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2357 shall apply to the construction of bituminous tack coat, except as modified herein. 2. Mn/DOT Section C (Pavement Smoothness Specification IRI (International Roughness Index)) is hereby DELETED. 3. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this Section are in addition to the referenced specification. Street Specifications Page 15

199 8.03 MATERIALS A. The bituminous material for tack coat shall be CSS-1H. B. Bituminous material and aggregate shall be as shown on the typical sections in the plans CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Bituminous Tack Coat 1. The material shall be applied at the rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. 2. The contact surfaces of all fixed structures, the edge of the in-place mixture in all courses at transverse joints, and the wearing course at longitudinal joints shall be given a uniform coating of Liquid Asphalt or Emulsified Asphalt before placing the adjoining mixture. The bituminous material shall be applied by methods that will ensure uniform coating and in no case shall the application be excessive. B. The bituminous wearing course shall be constructed in the construction season following the season in which the underground utilities, aggregate base and bituminous base course have been constructed. C. The Contractor is required to use the self-propelled pneumatic tire roller as an intermediate roller on the wearing courses. D. The bituminous surfacing shall be constructed with maximum deviation of plus or minus 1/4-inch from the planned compacted thickness. E. Cut the adjacent asphalt surface prior to construction of the bituminous surface course to obtain a clean, vertical, solid edge. F. Compaction of all bituminous mixtures shall be by the Maximum Density Method SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The bituminous mix shall be designed using Contractor Trial Mix Designs. A current Mn/DOT mix design may be accepted provided it represents the aggregate source and bituminous plant being used for the project, and is approved by the Engineer. No bituminous mixture shall be placed without an approved mix design. B. Testing of the material bituminous tack coat may be required, if determined by the Engineer, that the material appears suspect FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Three (3) inch diameter core samples shall be taken by the Owner to verify the thickness of the compacted finished bituminous structure. Sample locations shall be designated by the Engineer and made with a drilling device that produces clean sharp, vertical edges. Street Specifications Page 16

200 B. If any cores prove deficient, the Contractor may, at its own cost and expense, take additional core samples to further define the extent of the deficiency. C. The Engineer shall calculate deficient pavement areas using the locations and thickness results of all core samples and prorating the thickness profile. D. A $0.50 deduction per square yard will be made for each 1/8-inch deficiency of thickness beyond the specified tolerances. E. Reduction in payment for bituminous courses constructed to more than the a maximum permissible thickness shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Section , except that the thickness tolerances specified herein apply. F. Testing: Should any of the specified tests fail, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately and shall arrange and pay for additional test as may be necessary to satisfy the Engineer that the requirements have been met BITUMINOUS DRIVEWAY CONSTRUCTION The driveway slab shall form a smooth transition from the street to property line and shall provide drainage to the street. Excess material developed in grading the driveway subbase shall be disposed off site by the Contractor and at the Contractor s expense. When grading driveways, it may be necessary to excavate the existing driveway beyond the property line. The existing driveway material will have to be replaced and shall be done at the contract unit price bid for the type of material being replaced. The bituminous material used for driveway slabs shall conform to Section 2360 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification with the exception that the maximum aggregate size may be one-half inch (1/2 ) in diameter. Driveway subbase shall be brought to a smooth grade by excavating or filling to allow for the placing of 6 inches of Class 5 gravel and a 3 inch bituminous mat. Where a 4 inch gravel base already exists but is loose or unstable, the top 1 inch of base shall be excavated, replaced with Class 5 gravel, and compacted prior to the installation of the bituminous mat. All Class 5 aggregate shall be compacted to 100% dry density. A mechanical tamper or any other approved method will be required for compaction of subgrade. Refer to standard plates for typical sections and width requirements. Also see the Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Policy for additional details. Street Specifications Page 17

201 10.00 SEAL COATING GENERAL It is the intent of these specification requirements to provide the requirements for seal coating in the City of Northfield, Minnesota. Also reference Mn/DOT Specification PROJECT SWEEPING Sweeping of all streets to be sealed shall be completed by the Contractor immediately before they are sealed. Streets that are swept and not sealed the same day, regardless of reason, shall be reswept whenever work resumes. Upon completion of seal coat and aggregate placement, streets will be re-swept by the Contractor. Sealed street must set for a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours from the time the final rolling is completed to when excess material can be swept up. After all materials have been placed on the designated streets and final rolling completed, final sweeping must occur within seventy-two (72) hours. Sweepers used on project shall be capable of sweeping, picking up and dumping of materials. All sweeping operations including sweeping, trucking and traffic control will be considered incidental to the contract. Excess material swept up prior to construction shall be hauled to the City Compost Site. Aggregates picked up by sweeping operation after seal coating is completed shall be delivered to the Street Maintenance Facility. Exact stockpile location at Street Maintenance Facility will be designated by Street Division Manager prior to construction WEATHER LIMITATIONS Seal coating operation (including traffic restrictions on the freshly constructed seal coat) will be conducted: 1) Not before June 1 nor after August 31, 2) Only during daylight hours, 3) When the air and pavement temperature is 60 degrees F and rising, 4) When the relative humidity is less than 75 percent, and 5) When the road surface is dry and clean. In addition, seal coating operations will not be conducted in foggy or rainy weather. Seal coating operations will not be allowed to start and will be suspended if any of the above conditions cannot be met TRAFFIC CONTROL Traffic control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor will install, maintain and remove all traffic control devices. Traffic control devices shall include all channelizing devices, advanced warning signs and flaggers necessary to keep the work area safe for public as Street Specifications Page 18

202 well as Contractor s employees. Traffic control devices should be of such nature that they can be moved easily with the construction process. An agreement on the traffic control configuration shall be reached between the City Street Division Manager and Contractor, prior to any construction work beginning. Work may be suspended if at any point, the Street Division Manager determines that additional traffic control is necessary. Upon completion of seal coating streets shall be posted with temporary 25 mph speed limit signs at the beginning and the end of the project area. Temporary 25 mph speed limit signs may also be required at various intermediate locations along the longer stretches of the project. Final placement of 25 mph temporary signs will be determined in the field by the Street Division Manager. Temporary speed limit signs shall be picked up by the Contractor immediately after sweeping is completed MATERIALS The following materials shall be used for this project. Materials not described here shall be in accordance with the City's Standard Specifications. A. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS: Bituminous material to be used shall be CRS-2 in accordance with Mn/DOT Specifications 2356 and B. SEAL COAT AGGREGATE: Aggregate material shall meet gradation requirements specified in Mn/DOT Specification 3127 for FA-2. All aggregate to be used for bituminous seal coat shall conform to Class A, B, C or D as described in Mn/DOT Standard Specification B CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. EQUIPMENT: Distributor: The Distributor shall meet requirements described in Mn/DOT Specification C1. Aggregate Spreader: Aggregate will be spread with approved mechanical-type aggregate spreader that is capable of distributing the aggregate uniformly to required width and at the designated ratio, with the application being sharply defined at the edges. Pneumatic-Tire Roller: A sufficient number of self-propelled pneumatic-tire roller will be used for rolling aggregates after spreading such that the entire width of the treatment area is covered in one pass of the rollers. In most cases, this will require a minimum of three (3) rollers. Each roller will have a total compacting width of not less than sixty (60) inches and will have a minimum ground contact pressure of eighty (80) pounds per square inch. Brooms: Brooms shall be self-propelled with means of controlling down pressure on the broom, capable of cleaning the road surface prior to spraying bituminous material, and removing loose particles after the seal coating operation is completed. Street Specifications Page 19

203 B. ROAD SURFACE PREPARATION: The entire roadway surface to be sealed will be cleaned by the Contractor. The Contractor will sweep the pavement with a motorized broom to remove all loose materials. All depressions not reached by the power broom will be cleaned by the Contractor using hand brooms. Seal coating will not be allowed to proceed until road surface to be treated are approved by the Street Division Manager. All gate valves and manholes shall be covered to prevent bituminous materials from being applied to them. Suitable coverings would be roofing felt, sand, or cut-to-fit plywood disks. The Contractor shall remove all covering material within two (2) hours after seal coating is completed. C. APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS SEALANTS: Bituminous sealants shall be applied on surfaces that are dry and clean. The Street Division Manager will make final approval on all streets prior to sealants being applied. Bituminous sealants shall be applied at a rate of 0.25 gallons per square yard. The Contractor shall take special care not to have excessive sealant overspray on the concrete gutters. Excessive overspray of sealant would be considered a band on the curb exceeding 2 wide. D. APPLICATION OF COVER AGGREGATE: Aggregates shall be distributed over the entire treated pavement surface at a rate of 25 pounds a square yard. Aggregates shall be spread within 1-minute after bituminous sealer has been applied. The speed of spreader shall be set so stones do not roll over when hitting treated pavement. All aggregates will be moistened prior to placement to provide aggregate that are uniformly damp at time of placement on the roadway. The aggregate will be spread in one operation, in such a manner that an 18 strip of emulsified asphalt is left exposed along the longitudinal center to form a lap for succeeding applications of emulsion. Any bare spots in the spread of aggregates will be corrected immediately by hand spreading or other methods. Special care should be taken so that there are not any bumps or overlaps in the roadway caused from the seal coating operation. E. ROLLING OPERATIONS: A maximum of 3 (three) minutes will be allowed between application of aggregates and completion of the initial rolling of the aggregates. Rollers will move in a longitudinal Street Specifications Page 20

204 direction not exceeding 5 (five) miles per hour. Extra rollers may be required if it is anticipated or demonstrated that the aggregates are not being embedded in the aggregate before the sealant breaks. Traffic will not be permitted on newly rolled surfaces until the Street Division Manager is assured tires will not pick up or disturb the pavement surface. F. FINAL SWEEPING: The Contractor shall sweep up the excess aggregate starting five (5) calendar days, but not more than ten (10) calendar days, after completion of the first day s seal coat application. This sweeping shall be with a pick-up power sweeper and shall continue until all loose aggregate is completely cleaned up to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The excess aggregate shall be disposed of at a site designated within the City by the City Engineer. G. MANHOLE AND VALVE COVER PROTECTION: It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to cover all manholes and valves with a protective material or device to keep the bituminous material from sealing the covers to the frame during the seal coat process METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be by the square yard for street surfaces sealed. Measurement will be from the edge of the concrete gutter to the edge of concrete gutter, times the centerline length. Bid price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, traffic control and sweeping to complete project described within these specifications CRACK ROUTING AND SEALING GENERAL It is the intent of these specification requirements to provide the requirements for crack routing and sealing in the City of Northfield, Minnesota. Also reference Mn/DOT Specification 3720 and PROJECT SWEEPING Sweeping of all streets to be sealed shall be completed by the Contractor immediately before they are sealed. A minimum of three (3) days notice of work starting shall be given to the Street Division Manager. Necessary sweeping after streets have been sealed will be completed by City forces. Street Specifications Page 21

205 11.03 WEATHER LIMITATIONS Crack sealing operation (including traffic restrictions on the freshly constructed seal coat) will be conducted: 1) Not before May 1 nor after October 31, 2) Only during daylight hours, 3) When the air and pavement temperature is 40 degrees F and rising, 4) When the relative humidity is less than 75 percent, and 5) When the road surface is dry and clean. In addition, crack sealing operations will not be conducted in foggy or rainy weather. Crack sealing operations will not be allowed to start and will be suspended if any of the above conditions cannot be met TRAFFIC CONTROL Traffic control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor will install, maintain and remove all traffic control devices. Traffic control devices shall include all channelizing devices, advanced warning signs and flaggers necessary to keep the work area safe for public as well as Contractor s employees. Traffic control devices should be of such nature that they can be moved easily with the construction process. An agreement on the traffic control configuration shall be reached between the City Street Division Manager and Contractor, prior to any construction work beginning. Work may be suspended if at any point, the Street Division Manager determines that additional traffic control is necessary MATERIALS The following materials shall be used for this project. Materials not described here shall be in accordance with the City's Standard Specifications. A. CRACK SEALANT: Sealant shall be low modulus rubberized asphalt, meeting Mn/DOT Specification 3720 and The crack sealant compound shall be packaged in sealed containers. Each container shall be clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, trade name of the sealant, batch and lot number, pouring temperature, and the safe heating temperature. A copy of the manufacturer s recommendations that pertain to heating and applying the joint sealant shall be submitted to the Street Division Manager prior to any work commencing. The manufacturer s recommendation shall be strictly followed by the contractor. Sealant shall never be heated above the manufacturer s safe heating temperature. The same sealant material shall not be continuously heated in excess of six (6) hours and never re-heated. Mixing of different manufacturer s sealant materials will not be prohibited. Street Specifications Page 22

206 11.06 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All cracks to be sealed shall be marked in the field by the Street Division Manager as work is progressing. Routing, cleaning and sealing of cracks shall be done in one continuous operation. Traffic will not be permitted to drive on any surfaces that have been routed or cleaned, or both and not sealed. The Contractor shall not permit traffic on any areas that have been sealed until material has exceeded manufacturer s recommended set-up time. Any cracks that exceed ¾ as determined by the Street Superintendent will not be routed. Cracks that exceed ¾ width will be cleaned and sealed only using blow and go method. A. ROUTING: Cracks shall be routed to a depth and width of ¾ x ¾. Equipment that is designed to plow cracks to desired depth and width will not be permitted. Wet sawing will also not be permitted. B. CLEANING: Immediately prior to sealing, the crack and 6 of the street surface on either side shall be cleaned. Initial cleaning of surface shall be done with hand broom or oil-free compressed air. Final cleaning of crack and surface area shall be done with a hot air lance. The heat lance shall emit at a minimum of 2000 lps that is heated to a minimum of 2,800 degrees F. Cleaning shall leave the routed crack and surface area clean of all foreign matter, loosened particles, oil or water. Cleaning shall meet Street Division Manager s approval prior to any sealant being applied. C. SEALING: Sealant shall be placed evenly to the surface or in such a manner that the overband and routed crack total 2 ½ wide after striking off excess material. For any areas that the blow and go method is used on total overband shall be created that is 3X the total width of the crack. Sealant shall be allowed sufficient time to set-up prior to traffic being permitted on it. If material is pulled out or picked up from the sealed cracks, repairs will be completed at the Contractor s expense METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made by the lineal foot of cracks that are routed, cleaned and sealed. For any cracks that are in excess of ¾ and are cleaned and sealed only, payment will be 60% of the lineal foot bid price of routing and sealing. Bid price should include all necessary costs for materials, labor, traffic control, and equipment necessary to complete crack sealing described in these documents. Street Specifications Page 23

207 12.00 BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECLAMATION SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performance of all work and services necessary or incidental to reclaiming the specified streets as shown on the plan to a depth of 12 inches. The exact project limits will be determined in the field by the Engineer. Upon completion of the reclamation process, 100% of the reclaimed material must pass through a 1 ½ sieve. Immediately upon completion of reclamation the bituminous material should be graded to create a level-driving surface. Particles of reclaimed material in excess of 1 ½ shall be removed from the street surfaces immediately after reclaiming process is completed. Prior to any new bituminous being placed the reclaimed streets shall be reshaped and re-compacted. Reshaping will consist of removing excess material from the surface, removing any oversized particles, shaping and compacting the street slope to the typical section shown on the plans. If it is deemed necessary by the Engineer, blue topping of the street s centerline may be required. Blue topping shall be provided by the Contractor and will be done a minimum of every 50 along the street s centerline. Any material not used in the construction subgrade sections shall be loaded and delivered to the City Street Maintenance Facility. The Contractor will be responsible for loading, hauling and stockpiling material at the Maintenance Facility. Stockpiled material shall be pushed up into a uniform pile. The Contractor will also be responsible for removing any chunks of reclaimed material in excess of 1 ½ along with any large areas that are not reclaimed such as around manholes, radius and gate valves. Large chunks of bituminous or concrete removed from the project shall be hauled to an approved landfill or recycling facility. Prior to the placement of the bituminous, the subgrade must be test rolled and approved by the Engineer or his approved representative Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification of as modified below: Measurement and payment for reclamation (12 depth) shall be paid per SQUARE YARD (SY) and shall include all work associated with reclaiming the existing street surface to a depth of 12 or depth identified on the plans. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated reclamation item. Such items of work include: 1. Removing, salvaging and stockpiling excess reclaim material as necessary to bring the subgrade material to final grade. All excess material not used for stabilizing in subgrade excavation areas should be hauled to the City Street Maintenance Facility and become property of the Owner. 2. Upon completion of hauling the excess reclaim material to the City Street Maintenance Facility, Heavy Duty silt fence shall be installed around the perimeter of the stockpile, and is incidental to the price bid for bituminous pavement reclamation. Street Specifications Page 24

208 13.00 PAVEMENT MILLING SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to the milling of concrete or bituminous pavement as shown on the drawings or as specified herein METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: B. Payment for milling the surface shall be made at the SQUARE YARD unit price bid for the thickness specified and shall include: 1. Payment for transition milling the surface shall be made at the SQUARE YARD unit price bid for the thickness specified at the lip of the gutter and the width of the transition. 2. Installation of salvaged milled materials in lieu of select granular material. C. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the milling items, as indicated. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. The loading, hauling, stockpiling and removal of milled materials include in the price bid for pavement milling. 2. Interference of underground structures and utilities, include in the price bid for pavement milling. (a) The removal and restoration, or protection of existing utilities that are shown on the plans and for which there is no bid item for removing and restoring, or working around the utility. 3. Protecting existing improvements and surfaces from damage include in the price bid for pavement milling. 4. Protecting the inverts of utility pipes from the accumulation of debris and soil, the removal of blockages which threatens to damage property, and/or the cleaning of both the newly constructed lines and the existing lines of all debris and soil which accumulated during the construction, include in the unit price bid for pavement milling. 5. Milling headers when matching into existing perpendicular pavement roadways or surfaces, include in the price bid for pavement milling. 6. Milling around manhole and catch basin castings and valve boxes, include in the price bid for pavement milling. Street Specifications Page 25

209 13.03 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2232 shall apply to the milling of all pavements, except as modified herein. B. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2211 shall apply to the installation of milled materials as an aggregate base, except as modified herein. C. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification MATERIALS A. All excess materials shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be loaded, hauled, and placed at the City Street Shop CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. All millings intended for reuse in the select granular section shall have 100% passing a 2 sieve CLEANUP Streets shall be swept, as directed by the Engineer, to control dust and to eliminate pollution runoff. All excess concrete, rocks, and other debris shall be removed from the project prior to grading operations. All castings shall be cleaned of excess concrete, bituminous or dirt. The pickholes shall be thoroughly cleaned and all castings shall be readily accessible. All traffic control devices shall be promptly removed from the project when they are no longer required for any portion of the work OTHER WORK IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALLS This work shall consist of furnishing and installing a pre-cast concrete wall in accordance with the applicable specifications of Mn/DOT Spec. 2411, Technical Memorandum No MRR-06 and the following: The pre-cast walls shall be constructed in the location and configuration as shown on the cross sections. The Engineer reserves the right to alter this alignment to improve constructability and aesthetics. Street Specifications Page 26

210 Shown in the Plans are Plan and Elevation views including all horizontal and vertical controls. Soil information, if not provided, including boring locations, soil types, and bearing information needed to design the wall(s) may be available from the Engineer. If not available it shall be the responsibility of the wall designer to obtain the information. See Mn/DOT Spec regarding use of the soils information. The pre-cast walls shall be segmented block walls similar to those manufactured by the following or an approved equal: Keystone Retaining Wall Systems Rockwood Wall Systems Anchor Wall System Versa-lok Allan Block The wall system shall be salmon with a rough textured surface. Product information shall be submitted to the Engineer to approve the color and texture. The blocks shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi and a maximum absorption of 6 percent for all local projects. All Mn/DOT funded projects shall have block with a minimum compressive strength of 5800 psi and a maximum absorption of 5 percent. If a fence is required along the top of the wall, the wall shall be designed to include the additional loading. The geogrid shall be designed and reinforced around the openings for fence footings. When the longitudinal slope of the footing is greater than 10:1, the footing may be stepped. Utilities shall be located outside the construction limits of the retaining wall. Any utilities needing to be located within this area shall be installed as the wall is being constructed. Once the geotextile layers are installed, neither the geotextile nor the utility shall be disturbed at any time. Any future maintenance on the utility will require dismantling the wall. When the exposed height of the wall is less than 4.0 feet the following shall apply: The pre-cast wall system shall be constructed in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations upon approval of the design methodology by the Engineer. When the exposed height of the wall is greater than or equal to 4.0 feet, or will support a roadway or structure within a distance from the top of the wall equal to the design height of the wall, the following shall apply: A. The wall shall be designed and the detailed drawings prepared by a Professional Engineer experienced in retaining wall design that is registered in the State of Minnesota. The design computations and the plans shall be certified by the Engineer and submitted to the Street Specifications Page 27

211 wall Owner for their permanent record. The design shall be per AASHTO and the Mn/DOT Road Design Manual. B. The detailed drawings shall contain all the necessary information for the construction of the wall. Included shall be a typical section detailing excavation limits, geotextile locations, block embedments, leveling pad dimensions, backfill, etc. Include as many sections and other views necessary for the construction and inspection of the wall. The information on embedment, geotextile locations, and geotextile lengths as they relate to wall heights may be shown in tabular form. Also included shall be the pertinent information on the individual blocks, the geotextile material and compaction requirements. C. All plan sheets shall clearly identify the name of the responsible engineering firm and the name of the person certifying the plan. Each sheet shall be certified. D. The typical section shall conform to figure A (Mn/DOT Mechanically Stabilized Retaining Wall) and keynotes in the Mn/DOT Road Design Manual. E. When the exposed height of the wall is greater than or equal to 10.0 feet, of will support a roadway or structure, the final certified retaining wall plan must be approved by State Aid Bridge Office prior to the construction of the modular block retaining wall. The measurement for the pre-cast concrete wall shall be the area in square feet of the entire wall face above the footing furnished and installed as specified. Payment shall be at the Contract price per square foot under Concrete Block Retaining Wall and shall be compensation in full for all costs to construct the wall complete in-place. The footing block, a minimum of 1 row, shall be incidental to the cost of the wall SIGNS All signs and collars will be placed by the Northfield Street Division. The Contractor must inform the City when work has been completed to a point when the collars can be installed and allow adequate time for the collars to be placed. This shall include time for one-call locates to be established. Installation of street sign collars shall take place prior to placement of turf. In the case a sign collar is to be placed in concrete, the collar shall be installed prior to the placement of the concrete TREES The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all trees not scheduled for removal. Protection shall include fencing, wrapping, shoring, tunneling or other measures. Exposed and broken roots shall be neatly saw cut at the break and removed prior to backfill. Damage to trees above the ground surface shall be pruned, painted or otherwise repaired by the Contractor. Trimming of trees, where required, shall be coordinated with the City and the property owner or under their direction. In tight working conditions, the Contractor may be required to utilize smaller equipment, which will minimize damage to trees/shrubs. Street Specifications Page 28

212 Trees that are to be planted shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification The type of tree planted shall be from the attached tree list or as stated in the plans and specifications, but the exact variety of tree to be planted will be determined based on availability and residents in the project area. Trees shall be planted in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification The Contractor will be responsible for all necessary watering and protection measures, in accordance with Mn/DOT Specification 2571, for a 30-day establishment period. Payment for trees shall include labor, materials, and equipment necessary for planting, staking, and maintaining trees during the required maintenance period. All clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with and the basis of payment shall be made as per Section 2101 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, with the following amendment: All costs associated with clearing and grubbing shall be considered incidental to the project unless a separate bid item is included in the proposal form. Clearing shall be under the direction of the Engineer in the field and care will be required to protect all trees not removed. All timber, stumps, roots and other debris or by-products resulting from the clearing and grubbing operation shall be disposed of off the site, at an approved disposal site. Tree pruning for the entire project shall be completed by qualified personnel. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer prior to the pre-construction meeting the proposed method of tree pruning and the qualifications of the person or persons who will be doing the tree pruning. A field inspection of the trees, which the Contractor wishes to be pruned, shall be made by the Contractor and the Engineer. No tree pruning shall be performed without the written consent of the Engineer. Tree Pruning will be considered incidental FENCE RESTORATION Removal and relocation or restoration of any fences disturbed shall be considered incidental to the cost of the project unless a bid item exists in the construction documents PUBLIC UTILITIES All castings, hydrants, curb stops and other such items shall be set to finish grade. The turf or concrete surrounding these structures shall be level and at the same grade. The grade shall not vary from the surrounding grade in order to match the structure. If this is the case, the structure shall be adjusted to meet the required grade PRIVATE UTILITIES The Contractor shall coordinate with the private utility companies for the installation of power poles, guy wires, utility boxes, castings, vaults, conduit, and any other related items. The lack of coordination between the utility company and the Contractor shall not entitle the Contractor to additional work days or additional compensation. Street Specifications Page 29

213 15.07 GRADING Material for topsoil borrow shall conform to Mn/DOT Spec % of the material, including soil clumps must pass a 1" sieve. Prior to sod installation, all topsoil borrow material must be approved by the Engineer. The grading shall consist of a uniform and smooth surface. Any sags or rises shall be corrected prior to the placement of sod or seed TURF ESTABLISHMENT All turf establishment shall be in accordance with Section 2575 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification, except as modified or altered below: A. Sodding 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install sod and topsoil to the areas designated by the Engineer. Sod shall be Sodding Type Mineral. Any sod grown in peat will not be acceptable. 2. The Contractor shall use a sod cutter to make a straight line cut at full sod widths to match existing sod areas. Waste material shall then be removed and the area prepared to allow a depth of four inches (4 ) for topsoil placement. 3. The topsoil shall not be placed until the Engineer has inspected the area and approved the subgrade preparation and topsoil materials. Sod shall be placed ½ below flush level with concrete sidewalks or other features to allow proper drainage. 4. The topsoil fine grading shall not be completed more than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the sod laying operation. The Contractor shall be required to remove topsoil placed on unapproved areas or topsoil which does not meet Mn/DOT Spec with such removal at the Contractor's expense. 5. The Contractor shall not dump the topsoil on the street. 6. At all times during grading, preparation and sod laying, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to see that all catch basins in the working area are kept clean. Gutters shall be cleaned and free of dirt and other materials at the end of each working day to ensure proper drainage. 7. Watering of the sod shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The watering of sod shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification Water can be purchased from the City of Northfield Water Salesman located at the City of Northfield Maintenance Facility, 8. Fertilizer, analysis , shall be applied to all sod areas at the rate of 200 lbs/acre. B. Seeding/Hydro Seeding 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install seed and four inches (4 ) of topsoil to the areas designated by the Engineer. Imported topsoil may be required. Street Specifications Page 30

214 2. Seed shall be in accordance with Mn/DOT Technical Memorandum: ENV-01. Seed mixture 250 shall be used in all rural seeding operations as determined by the Engineer and seed mixture 270 shall be used in all urban seeding operations as determined by the Engineer. Seed Mixtures are as followed: MIXTURE: 250 (GENERAL ROADSIDE) % OF MIX BULK RATE COMPONENTS COMMON NAME kg/ha lb/ac Brome grass, smooth Bluegrass, Kentucky"Certified Park" Bluegrass, Canada Switch grass Wheat-grass, slender Rye-grass, perennial Timothy Redtop Alfalfa, creeping White Clover GRAND TOTALS General Roadside mix MIXTURE: 270 (RESIDENTIAL TURF) % OF MIX BULK RATE COMPONENTS COMMON NAME kg/ha lb/ac Bluegrass, Kentucky - Elite Bluegrass, Kentucky - Improved Bluegrass, Kentucky - Low Maintenance Red fescue, creeping Rye-grass, perennial GRAND TOTALS Residential Turf mix 3. The seeding shall not be done until the Engineer has inspected the area and approved the subgrade preparation and topsoil materials. 4. If so directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall reseed, at the Contractor's cost, any area on which the original seed has failed to grow, using the type of seed directed by the Engineer. 5. Fertilizer, analysis , shall be applied to all seed areas at the rate of 200 lbs/acre. Street Specifications Page 31

215 6. Type 1 mulch shall be applied in accordance with Section of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification when seeding operations are taking place. Type 6 (hydro mulch blend) shall be in accordance with Section 3884 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification. Areas to be mulched shall be as shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer in the field. 7. Watering of the seed shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The watering of seed shall conform to Mn/DOT Specification Water can be purchased from the City of Northfield Water Salesman located at the City of Northfield Maintenance Facility. C. Topsoil Topsoil used for sodding and seeding areas shall be in accordance with Section 3877 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification. D. Street Sweeping The Contractor shall sweep the streets following the completion of the sodding and seeding operations. All sweeping shall be completed within three (3) calendar days after completion of the sodding and seeding operation. This sweeping shall be with a pick-up power sweeper and shall continue until all loose material is completely cleaned up to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. Also, all catch basins shall be cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction within the same time requirements stated above. E. Traffic Control The Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control related to delivery, unloading, stockpiling, and placement of the sod. Proper traffic control devices shall be installed prior to any of these activities taking place. If the road needs to be closed, proper signage and advanced warnings shall be installed before any operations take place MATERIALS BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT The bituminous material for bituminous prime coat shall be MC-30, installed in accordance with Section 2358 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification. The rate of application shall be 0.30 gallons per square yard in one (1) operation or as otherwise approved by the Engineer BITUMINOUS TACK COAT The bituminous material for tack coat shall be applied in accordance with Section 2357 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification. The rate of application shall be 0.05 gallons per square yard of surface or as approved by the Engineer ASPHALTIC MATERIALS Asphaltic materials for base and surface bituminous mixtures shall be in accordance with those specified in Articles 8.00 and Street Specifications Page 32

216 17.04 PLANT MIXED BITUMINOUS SURFACING Plant mix bituminous surfacing shall be in accordance with Section 2360 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification AGGREGATE SURFACING Aggregate surfacing shall be in accordance with Section 2118 of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification BITUMINOUS SEAL COAT The bituminous seal coat shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2356 of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, except as modified or altered below: A. Preparation of Surface: Immediately prior to the applications of any bituminous material, the road surface shall be cleaned of all dirt, dust, and other objectionable matter by a pickup power sweeper. All debris removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor. This work shall be entirely at the Contractor's expense and considered incidental to the project cost. B. Bituminous Material: Bituminous material for seal coat shall be CRS-2, applied at the rate of 0.24 plus or minus 0.01 gallon per square yard. NOTE: 0.24 refers to asphalt content of the material including wetting agent. The wetting agent shall not be more than 30% of the total mixture. C. Aggregate: Aggregate for seal coat shall be FA-2. Aggregate at the time of application shall not contain more than four (4) percent free moisture. Cover aggregate shall be applied at the rate of one (1) pound per each 0.01 of a gallon of bituminous material spread. D. Traffic: Traffic rerouting shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, which shall include all flaggers, barricades, warning signs and traffic cones, to adequately protect the work. Traffic cones shall be spaced not more than 100 feet along the inner longitudinal edge of the freshly constructed seal coat. No pilot car will be required to guide vehicular traffic. E. Final Sweeping: The Contractor shall sweep up the excess aggregate starting five (5) calendar days, but not more than ten (10) calendar days, after completion of the first day's seal coat application. This sweeping shall be with a pick-up power sweeper and shall continue until all loose aggregate is completely cleaned up to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. The excess aggregate shall be disposed of at a site designated within the City by the City Engineer. Street Specifications Page 33

217 F. Manhole and Valve Cover Protection: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to cover all manholes and valves with a protective material or device to keep the bituminous material from sealing the covers to the frame during the seal coat process PAVEMENT MARKING SUMMARY This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performance of all work and services necessary or incidental to the application of pavement markings as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and compensation for the following items shall be paid according to the referenced specification or as modified below: 1. Pavement markings of the specified width will be measured separately by LINEAL FOOT of each type constructed complete in place as specified. Broken line will be measured by the actual length of line marked and will not include the gap between the broken lines. 2. Pavement messages will be paid for by the unit bid price for EACH. B. The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated pavement markings items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: 1. All costs of preparing the surface, including sandblasting and removing of existing (old) pavement markings on existing pavement areas where a new marking layout is to occur. 2. Controlling and protecting traffic MAINTAINING THE WORK, TOGETHER WITH ANY OTHER EXPENSES INCURRED IN COMPLETING THE WORK THAT ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED FOR PAYMENT UNDER OTHER CONTRACT ITEMS. SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2581 shall apply to temporary, removable pavement markings, except as modified herein. B. Mn/DOT Specification Sections 2582, 3354, 3590, 3591 and 3592 shall apply to permanent and painted pavement markings, except as modified herein. Street Specifications Page 34

218 C. The following Mn/DOT Specifications, attached hereto, shall apply to permanent, preformed pavement markings, except as modified herein: 1. Specification - High Durability Preformed Pavement Markings - (including stop lines and crosswalks) 2. Specifications No. 1 Patterned Preformed Polymer Pavement Marking Tape with improved retention of reflectivity for lines and selected symbols and legends D. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification MATERIALS A. Interim Pavement Markings for application on bituminous base course prior to the construction of the bituminous wearing course shall be: 1. High Solids Water Based Traffic Paints, in accordance with the referenced specification. B. Permanent Pavement Markings for application on the final bituminous wearing course shall be: 1. Epoxy Resin Pavement Markings, in accordance with the referenced specification EQUIPMENT A. Application equipment for latex and epoxy resin systems shall consist of a machine of the spray type capable of applying the material under pressure at a controlled temperature through nozzles equipped with remotely controlled cutoff mechanisms and suitable line guides that will produce clean cut lines and prevent excessive material drift. B. For highway and street applications, the marking material shall be applied with truck mounted traveling units properly equipped to apply the stripes as required. Where two or more lines are to be applied closely spaced, the machine shall be equipped to apply those stripes simultaneously. For application of broken lines, the applying unit shall include an automatic feed to control device capable of being set to produce the specified stripe gap ratio CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. At the time of applying the marking material, the application area shall be free of contamination. The contractor shall clean the surface prior to the line application in a manner and to the extent required by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall sandblast or otherwise remove existing (old) pavement markings on existing pavement areas where a new marking layout is to occur. Street Specifications Page 35

219 C. Pavement markings shall not be applied when the wind or other conditions cause a film of dust to be deposited on the pavement surface after cleaning and before the marking material can be applied. D. The filling of tanks, pouring of materials or cleaning of equipment shall not be performed on unprotected pavement surfaces unless adequate provisions are made to prevent spillage of the material. E. No striping operations will be permitted between sundown and sunrise without written permission from the Engineer. F. All material shall be placed in a workmanlike manner, which shall result in a clearly defined line. G. All pavement striping shall be 4-inches wide, unless noted otherwise on the plans. H. Application for the marking material shall be such as to provide uniform film thickness throughout the coverage area. Stripe ends shall be clean cut and square, with a minimum of material beyond the cutoff. I. All pavement markings not conforming to the requirements of the Contract shall be removed and replaced or otherwise repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Removal of unacceptable work shall be accomplished with suitable blasting or grinding equipment unless other means are approved by the Engineer METHOD OF PAYMENT GENERAL The unit of measurement and basis of payment for the following items shall be made as per the referenced Section of the current Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specification listed below except as modified or altered herein: Referenced Item Section Modification A. Water (Dust Control) 2130 The cost shall be considered incidental to the project unless a bid item is included in the proposal. B. Subgrade Correction 2116 Includes core excavation and backfill material. C. Aggregate Base 2211 None D. Bituminous Prime Coat 2358 None Street Specifications Page 36

220 E. Bituminous Tack Coat 2357 None F. Bituminous Base 2350 None G. Plant Mixed Bituminous 2350 None Surfacing H. Concrete Driveway Pavement 2531 None I. Sodding 2575 None J. Roadside Seeding 2575 The unit of measurement and basis of payment shall be by the square yard or acre. The contract price bid for the roadside seeding shall include the cost of furnishing and installing seed, mulch and commercial fertilizer. K. Seed, Mixture 250 & The cost shall be considered incidental to Roadside Seeding unless a specific bid item is provided. L. Commercial Fertilizer 2575 The cost shall be considered incidental to Roadside Seeding unless a specific bid item is provided. M. Mulch Material 2575 The cost shall be considered incidental to Roadside Seeding unless a specific bid item is provided. N. Subgrade Preparation 2112 The cost shall be considered incidental to the project unless a specific bid item is provided. 0. Water (Sod) 2575 The cost shall be considered incidental to the bid price submitted for sodding. P. Adjust Ring Frame and 2506 None Casting Q. Concrete Curb and Gutter 2531 None Street Specifications Page 37

221 R. Concrete Valley Gutter 2531 None S. Aggregate Surfacing 2118 None T. Bituminous Material for Seal Coat 2356 The unit of measurement and basis of payment shall be by the square yard. Although not required for payment quantity calculation, weight slips shall be furnished by the Contractor for each load of bituminous material delivered on the job. Deductions may be made for under-run of materials supplied on a square yardage yield. U. Seal Coat Aggregate 2356 The unit of measurement and basis of payment shall be by the square yard. Although not required for payment quantity calculation, weight slips shall be furnished by the Contractor for each load of aggregate delivered to the job. Deductions may be made for under-run of materials supplied on a square yardage yield MOTOR PATROL The cost of furnishing and operating a motor patrol in accordance with Street Specification 2.00 shall be considered incidental to the project unless a separate bid item is included in the proposal form ADJUST WATER VALVE BOX Adjustment of water valve box assemblies shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid including extensions if required MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS The cost of any additional labor, materials, tools, and supplies not covered in the specifications but required to complete the project as per the plans and specifications shall be considered incidental to the project. Street Specifications Page 38

222 CITY OF NORTHFIELD DRIVEWAY AND SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION POLICY SECTION I: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Permit Required: No driveway or sidewalk construction shall be undertaken within the public right-of-way along any street or roadway in this municipality without a permit having been obtained from the City Engineer. Application for such permit shall be accompanied by a fee in an amount duly established from time to time by resolution of the City Council of the City of Northfield. 2. Minnesota Department of Transportation Permit: Whenever driveway or sidewalk construction is proposed within the right-of-way of a state trunk highway, a permit must also be obtained from the Minnesota Department of Transportation. Permit applications may be obtained from the District Maintenance Engineer, 1010 NW 21st Avenue, Owatonna, Minnesota, Letter of Credit/Bond and Insurance Requirements: No permit shall be issued hereunder until the applicant has furnished either an irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit or a performance bond in favor of the City of Northfield in the amount of at least 125 percent of the cost of the proposed construction project, approved by the City Engineer and the City Attorney, conditioned upon completion of the project described in the application in good workmanlike manner and consistent with the requirements hereof. No permit shall be issued until the applicant has furnished the City of Northfield with evidence of public liability, X-C-U, and property damage insurance on terms as follows: The City of Northfield shall be named as an additional insured on the certificate of insurance; the minimum liability coverage shall be $100, for each person and $300, for each incident; the certificate of insurance shall contain a clause providing that the subject insurance shall not be canceled without 10 days written notice to the City of Northfield of intent to cancel. The letter of credit/bond and insurance requirements established hereby shall be in full force and effect at all times from commencement of work on any project covered hereby and until such project receives final approval in writing from the City of Northfield. 4. Penalty for Not Obtaining Permit: Any driveway constructed within City Limits on either City or State right-of-way without a permit or proper inspections shall be subject to one or all of the following penalties: A. Driveway could be removed and replaced by the City or its Contractor at the property owner's expense. B. A $500 fine charged to the Contractor. This fine would have to be paid prior to any more permits being issued to the Contractor. Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Page 1

223 C. The Contractor performing work will not be permitted to do any work within City rightof-way or obtain a permit for doing so. D. The City may issue a stop work order. E. The City can request the Contractor reconstruct the driveway. F. If it is necessary for City Staff to tell a Contractor to stop work and obtain a permit the inspection fee will triple to $150 and the total permit fee will be $ Inspection and Final Approval: All driveway and sidewalk construction covered hereby shall be subject to periodic inspection and final written approval by the City Engineer or the City Engineer s representative. Inspections may be arranged by calling the office of the City Engineer at during regular business hours 24 hours before inspection is desired. 6. Public Safety: Approved public warning and protection must be provided for all construction within the public right-of-way. Only approved barricades and flashers will be allowed. All barricades shall remain in place until a smooth level surface is restored. All openings which are dangerous to life or limb shall be surrounded by a safety fence approved by the City Engineer. 7. Public and Private Utilities: The permittee shall be responsible for locating and protecting private and public utilities prior to the start of construction. 8. Access Driveways: Access driveways may be placed adjacent to property lines except that driveways consisting of crushed rock or other non-finished surfacing shall be no closer than five (5) feet from any side or rear lot line. The number, type and location of access driveways onto public streets and roadways may be controlled and limited by the City of Northfield in the interests of public safety and efficient traffic flow. New access driveways must receive prior written approval from the City of Northfield. 9. Temporary Rock Construction Entrance: It will be necessary for any Contractor that is doing construction that may result in mud or debris being left on city streets to construct a temporary rock entrance. The temporary rock entrance shall be maintained through out the project until such a time that the City Engineering Department has deemed it unnecessary. If rock entrances are not constructed, the City will issue a stop work order until the temporary rock entrances are in place. SECTION II: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Driveway Entrance Construction 1. Curb Cutting: Curb entrance cuts shall be made by removal of the entire curb and gutter section across the width of the entrance. All curb cuts shall be made by use of an approved power concrete saw. All cuts shall be made in a neat and uniform manner. The expense of such curb cutting and entrance construction shall be paid for by the person applying for the permit. Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Page 2

224 2. Entrance Design (Refer to Plates No.1 through 4 which are attached and incorporated herein by reference): a. Residential entrances shall be constructed to a minimum width of 12 feet and a maximum of 20 feet. b. Commercial and Mulit-family entrances shall be constructed to a minimum width of 24 feet and a maximum width of 32 feet. c. A four (4) foot concrete apron will be required immediately behind the curb and gutter on all entranced constructed in boulevards without sidewalk. (Refer to Plate No. 2) d. Entrances constructed on boulevards with existing sidewalk shall be surfaced with concrete between the curb and gutter and the sidewalk. (Refer to Plate No. 1) e. Entrances shall be constructed as shown on Plates No. 1 through 4 attached to this policy. Variations will require approval by the City Engineer. f. If it is necessary to remove extra sidewalk and regrade boulevards to install driveways to meet maximum slope requirements it will be entirely at the property owner's expense. 3. Temporary Rock Construction Entrance: Temporary rock entrances shall be constructed per Plate No. 6. If soil conditions are so wet that rock will be pushed into the mud, geotextile fabric will be required below the rock surface. 4. Foundation Preparation: The foundation shall be excavated, shaped and compacted to a firm uniform bearing surface. Unsuitable subgrade soils shall be removed and replaced as necessary. A minimum of 6 inches of Class 5 aggregate base shall be placed and compacted thoroughly prior to surfacing. 5. Forms: Forms shall be metal, or wood or other suitable material capable of sustaining the concrete in its proper position until set. 6. Concrete Joints: Construction joints shall be provided at 10-foot intervals in curb and gutter construction. Contraction joints may be formed or sawed. Joints shall be aligned with similar joints in adjoining work when practicable. 7. Placing and Finishing Concrete: Immediately before placing the concrete, the inside faces of the forms shall be wetted and the foundation moistened with water. The concrete shall be placed in a manner that will prevent segregation, consolidated by hand tamping or internal vibrating to fill all voids, struck off to the required grade, and floated smooth. Curb face forms and contraction joint inserts shall be removed as soon as the concrete has set sufficiently to retain its molded shape. Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Page 3

225 The top surface and face of curbs shall be hand-floated with a suitable trowel as soon after the face forms have been removed and as soon as the condition of the concrete will permit. After the water sheen has disappeared, joints and edges shall be rounded to the radii shown in Plates No. 1, 2, and 3, and all concrete surfaces exposed to view shall be lightly brushed to a uniform texture. Side forms shall remain in place for at least 12 hours after the concrete has been cast. All cavities shall be filled with mortar after removal of the side forms. 8. Concrete Curing and Protection: After the finishing operations have been completed and as soon as the set of the concrete permits, the concrete shall be cured for a minimum period of 72 hours in accordance with Section M of the Minnesota Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 9. Backfill Construction: As soon as possible without subjecting the concrete work to damaging stresses, backfill shall be completed and the boulevard restored with 4 inches of topsoil and reseeded or resodded as necessary to restore it to its prior condition. All surplus materials shall be removed from the public right-of-way and disposed of. 10. Workmanship and Finish: The complete concrete work shall give the appearance of uniformity in surface contour and texture, and shall be accurately constructed to line and grade. The required joints and joint sealing shall show neat workmanship. Edge and surface alignment on curved construction shall conform closely to the planned curvature, and the flow line surface of gutters shall be finished as necessary to eliminate low spots and avoid entrapment of water. Concrete edges and surfaces designed to straight lines or grades shall be checked with a 10-foot straightedge, and any deviations therefrom in excess of 1/4 inch shall be considered unacceptable work. All concrete surfaces shall be of a broomed finish. B. Sidewalk Construction: 1. Changes in alignment and grade must be approved by the City Engineer prior to construction. 2. Forming, placing, finishing; and curing concrete shall be as directed under entrance construction above. 3. Sidewalks must be a minimum of 3,900 pounds per square inch cement, 5% air entrainment, nominal 4 thickness, and 6 thickness on driveway section, and a 5 width. Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Page 4

226 C. Material 4. The joint on either side of the driveway section (where the 6 thick area abuts the 4 thick portion) must be an expansion joint. In addition, expansion joints must be used at each return. (A return is an area where the sidewalk continues but changes direction such as at an intersection of the public and private walks.) On long runs, it is suggested that every second or third joint be an expansion joint, rather than a rolled control joint. 5. Prior to the sidewalk being poured the Engineering Department shall make an inspection of the forms. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to make the arrangements for this inspection by calling the Engineering Department at A minimum of 24 hours notice is required. 6. State Statute requires that with new installation of sidewalks or when improving or replacing existing sidewalks, ramps at crosswalks shall be installed. When removing a corner sidewalk section, one curb must be made handicapped accessible with a ramp. Ramp shall be constructed per Plate No Sidewalks and pedestrian ramps must be installed to a maximum longitudinal slope of five (5) percent and a cross slope equal to two (2) percent. 8. Sidewalks shall have a broom finish. Sidewalks cannot be troweled to a smooth finish. 9. During replacement of a sidewalk, barricades must be utilized where necessary to prevent injury to pedestrians. 1. Aggregate base Class 5 shall conform to Minnesota Department of Transportation Specification Concrete used in entrance and sidewalk construction shall conform to Minnesota Department of Transportation Specification 2461 and shall be Type 3, air entrained concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3900 lbs. 3. Bituminous surfacing shall conform to Minnesota Department of Transportation Specification 3231, 2341, or Driveway and Sidewalk Construction Page 5

227 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA MODULAR BLOCK RETAINING WALL SPECIFICATION Article Index Page Number 1.00 Summary Method of Measurement and Payment Specification Reference Submittal Materials Source Quality Control Construction Requirements 4

228 1.00 SUMMARY 1.01 GENERAL The work under this section of these specifications includes, or is incidental to, the design, furnishing, and constructing a modular block retaining wall as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein. The work shall include the footings, drainage, the modular block, anchoring devices, railings, specified accessories and related items of construction LOCATION AND CONFIGURATION The retaining wall shall be constructed in the location and configuration as shown on the plans; however, the Engineer reserves the right to alter this alignment to improve constructability and/or aesthetics DESIGN Geosynthetic wall reinforcement shall be designed as part of the modular block retaining wall system and shall be certified by the designer of the retaining wall system that it meets the necessary strength and durability criteria for the application METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The furnishing and installing of specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated retaining wall items. Such items of work include but are not limited to: A. Furnishing and installing appropriate sub-drainage, including piping and granular backfill, include in the price bid for retaining wall. B. Excavation, furnishing and installing granular footing material, and backfilling, include in the price bid for retaining wall. C. Furnishing and installing any anchoring support necessary, include in the price bid for retaining wall. D. Furnishing and installing a geosynthetic wall reinforcement system, include in the price bid for retaining wall. E. Disposal of any excess or unsuitable excavated material, include in the price bid for retaining wall. F. Protecting existing improvements from damage included in the price bid for retaining wall. G. Gradation and compaction testing to meet requirements of source and field quality control include in the price bid for retaining wall. H. Preparation, furnishing, and applying surface sealer as specified herein, include in the price bid for retaining wall SPECIFICATION REFERENCE A. The design shall be per AASHTO and the Mn/DOT Road Design Manual. Modular Block Retaining Wall- Page 1

229 B. The materials, design, fabrication and erection of the retaining wall, foundation, geosynthetic wall reinforcement and associated items shall conform to the current Mn/DOT Specification Section Minor Concrete Structures and Mn/DOT Technical Memorandum No MRR-03 or updates thereto, except as modified herein C. The material, excavation and backfill for the retaining wall and associated items shall conform to the current Mn/DOT Specification Section Structure Excavations and Backfill, except as modified herein. D. Unless otherwise noted, the provisions in this Section are in addition to the referenced specifications. E. In addition, all work and equipment shall conform to the most current applicable OSHA standards SUBMITTAL A. See Section B. The successful bidder shall submit detailed design drawings and computations for the construction of the modular block retaining wall. The drawings and computations shall include, but not be limited to, footing / foundation drawings, wall details, anchoring requirements, compaction requirements, subdrainage details, railing details, re-bar schedules and other drawings and details that are appropriate for the successful completion of the project. C. Each manufacturing facility shall provide the State Materials Engineer with a copy of its quality control plan and procedures, including testing rates and material sources. Each manufacturing facility shall also supply test reports and documentation to verify compliance with this Specification. D. Included shall be a typical section detailing excavation limits, geotextile locations, block embedments, leveling pad dimensions, backfill, etc. Include as many sections and other views necessary for the construction and inspection of the wall. The information on embedment, geotextile locations, and geotextile lengths as they relate to wall heights may be shown in tabular form. Also included shall be pertinent information on the individual blocks, the geotextile material and compaction requirements. E. All drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be certified and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Minnesota. Each plan sheet shall clearly identify the name of the responsible engineering firm and the name of the person certifying the plan MATERIALS The modular block units shall be as manufactured by one of the following firms or an approved equal: A. Keystone Retaining Wall Systems Modular Block Retaining Wall- Page 2

230 B. Rockwood Wall Systems C. Anchor Wall System D. Versa-lok E. Allan Block 5.01 SURFACE SEALER Surface sealers shall meet the requirements on file in the Mn/DOT Concrete Engineering Unit (651/ ). The list may also be viewed on the Mn/DOT website at: GEOSYNTHETIC WALL REINFORCEMENT No exception to the referenced specification is made SUB-SURFACE DRAINS a. Perforated PVC drain pipe, SDR35 (ASTM D3034) b. Perforated PVC drain pipe, A-2000 (ASTM D2412) c. Perforated corrugated polyethylene drainage tubing, PE (ASTM D3350) d. Cleanout caps on inspection tees shall be cast iron screw in type GEOTEXTILE SOCK The geotextile sock shall conform to the requirements of Mn/DOT 3733, Type I GRANULAR MATERIALS The filter aggregate shall conform to the requirements of Mn/DOT 3149-H for coarse filter aggregate SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL The minimum required sampling rate for laboratory testing is one sample set per 10,000 units or fraction thereof, with a minimum of one sample per product type per contract. Sample size = 5 whole units per block type. Wall units and cap units are considered separate block types. The units shall conform to ASTM C1372, except that: A. The minimum compressive strength requirements shall be 38 Mpa (5500 psi) for any individual unit and 40 Mpa (5800 psi) for the average of 3 units. B. The freeze/thaw durability of wall units tested in accordance with ASTM C 1262 in a 3% saline solution shall be the minimum of the following: a. The weight loss of each of five test specimens at the conclusion of 90 cycles shall not exceed 1% of its initial weight; or b. The weight loss of 4 out of 5 test specimens at the conclusion of 100 cycles shall not exceed 1.5% of its initial weight, with the maximum allowable weight loss for the 5th specimen to not exceed 10%. Modular Block Retaining Wall- Page 3

231 C. The freeze/thaw durability of cap units test tested in accordance with ASTM C 1262 in a 3% saline solution shall be the minimum of the following: a. The weight loss of each of five test specimens at the conclusion of 40 cycles shall not exceed 1% of its initial weight; or b. The weight loss of 4 out of 5 test specimens at the conclusion of 50 cycles shall not exceed 1.5% of its initial weight, with the maximum allowable weight loss for the 5th specimen not to exceed 10%. D. Cap units must meet the requirements of (a) and (c) and have a top surface sloped at minimum of 1 mm fall per 10 mm run (1 inch fall per 10 inches run) front to back or be crowned at the center. E. ASTM C 1262 test results shall be recorded and reported in 10 cycle intervals F. Note: It is the intention of this testing that 100% of the wall units and cap units meet the weight loss requirements for (b1) and (c1) respectively, or that a minimum of 80% of the wall units and cap units tested meet the weight loss requirements for (b2) and (c2) respectively. If a manufacturer chooses to increase the sample size tested beyond the 5 units required for each block type, these percentages will still apply to the sample size chosen (i.e. if a sample size of 7 blocks is tested a minimum of 6 must meet the weight loss requirement of (b2) or (c2), if a sample size of 10 blocks is tested a minimum of 8 must meet the weight loss requirement) SAMPLING AND TESTING Cap units and wall units shall be sampled and tested as separate block types. Shall conform to ASTM C 140, except that: Section shall be deleted and replaced with: A. The specimens shall be coupons cut from a finished side or back shell of each unit and sawn to remove any face shell projections. The coupon size shall have a height to thickness ratio of 2 to 1 before capping and a length to thickness ratio of 4 to 1. The coupon shall be cut from the unit such that the coupon height dimension is in the same direction as the unit height dimension. Compressive testing of full size units will not be permitted. The compressive strength of the coupon shall be assumed to represent the net area compressive strength of the whole unit CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS All work shall be done in accordance with the approved drawings SEALER A. Segmental masonry retaining wall surface sealing shall consist of preparation, furnishing and applying the surface sealer to the top, exposed front face, and backside of the upper three courses of all walls. B. Due to the potentially hazardous ingredients contained in sealer formulations extreme care must be exercised in their handling and use, and the manufacturer s recommendations shall be closely followed. Modular Block Retaining Wall- Page 4

232 C. The Contractor shall comply with the manufacturers written instructions for preparing, handling and applying the surface sealer. D. The surface to be treated shall receive a light water-blast to the extent that the surface is clean and free of oils. E. Before the surface sealer is applied the surface to be sealed shall be dry and free of all dust, debris, and frost. F. Surface sealers shall be applied at the heaviest application rate specified by the manufacturer. Modular Block Retaining Wall- Page 5

233 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL SPECIFICATION Article Index Page Number 1.00 Summary Method of Measurement and Payment Specification References Materials General Execution Construction Requirements Erosion Control Rapid Stabilization Sediment Control Devices 8

234 1.00 SUMMARY 1.01 GENERAL This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment and performances of all work and services necessary or incidental to temporary erosion control as indicated on the plans or as specified herein or as directed by the Engineer MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY (MPCA) GENERAL STORM WATER PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY (MN R100001) A. The Owner has developed a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in accordance with Part III (Storm Water Discharge Design Requirements) of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)/State Disposal System Permit that is included following this technical specification or in the Appendix. B. As a condition of the Award, the Contractor shall assume the role of Operator under the NPDES Permit by submitting an Application For Permit Transfer/Modification within 7 days of acknowledging the Notice of Award. Late submittals will not be rejected; however, the MPCA reserves the right to take enforcement for any unpermitted discharges or permit noncompliance for the new registered party that has assumed control of the site. C. For storm water discharges from construction activities where the Owner or Operator (Contractor) changes, the new Owner or Operator can implement the original SWPPP created for the project or develop and implement their own SWPPP. D. Permittee(s) shall ensure either directly or through coordination with other Permittee(s) that their SWPPP meets all terms and conditions of this permit and that their activities do not render ineffective another party s erosion prevention and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMP s). E. The Contractor shall maintain copies of the SWPPP on the project site at all times and comply with all provisions contained therein. F. Process Summary: a. Owner issues Notice of Award to Contractor b. Contractor acknowledges the Notice of Award c. Within 7 days of acknowledgement, the Contractor submits Application For Permit Transfer/Modification to the MPCA to accept the responsibilities f the Operator on the NPDES Permit. Copies of the application shall be sent to the Owner and the Engineer. Erosion and Sediment Control Page 1

235 d. The Contractor may then review the SWPPP and propose changes or a new SWPPP to the Engineer for review and comment; and the Owner for approval. i. During the review and modification period, all work performed on the project shall be in compliance with the original SWPPP, including having copies available on the project site. ii. Once a SWPPP is modified/amended, the Contractor shall distribute new copies to the Owner, the Engineer, the onsite project supervisor and the construction observer ELEMENTS OF TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL Three distinct elements of temporary erosion control are the responsibility of the Contractor: A. Erosion Control The requirement is to prevent the separation of soil particles from the soil surface and is generally met with good construction practices. B. Rapid Stabilization This stabilization process is directed at areas of a critical or unique characteristic to prevent the separation of soil particles from the soil surface. This work may be required at any time during the contract on small areas that may or may not be accessible with normal equipment. C. Sediment Control The installation and maintenance of barrier control devices across drainage ways to prevent fugitive soil particles from leaving the site. D. All elements of sediment control must be installed at downstream stormwater exit points prior to any soil disturbing activities upstream METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The furnishing and installing specific items and/or the performance of work under certain circumstances shall not be individually paid. The costs shall be included in the unit price bid for the associated erosion and control and excavation items. Such items or work include but are not limited to: A. Complying with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) General Storm Water Permit for Construction Activity (MN R100001) Reference Section Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). B. Maintaining clean exit areas or roads from the site. C. Sweeping adjacent streets clean of excess soil. Erosion and Sediment Control Page 2

236 D. Cleaning storm sewers, drain tiles and culverts that have been partially or completely obstructed by sediment that originated from the site. E. Geotextile fabric for rock installation. F. Geotextile fabric to wrap prefabricated inlet protection devices. G. Aggregate to anchor and act as a filter for prefabricated inlet protection devices. H. Aggregate associated with the construction of temporary sediment traps. I. Emergency erosion control mobilization SPECIFICATION REFERENCES A. Mn/DOT Specification Section 2573 shall apply to temporary erosion control. B. Mn/DOT Specification Section 3889 shall apply to ditch checks. C. Mn/DOT Technical Memorandum No ENV-04 shall apply. In the event of a difference between Specification 2573 and the Technical Memorandum, the Technical Memorandum shall apply. D. Unless noted otherwise, the provisions in this section are in addition to the referenced specification MATERIALS 4.01 EROSION CONTROL No exception to the referenced specification 4.02 RAPID STABILIZATION A. Method 1 Type 1 2 tons/acre and disc anchoring. B. Method 2 Applying type 1 mulch and tacking it with type 1 hydraulic soil 200 pounds/acre. C. Method 3 Seed mixture 20 pounds/1,000 gallons. a. Fertilizer 100 pounds/1,000 gallons. b. Type 6 Hydraulic Soil Stabilizer 625 pounds/1,000 gallons. c. Water ratio 1,000 gallons. D. Method 4 Erosion Control Blanket, Category III. a. See Mixture 2 pounds/100 square yards. ٠ Phosphorous content at the time of turf establishment shall be: 0% in metropolitan counties. 3% in non-metropolitan counties unless the local jurisdiction enacted legislation prior to August 1, 2002 that provided more stringent limits.

237 b. Fertilizer 8 pounds/100 square yards. E. Method 5 Rip Rap Class 1. a. Geotextile Type III SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES A. Bale Check as specified in the referenced specification. B. Silt Fence : a. Heavy Duty, as specified in the referenced specification. b. Preassembled, as specified in the referenced specification. c. Machine sliced, as specified in the referenced specification. C. InfraSafe prefabricated sediment control barriers as manufactured by Royal Environmental Systems, or approved equal. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, barrier devices shall be wrapped in geotextile fabric or surrounded with aggregate to filter the water during periods of limited flow. D. Ditch Checks a. Type 3 Bioroll Blanket System b. Type 7 Rock Check 5.00 GENERAL EXECUTION A. Prior to construction, the Owner, Engineer and Contractor shall observe the existing storm water outfall system and discharge area and shall document the existing conditions. Upon completion of surface restoration (i.e., paving and turf establishment), the storm water outfall system and discharge area shall be observed and all increased sediment deposits shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. All increases in sediment deposits shall be considered to have originated from the project site. B. Prior to construction, the Owner, Engineer and Contractor shall review the project to identify critical areas that could require rapid stabilization during the construction process, and develop a plan to either mitigate disturbance to those areas or identify the methods of rapid stabilization most appropriate. C. Exit areas or roads shall be kept clean of excess soil by routine sweeping. D. The Contractor shall salvage, transport and place cohesive materials excavated from the work for use in constructing the berm for temporary sediment traps. ٠ Phosphorous content at the time of turf establishment shall be: 0% in metropolitan counties. 3% in non-metropolitan counties unless the local jurisdiction enacted legislation prior to August 1, 2002 that provided more stringent limits.

238 6.00 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. A goal of the project during construction is to get the cleanest water possible into the storm drainage systems as quickly as possible and protect critical and unique areas. Every effort shall be required by the Contractor to achieve these goals. B. The Contractor shall control drainage and erosion on the project including: haul roads, temporary construction, waste disposal sites, plant and storage locations, and borrow pits, other than commercially operated sources. The Contractor shall clean up the area, shape the area to allow storm runoff with a minimum of erosion and/or siltation, replace topsoil, and establish vegetative cover to the satisfaction of the Engineer on areas where the potential for pollution has been increased due to the Contractor s operations. C. If Contractor fails to install and/or perform the appropriate erosion, rapid stabilization and sediment control practices, as determined by the Engineer, the Engineer may issue a written order to the Contractor. The Contractor shall respond within 24 hours with sufficient personnel, equipment and/or materials and conduct the required work or be subject to a $500 per calendar day deduction for non-completion. D. When the Engineer determines that the erosion, rapid stabilization and/or sediment control practices installed by the Contractor have failed, the Contractor shall correct the cause and alleviate all sediment deposition, to the fullest extent possible. If the corrective action is not taken in a timely manner, the Engineer may issue a written order to the Contractor. The Contractor shall respond within 24 hours with sufficient personnel, equipment and/or materials and conduct the required work or be subject to a $500 per calendar day deduction for non-completion. E. Unless the project has received approval or certification for depositing fill into surface waters, the Contractor shall remove all deltas and sediment deposited in drainage ways or catch basins and restabilize the areas where sediment removal results in exposed soil. The removal and stabilization shall take place within 7 calendar days of discovery unless precluded by legal, regulatory, or physical access restraints. If precluded, removal and stabilization must take place within 7 calendar days of obtaining access. The Contractor is responsible for contacting all local, regional, State, and Federal authorities before working in surface waters and obtaining applicable permits. F. Where applicable, the Contractor will be required to co-sign for a General Storm Water Permit for construction activity with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA). The application form and information is included in the appendix of these specifications. The ٠ Phosphorous content at the time of turf establishment shall be: 0% in metropolitan counties. 3% in non-metropolitan counties unless the local jurisdiction enacted legislation prior to August 1, 2002 that provided more stringent limits.

239 Owner will initiate the Permit process and pay the required Application Fee. The Contractor will be required to comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Permit that also includes performing the required inspections of the erosion control devices and maintaining an Inspector s Log for the MPCA Storm Water Permit. A copy of the proposed log form is available from the Engineer EROSION CONTROL Unless precluded by snow cover, all exposed soil areas, including topsoil stockpiles, shall have temporary erosion control or permanent cover for the exposed soil areas within the following time frames (For the purpose of this provision, exposed soil areas do not include surcharge areas or stockpiles of sand, gravel, aggregate, concrete, or bituminous.): Type of Slope Steeper than 1 Vertical to 3 Horizontal Between 1:3 and 1:10 Flatter than 1:10 Temporary Protection or Permanent Cover Where the Area Has Not Been, or Will Not Be, Worked by the Contractor for: 7 Days 14 Days 21 Days 8.00 RAPID STABILIZATION Unless precluded by snow cover, all exposed soil areas, including topsoil stockpiles, with a continuous positive slope within 100 feet of surface waters, or from a curb, gutter, storm sewer inlet, temporary or permanent drainage ditch, or other storm water conveyance system, shall have rapid stabilization or permanent cover for the exposed soil areas within the following time frames (For the purpose of this provision, exposed soil areas do not include surcharge areas or stockpiles of sand, gravel, aggregate, concrete or bituminous.): Type of Slope Steeper than 1 Vertical to 3 Horizontal Between 1:3 and 1:10 Flatter than 1:10 Temporary Protection or Permanent Cover Where the Area Has Not Been, or Will Not Be, Worked by the Contractor for: 7 Days 14 Days 21 Days The Engineer may order the work at any time during the contract and will be for small critical areas, which may or may not be accessible with normal equipment. These methods should be used for areas within 200 feet of Waters of the State and to stabilize the critical areas within the timeframe designated in the MPDES permit. The approximate number of locations requiring rapid stabilization will be indicated in the Plans. The Engineer may adjust the number of location and sequence of the work based Erosion and Sediment Control Page 6

240 on project conditions. Mobilization to each location or groups of locations shall be incidental. The approximate quantities of work per mobilization to the areas requiring rapid stabilization is dependent on method as follows: A. Minimum Areas / Quantities for application (approximate) a. Method acres. b. Method acres. c. Method 3 4,000 gallons. d. Method square yards. e. Method tons. B. Placement a. Shaping of areas that shall be observed by the Engineer prior to placement of any of the rapid stabilization materials. b. Method 1, Apply type 1 mulch and anchor with disc anchoring. Prior to placement the soil surface shall be in a loose condition so that the mulch can be anchored. The mulch shall be placed in the areas directed by the Engineer and to obtain approximately 90% ground coverage. Wherever possible the mulch shall be placed by blower equipment and in inaccessible areas may have to be placed by hand. Immediately after placement, the mulch shall be anchored with a disc-anchoring tool per specification H. c. Method 2, Apply type 1 mulch and tack it with type 1 hydraulic soil stabilizer. The same placement procedure applies, as in Method 1 except the mulch shall be sprayed with type 1 hydraulic soil stabilizer at a rate of 220 g.ha (200 pounds/per acre) per specification H. No disc anchoring. d. Method 3, Hydro spread of seed, fertilizer and hydraulic soil stabilizer. Rate of slurry application shall be variable depending on surface roughness, slope configuration and degree of undulation. Amount of material applied shall be such to obtain 100% soil surface coverage. To obtain the coverage, two (2) passes may be necessary. In inaccessible areas, the mix may be pumped through a hose. e. Method 4, Hand install seed, fertilizer and erosion control blanket. The fertilizer seed and erosion control blanket shall be placed in the upgrade end of each blanket strip shall be buried at least 150mm (6 inches) in a vertical check slot. Staples shall be placed at seams, and throughout the blanket at a maximum spacing of 2 feet. f. Method 5, Place geotextile and rock in various configurations. Rock and geotextile shall be placed in the areas and to the configurations directed by the Engineer. Erosion and Sediment Control Page 7

241 9.00 SEDIMENT CONTROL DEVICES A. The Contractor shall install Sediment Control Devices where control is required and/or where directed by the Engineer. The control measures as shown on the plans shall be considered the minimum requirements with additional measures required dependent on construction sequencing and scheduling. B. Inlet Protection shall be used around catch basins and/or other surface water accesses to any existing or proposed storm water conveyance system. C. The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to prevent excess soil erosion of the project. Temporary erosion control devices shall be constructed, maintained and left in place to such time as permanent erosion control measures are in place or instructed to remove them by the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall construct temporary sediment traps with granular outlets within the disturbed roadway area and shall stockpile a sufficient quantity of suitable fill material to regrade sedimentation ponds and temporary ditches to match the subgrade elevation INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall routinely inspect the construction site once every seven (7) days during active construction and within 24 hours of a rainfall event greater than 0.5 inches in a 24 hour period. B. All inspections performed during construction must be recorded and records retained with the SWPP in accordance with the Storm Water Permit. C. Silt fence, erosion control, and other BMP's must be replaced, repaired, or supplemented when they reach 50% design load FINAL STABILIZATION A. The Contractor shall ensure final stabilization of the site. The Contractor shall submit a Notice Of Termination within 30 days after final stabilization is complete or control has been passed to another owner. B. The Contractor shall remove all temporary erosion control measures and BMP's as part of the final site stabilization. C. The storm water permit further defines final stabilization and its requirements. Erosion and Sediment Control Page 8

242 CITY OF NORTHFIELD, MINNESOTA STANDARD DETAILS INDEX PLATE NUMBER DESCRIPTION 1 Residential Driveway Entrance with Boulevard Sidewalk 2 Residential, Multi-Family & Commercial Driveways for Existing 4 Apron without Boulevard Sidewalk 3 Commercial Entrance without Boulevard Sidewalk 4 Commercial Entrance with Boulevard Sidewalk Typical Pedestrian Ramp 6 Rock Construction Entrance 7 Typical Street Section 8 B618 Curb Section 9 Concrete Valley Gutter 10 Typical Intersection 11 Bituminous Pathway 12 Typical Concrete Street Section 13 Inlet Protection Rock Bag 14 Retaining Wall Detail 15 Residential Concrete Steps and Handrail 100 PVC Pipe Bedding 101 Pipe Bedding Classification Class B

243 102 Pipe Bedding Classification Class C 103 Bedding Detail for Pipe Placed in Rock 104 Determination of Rock Quantities 200 Typical Section Raised Manhole & G.V. Castings 201 Manhole Slab Top 202 Manhole Step Casting 203 Flexible Watertight Connection 204 Top Slab Manhole 48 Dia. Riser Section 205 Manhole Slab Alternate to Cone Section 300 Catch Basin Type A Rectangular 301 Catch Basin Manhole 302 Catch Basin With Beehive Style Casting 303 Flared End Section and Trash Guard 304 Energy Dissipater and Trash Guard 305 Perforated Sump Manhole 306 Catch Basin Box-out 307 Perforated Wall Inlet Protection 308 Geotextile Bag Inlet Protection 309 Drainage Structure Design Special 400 Standard Manhole 401 Standard Drop Section Manhole 402 Service Riser Section

244 403 Typical House Service 404 Service Line Cleanouts 405 Watertight Manhole 406 Dead End Manhole 407 Service Abandonment 408 Sanitary Sewer Service Tracer Wire Access Box Tracer Wire Details 500 Water Main and Sanitary Sewer Crossing 501 Blocking for Watermain 502 Typical Hydrant with Valve Box in Boulevard 503 Valve Box Installation 504 Typical Water Service for Watermain 505 Air Relief Manhole 506 Typical 6 Water Service 600 Timber Pile Bent Sanitary Sewer 601 Timber Pile Bent Watermain 602 Double Timber Pile Bent

245 2% SLOPE NOTE: AT THE JOINTS WHERE SIDEWALK TRANSITIONS FROM 6" TO 4", EXPANSION MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED. 1/2" EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE PLACED ALONG FULL WIDTH OF JOINT R.O.W. LINE 1' R.O.W. LINE VARIABLE 10% MAX. SLOPE 1% MIN. SLOPE 1/2" EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE PLACED ALONG FULL WIDTH OF JOINT 6' 1/2" EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE PLACED ALONG FULL WIDTH OF JOINT 1' 3' 32' MAX. MULTI-FAMILY 20' MAXIMUM 12' MINIMUM 3' NOTE: CURBS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 10' BETWEEN JOINTS. 6" CONC. WALK & DRIVEWAY 4" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION CONCRETE SIDEWALK & DRIVEWAY NOTE: DRIVEWAY SHALL BE JOINTED SO THAT PANELS DO NOT EXCEED 100 sf. NOTE: CONCRETE JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN, ANY DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION. NOTE: IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE CURB AND GUTTER, EXPANSION MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED WHERE THE NEW CURB AND GUTTER ABUTS THE EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER. 10% MAX. SLOPE 1% MIN. SLOPE 2% SLOPE 3' TAPER 20' MAXIMUM 12' MINIMUM 32' MAX. MULTI-FAMILY 3' TAPER NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

246 10% MAX. SLOPE 1% MIN. SLOPE EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE PLACED ALONG FULL WIDTH OF JOINT R.O.W. LINE R.O.W. LINE VARIABLE EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE PLACED ALONG FULL WIDTH OF JOINT 4' 1' 3' 20' MAX. - 12' MIN. RESIDENTIAL 32' MAX. - 18' MIN. MULTI-FAMILY 32' MAX. - 18' MIN. COMMERCIAL 3' 3" BITUMINOUS 6" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION BITUMINOUS DRIVEWAY 6" CONC. DRIVEWAY 4" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION CONCRETE SIDEWALK & DRIVEWAY NOTE: CONCRETE JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN, ANY DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION. NOTE: DRIVEWAY SHALL BE JOINTED SO THAT PANELS DO NOT EXCEED 100 sf. NOTE: CURBS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 10' BETWEEN JOINTS. 10% MAX. SLOPE 1% MIN. SLOPE NOTE: IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE CURB AND GUTTER, EXPANSION MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED WHERE THE NEW CURB AND GUTTER ABUTS THE EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER. 6" CONCRETE 3' TAPER 20' MAX. - 12' MIN. RESIDENTIAL 32' MAX. - 18' MULTI-FAMILY 32' MAX. - 18' MIN. COMMERCIAL 3' TAPER NOTE: THIS TYPE OF DRIVEWAY LAYOUT CAN BE USED ONLY WHERE THERE IS AN EXISTING 4' APRON. NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

247 EXPANSION MATERIAL R.O.W. LIMITS TO BE INSTALLED R.O.W. LIMITS 30' RAD, MAX. 18' MIN. WIDTH - 32' MAX. WIDTH CONCRETE OR BITUMINOUS TO R.O.W. 10% MAX. SLOPE 1.0% MIN. SLOPE 30' RAD. MAX. 3' VALLEY GUTTER EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE INSTALLED TRIANGULAR SECTIONS EXPANSION MATERIAL SHALL BE CONCRETE TO BE INSTALLED 3" BITUMINOUS 8" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION BITUMINOUS DRIVEWAY 6" CONC DRIVEWAY 6" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION CONCRETE DRIVEWAY 18" 7" CONCRETE TYPICAL SECTION 3' CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER 3' 18" 6" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE NOTE: CONCRETE JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN, ANY DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION. NOTE: CURBS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM OF 10' BETWEEN JOINTS. NOTE: IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE CURB AND GUTTER, EXPANSION MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED WHERE THE NEW CURB AND GUTTER ABUTS THE EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER. VARIABLE NOTE: THIS TYPE OF DRIVEWAY CAN BE USED ONLY WHEN BOULEVARD SIDEWALK IS NOT PRESENT. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

248 30' RAD, MAX. BEGIN 3' TAPER BEGIN 3' TAPER 18' MIN. WIDTH - 32' MAX. WIDTH 30' RAD. MAX. R.O.W. LIMITS R.O.W. LIMITS 2% SLOPE BEGIN 3' TAPER 10% MAX. 1.0% MIN. VARIABLE BEGIN 3' TAPER EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE INSTALLED EXPANSION MATERIAL TO BE INSTALLED 6" CONC. WALK & DRIVE 6" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION CONCRETE SIDEWALK & DRIVEWAY NOTE: CONCRETE JOINTS SHALL BE AS SHOWN, ANY DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION. NOTE: DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE JOINTED SO THAT THERE ARE NO PANELS THAT EXCEED 100 sf. NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

249 NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: N.J.B. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota PLATE NO: 5.1

250 NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: N.J.B. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota PLATE NO: 5.2

251 NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: N.J.B. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota PLATE NO: 5.3

252 NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: N.J.B. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota PLATE NO: 5.4

253 ROCK CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE 75' MIN. COMMERCIAL 30' MIN. RESIDENTIAL HARD SURFACED PUBLIC ROAD COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 20' MIN. COMMERCIAL 15' MIN. RESIDENTIAL STANDARD B618 CURB & GUTTER NOTES: 1) DEPTH OF ROCK ENTRANCE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3". 2) IN AREAS THAT SOIL CONDITIONS ARE WET, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO USE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC UNDER. THE COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE 3) IF THE ROCK BECOMES COMPLETLY FILLED WITH SOIL OR OTHER CONTAMENTS, IT WILL BE NECCESARY TO ADD MORE ROCK TO THE ENTRANCE. NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

254 R.O.W L C R.O.W 30' 30' 8' 16' 16' 8' 1' 5' 5' 1' % TO 10.0% 1.5% 1.0% TO 5.0% 5' SIDEWALK 4" - CL. 5 AGGREGATE BASE B618 CURB & GUTTER 1.0' NOTE: SIDEWALK MAY BE ELIMINATED ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES OF THE STREET IN SOME AREAS. NO LESS THAN 2% PARKWAYS 3% 0.50' CROWN 1.0' 1.0% TO 5.0% 1.5% % TO 10.0% 5' SIDEWALK 4" - CL. 5 AGGREGATE BASE B618 CURB & GUTTER 2" - BITUNIMOUS WEAR COURSE MIX, MNDOT TYPE 2360 SPEWA330C 0.5 GALLON/SQ. YD. TACK COAT 2" - BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE MIX, MNDOT TYPE 2360 SPWEA330C 9" - AGGREGATE BASE, MNDOT CLASS 5 6" - SELECT GRANULAR BORROW SUBGRADE MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. NOTE: SEE PROJECT PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET WIDTH, CURB TYPE, & STREET SECTION. TYPICAL SIDEWALK SECTIONS 4" CONCRETE (6" THROUGH DRIVEWAYS) 4" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE TYPICAL SECTION TO BE CONFIRMED WITH SITE SPECIFIC GEOTECHNICAL REPORT TYPICAL STREET SECTION NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2007 City Of Northfield Minnesota

255 MnDOT B618 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1/2" R 6" 3" R 1/2" R 6" 3/4" PER. FT. 7" 8" 18" DRAWN BY: S.M.S. City Of Northfield Minnesota NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017

256 6" CONCRETE SLAB A B A B INTEGRAL CAST SECTION A-A THRU B618 C. & G. SECTION B-B THRU CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER 6' 3' 3' 7" CONCRETE 2% 2% 6" CLASS 5 AGGR. BASE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

257 3' OPEN VALVE PED RAMPS NEENAH R4984 DETECTABLE WARNING PAVER POWDER COATED GRAY LC OF STREET PED RAMPS NEENAH R4984 DETECTABLE WARNING PAVER POWDER COATED GRAY NOTE: WATERMAIN TO BE INSTALLED ON NORTH AND EAST SIDE OF CENTERLINE. CLOSED VALVE GATE VALVES LOCATED ON PROPERTY LINE EXTENDED NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

258

259 18' 12' C L DRIVING LANES 12' 10' VARIABLE JOINT "A" JOINT "B" JOINT "A" VARIABLE VARIABLE.02'/FT.01'/FT.01'/FT INTEGRAL CURB AND GUTTER 8" CONCRETE INTEGRAL CURB AND GUTTER 6" CLASS 5 AGGREGATE BASE TIE BARS - 1/2" X 30" SPACING 3/4" C L 1 1/2" KEYWAY JOINT "A" JOINT "B" NOTE: SUBGRADE MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. NOTE: CONCRETE SHALL BE MIX NUMBER 3A41. TYPICAL CONCRETE STREET SECTION DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

260 FILL ROCK LOG WITH 45 LBS. OF OPEN GRADED AGGREGATE CONSISTING OF SOUND, DURABLE PARTICLES OF CRUSHED QUARRY ROCK OR GRAVEL CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING GRADATION. PAYMENT SHALL INCLUDE ALL MATERIALS, FILLING OF LOG, PLACEMENT, MAINTENANCE & REMOVAL. 80% OF BID PRICE SHALL BE PAID UPON PROPER PLACEMENT WITH THE FINAL 20% PAID UPON REMOVAL. GRADATION PERCENT SIEVE SIZE PASSING 1 1/2" 100 1" /4" /8" NO NO NO NO NOTE: CRUSHED CONCRETE OR BITUMINOUS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR OPEN GRADED AGGREGATE. ENDS SECURELY CLOSED TO PREVENT LOSS OF OPEN GRADED AGGREGATE FILL, SECURED WITH 50 PSI ZIP TIE INLET PROTECTION WITH ROCK LOG 5"Ø GEOTEXTILE SOCK, TYPE WOVEN MONOFILAMENT CONFORMING TO SPEC TABLE MACHINE SLICE SEAM JOINED BY TWO ROWS OF STITCHING WITH A PLASTIC MESH BACKING OR HEAT BONDED (OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT) INLET PROTECTION - ROCK BAG NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

261 GLUED CAP BLOCK 12" OF FREE DRAINING AGGREGATE DIAMOND BLOCK PLACE GEOTEXTILE BETWEEN WALL AND FREE DRAINING AGGREGATE 1 2" EXPANSION MATERIAL GEOSYNTHETIC REINFORCEMENT SIDEWALK 6" 2' W/ SOCK 6" MINIMUM COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE CLASS 2 4" DIA. P.E. DRAIN TILE THE WALL SYSTEM SHALL BE ANCHOR WALL SYSTEMS DIAMOND BEVELED FACE BLOCK, SALMON IN COLOR OR AN APPROVED EQUAL DRAIN TILE MAY ALSO BE DAYLIGHTED AT THE END OF THE WALL THE WALL SYSTEM SHALL BE 4" DIA. P.E. DRAIN TILE R ANCHOR WALL SYSTEMS DIAMOND BEVELED FACE BLOCK, SALMON IN R W/ SOCK COLOR OR AN APPROVED EQUAL DAYLIGHT DRAIN TILE THROUGH WALL INCLUDE CAPS DAYLIGHT DRAIN TILE THROUGH WALL 2" CUT 2ND COURSE ABOVE GRADE 1ST COURSE ABOVE GRADE 1ST COURSE BELOW GRADE SPACING VARIES (50' MAXIMUM) NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2007 City Of Northfield Minnesota

262 1-1/4" GALVANIZED PIPE WITH 4" PIPE FLANGE FOR ATTACHMENT TO STEPS, PLACE RAILINGS AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER 7-3/4" MAX 10" MIN 34" - 38" VARIES 2" 5" 6" AGGREGATE BASE CLASS 5 MnDOT SPEC " 10" C-C CONCRETE STEPS NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2007 City Of Northfield Minnesota

263 NOTE: EMBEDMENT MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.S.T.M. D2321 AND AS DESCRIBED BELOW: P.V.C. CLASS I & II 100% PASSING A 3/4" SIEVE, & LESS THAN 10% PASSING A NO. 200 SIEVE 12" INITIAL BACKFILL SPRING LINE OF PIPE EMBEDMENT MATERIAL HAUNCHING 6" BEDDING FOUNDATION (IF REQUIRED) NOTE: COMPACTION SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 7.02 OF THE "SANITARY & STORM SEWER SPECIFICATIONS" P.V.C. PIPE BEDDING NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

264 CLASS B PIPE BEDDING O.D. CAREFULLY COMPACTED GRANULAR SELECTED MATERIALS 12" 8" OR 1/4 O.D. WHICHEVER IS LARGER SPRING LINE 3" OR 1/4 O.D. WHICHEVER IS LARGER NATURAL GROUND COMPACTED CRUSHED ROCK OR PEA GRAVEL 100% PASSING A 3/4 SIEVE AND A MAXIMUM OF 5% PASSING A NO. 10 SIEVE NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

265 CLASS C PIPE BEDDING O.D. COMPACTED NORMAL FILL MATERIAL, COMPACTED TO 95% OF THE STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY 6" THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH SHALL BE SHAPED TO FIT THE PIPE BARREL FOR AT LEAST 50% OF THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER.5 O.D. NATURAL GROUND NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

266 Bedding Detail For Pipe Placed in Rock 6" Rock 12" Pipe 12" Rock 6" Granular Backfill in accordance with MnDOT Spec DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2007 City Of Northfield Minnesota

267 DETERMINATION OF ROCK QUANTITIES TOP ROCK FORMATION (A) (B) ROCK 6" 6" PIPE 12" A x B x C 27 = PAY QUANTITY ROCK (A) - OUTSIDE DIAMETER PIPE PLUS 1' (B) - 12" BELOW BARREL OF PIPE TO TOP OF ROCK FORMATION (C) - LENGTH OF PIPE NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

268 BITUMINOUS PATCH SAW CUT EDGE SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE BITUMINOUS PATCH BITUMINOUS PATCH SAW CUT EDGE 1/2" TO 3/4" BELOW FINISH SURFACE (BASE COURSE) SAW CUT EDGE CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. ALL MANHOLES WILL BE RAISED TWICE, ONCE AFTER BASE COURSE, AND ONCE BEFORE THE WEAR COURSE. 2. BASE COURSE - LEAVE MANHOLE CASTING 1/2" - 3/4" BELOW BASE COURSE. 3. WEAR COURSE - LEAVE MANHOLE 1/4" - 1/2" BELOW FINISHED GRADE. 4. GATE VALVES - LEAVE GATE VALVES 1/2"-3/4" BELOW BOTH BASE AND WEAR COURSES. 5. ALL EDGES SHALL BE NEATLY SAWCUT BEFORE PATCHING. TYPICAL SECTION RAISED MANHOLE & G.V. CASTING DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

269 PLAN 8" #4 6" O.C. TOP & BOTTOM 4' #8 BARS BOTTOM ONLY #8 BARS BOTTOM ONLY SECTION 7' - 6" 3" 2" 8" 1-1/2" 7" 1 1/2" NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS 8" DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

270 ROUGH DIAMOND SURFACE 7/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1-/1/4" 1/2" 3/8" 3/8" 1-3/4" 1-1/2" 2" 1-3/4" 1" 1" 2-1/2" 12" 5-1/2" 5" FOR PRECAST WALL SECTION 8" FOR BLOCK WALL SECTION NOTES: 1. MINOR VARIATIONS IN THE ABOVE DESIGN WHICH WILL NOT DECREASE STRENGTH WILL BE PERMITTED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE MnDOT PLATE NO. 4180F. 3. ALL STEPS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF THE MANHOLE EXCEPT FOR SANITARY MANHOLES, ALL STEPS SHALL BE TURNED CLOCKWISE 1/8TH OF A TURN FROM THE DOWNSTREAM INVERT. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

271 DO NOT MORTAR TOP 1/2 OF PIPE DO NOT MORTAR MORTAR ONLY 1/2 OF PIPE WHEN INSTALLING INVERT MANUFACTURER INSTALLED INVERT PIPE END NOT TO EXCEED 2" PAST INSIDE MANHOLE WALL DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

272 CONCRETE ADJUSTING RINGS MIN. 2 RINGS MAX. 4 RINGS STANDARD CASTING NEENAH R-1642B FLOW PRECAST ECCENTRIC REDUCER SECTION 27" 16" O.C. 4' FLOW 12" PLAN VARIABLE TOP SLAB AS PER STANDARD PLATE 4' I.D. PRECAST SECTIONS 5" 4' 8" 6' I.D. PRECAST SECTIONS NOTE: 1. MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS 2. MANHOLE JOINTS WITH O-RING RUBBER GASKETS STEPS AS PER STANDARD PLATE 3. WALLS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF PRECAST SECTIONS 2" 7" DIA. VARIES 8' MIN. CONCRETE SLAB 8" 7' - 6" DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

273 2 EXTRA BARS IN BOTTOM 1 EXTRA BAR IN BOTTOM NO.4 BARS AT 6" O.C. BOTH WAYS 8" 27" 1 EXTRA BAR IN BOTTOM 58" 3 HANDLING HOLES AT 120 SPACING 6" MINIMUM PLUG DIA. 2" 6" MIN. 1" 48" DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

274 6" 36" BACK OF CURB 6" 24" 12" 6" CATCHBASIN CASTING: NEENAH R-3067 OR EQUAL, WITH TYPE "R" GRATE FOR STREET GRADES UP TO 5%. FOR STREET GRADES 5% OR GREATER, USE A TYPE "V" GRATE. 2" PLAN GRATE TO BE 0.1' BELOW GUTTER GRADE. SLOPE GUTTER 5' EACH SIDE OF CATCH BASIN. 5' BOXOUT REQUIRED EACH SIDE OF CATCH BASIN WITH EXPANSION MATERIAL. 6" RINGS MIN.-2, MAX-4 FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN RINGS. 6" CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND OUTSIDE OF RINGS AND CASTING FLANGE. 24" X 36" PRECAST 6-1/2" 4" MIN. 5" VARIES DOGHOUSE SHALL BE GROUTED ON BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE. 4" 6" SECTION DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

275 BACK OF CURB 24"x36" SLAB OPENING R " 6" 36" CATCH BASIN CASTING, NEENAH R-3067 W/TYPE "R" GRATE FOR STREET GRADES ABOVE 5% USE A TYPE "V" GRATE 6" PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB. 18" 6" 24" 6" RINGS MIN.-2, MAX-4 FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN RINGS. 6" CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND OUTSIDE OF RINGS AND CASTING FLANGE. PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS ALL JOINT IN MANHOLE TO HAVE "O" RING RUBBER GASKET 4' GRATE TO BE 0.1' BELOW GUTTER GRADE. SLOPE GUTTER 5' EACH SIDE OF CATCH BASIN. 5' BOXOUT REQUIRED EACH SIDE OF CATCH BASIN WITH EXPANSION MATERIAL. DOGHOUSE SHALL BE GROUTED ON BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE. 6" MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS FOR UP TO 14' DEPTH. INCREASE SLAB THICKNESS 1" FOR EACH 4' OF ADDED DEPTH. REINFORCE W/6"X6", 10/10 MESH. 6" DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

276 USE BEEHIVE GRATE W/FRAME NEENAH NO. R-4342 OR APPROVED EQUAL 2.2' 6" 6" VARIABLE DOGHOUSE SHALL BE GROUTED ON BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE. CONCRETE CONCRETE 6" 6" MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS FOR UP TO 14' DEPTH INCREASE SLAB THICKNESS 1" FOR EACH 4' OF ADDED DEPTH REINFORCE W/ 6" X 6", 10/10 MESH. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

277 EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS RIPRAP FILTER BLANKET LINER SIZE OF PIPE C.Y. C.Y. S.Y. 54" & OVER 36" TO 48" 27" TO 33" 24" & LESS ' TIE LAST 3 JOINTS. USE 2 TIE BOLT FASTENERS PER JOINT INSTALLED AT 60 FROM TOP OR BOTTOM OF PIPE 10' 3' GRANULAR FILTER BLANKET HAND PLACED RIPRAP 3' DEEP, & 3' THICK. EACH STONE SHALL WEIGH 50 POUNDS MINIMUM. SET WITH GROUT. PROVIDE 3 CLIPS TO FASTEN TRASH GUARD TO FLARED END. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. SIZE OF PIPE BARS "H" BOLTS 12" TO 18" 21" TO 42" 42" TO 72" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 4" 6" 12" 5/8" 3/4" 1" ANCHOR BOTH SIDES 6" 2' H TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

278 4" MAX. 4" 3" STEEL PLATE-BOLT TO CONCRETE WITH STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. FRONT VIEW SIZE OF PIPE SIZE OF PLATE BARS BOLTS 12" TO 18" 21" TO 48" 1/4" X 2" 1/4" X 3" 3/4" 1" 2-5/8" 3-3/4" ENERGY DISSIPATER: SEE MnDOT STANDARD PLATE NO. 5200B 4" 4" SIDE VIEW DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

279 Back of Curb 24"x36" slab opening for R-3067 casting. 6" 6" 36" Catch basin casting, Neenah R-3067 Type R Grate 18" 6" 6" Minimum of 2 rings -Maximum of 4 Rings 6" precast reinforced concrete slab. Precast manhole sections 24" All joints in manhole to have "O" ring rubber gaskets. Variable Coarse filter aggregate per MnDOT Spec (H) to be placed around perforated manhole section as shown. 4' 4' 4' 6" minimum slab thickness for up to 14' depth. Increase slab thickness 1" for each 4' of added depth. Reinforce w/6"x6", 10/10 mesh. 6" 4' diameter perforated manhole section to be wrapped w/geotextile fabric Geotextile fabric shall be in accordance with MnDOT Spec Type II DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

280 5' 5' EXPANSION MATERIAL AND (2) NO. 4 BARS 5' 5' 0.10' 1. 6" CONCRETE COLLAR SHALL BE POURED AROUND OUTSIDE OF RINGS AND CASTING FLANGE. 2. BOXOUTS SHALL HAVE 0.10' DROP TO CASTING 3. DRILL AND GROUT 2 NO. 4 12" LONG REINFORCEMENT BARS (EPOXY COATED) 3" MINIMUM FROM CURB EDGE ON FRONT AND BACK DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

281 PLACE BARRIER FRAME ATOP PRE-CAST TOP SLAB PLACE BARRIER FRAME ATOP PRE-CAST TOP SLAB COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE PLACED TO COVER PERFORATIONS COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE PLACED TO COVER PERFORATIONS COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE PLACED TO COVER PERFORATIONS COARSE FILTER AGGREGATE PLACED TO COVER PERFORATIONS TOP VIEW TOP VIEW OPENING IN WALL PERFORATED WALL FRAME CATCH BASIN WALL OPENING IN WALL PERFORATED WALL FRAME CONE SECTION WALL NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

282 NOTES: INLET PROTECTION DEVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED OR REPLACED AT THE DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER. MANUFACTURED ALTERNATIVES APPROVED AND LISTED ON THE DEPARTMENTS EROSION CONTROL PRODUCT ACCEPTABILITY LIST MAY BE SUBSTITUTED. WHEN REMOVING OR MAINTAINING INLET PROTECTION, CARE SHALL BE TAKEN SO THAT THE SEDIMENT TRAPPED ON THE GEOTEXTILE FABRIC DOES NOT FALL IN THE INLET. ANY MATERIAL FALLING INTO THE INLET SHALL BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY. 1 2 FINISHED SIZE, INCLUDING POCKETS WHERE REQUIRED, SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 10" AROUND THE PERIMETER TO FACILITATE MAINTENANCE OR REMOVAL. FLAP POCKETS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCEPT WOOD 2x4. INSTALLATION NOTES: DO NOT INSTALL PROTECTION IN INLETS SHALLOWER THAN 30", MEASURED FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE INLET TO THE TOP OF THE GRATE. TRIM EXCESS FABRIC IN THE FLOW LINE TO WITHIN 3" OF THE GRATE. THE INSTALLED BAG SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SIDE CLEARANCE, BETWEEN THE INLET AND THE BAG, MEASURED AT THE BOTTOM OF THE OVERFLOW HOLES, OF 3". WHERE NECESSARY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLINCH THE BAG, USING PLASTIC ZIP TIES, TO ACHIEVE THE 3" CLEARANCE. THE TIES SHALL BE PLACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 4" FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE BAG. FLAP POCKET 2 INLET SPECIFICATIONS AS PER THE PLAN DIMENSION LENGTH AND WIDTH TO MATCH 1 2 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC, TYPE WOVEN MONOFILAMENT CONFORMING TO SPEC. 3886, TABLE MACHINE SLICE FRONT, BACK AND BOTTOM TO BE MADE FROM SINGLE PIECE OF FABRIC 1' 6" 4" 12" 8" USE REBAR OR STEEL ROD FOR REMOVAL OR FOR INLETS WITH CAST CURB BOX USE WOOD 2x4, EXTEND 10" BEYOND GRATE WIDTH ON BOTH SIDES, LENGTH VARIES, SECURE TO GRATE WITH WIRE OR PLASTIC TIES 4"x6" OVAL HOLE SHALL BE HEAT CUT INTO ALL FOUR SIDE PANELS MINIMUM DOUBLE STITCHED SEAMS ALL AROUND SIDE PIECES AND ON FLAP POCKETS NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

283 NOTE: 1.) PROVIDE INVERTS FOR 4" PE TILE 30" BELOW T.C. WHERE NEEDED. 2.) LOCATIONS TO BE VERIFIED DURING SHOP DRAWING REVIEW. BACK OF CURB 6" CATCHBASIN CASTING: NEENAH R-3067 OR EQUAL, WITH TYPE "R" GRATE FOR STREET GRADES UP TO 5%. FOR STREET GRADES 5% OR GREATER, USE A TYPE "V" GRATE. PLAN GRATE TO BE 0.1' BELOW GUTTER GRADE. SLOPE GUTTER 5' EACH SIDE OF CATCH BASIN. 5' BOXOUT REQUIRED EACH SIDE OF CATCH BASIN WITH EXPANSION MATERIAL. 6" RINGS MIN.-2, MAX-4 FULL BED OF MORTAR BETWEEN RINGS. 6" CONCRETE COLLAR AROUND OUTSIDE OF RINGS AND CASTING FLANGE. 24" X 36" PRECAST 6-1/2" 4" 5" MIN. DOGHOUSE SHALL BE GROUTED ON BOTH OUTSIDE AND INSIDE. SECTION NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

284 NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REDUCER SECTION TO BE PRECAST ECCENTRIC TYPE WITH ON SIDE FACE RELATIVE TO MAINLINE THRU MANHOLE. NOTE: STANDARD CASTING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS EITHER "SANITARY SEWER" OR "STORM SEWER", BY IMPRINTING THOSE WORDS ON THE COVER IN LETTERS TWO (2) INCHES IN HEIGHT. STANDARD CASTING NEENAH R-1642B WITH TWO CONCEALED PICK HOLES. PRECAST ECCENTRIC REDUCER SECTION 27" CONCRETE ADJUSTING RINGS MAX. 4 2" RINGS TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 2 2" RINGS TO BE INSTALLED WALLS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF PRECAST SECTIONS CONCRETE SEWER. IF BLOCKS MUST BE USED THEY SHALL BE PLASTERED ON BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR. A MIN. OF (1) 16" SECTION SHALL BE INSTALL BELOW THE CONE SECTION. 4' GROUT BOTTOM TO SLOPE TOWARD INVERT AS SHOWN BY ARROWS STEPS AS PER STANDARD PLATE NO. 202 INSTALL ON DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF MANHOLE. 16" A 4' A VARIABLE SECTION A-A JOINTS SHALL BE MADE USING CONFINED O-RING GASKETS AS SPECIFIED. THE BOTTOM STEP SHALL BE TURNED 1/8TH OF A TURN CLOCKWISE FROM THE DOWNSTREAM INVERT MANHOLE WALLS SHALL BE SLOPED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FLOW FROM INLET TO OUTLET. MANHOLE BOTTOMS SHALL BE PREFORMED. WHEN PIPES ARE 27" OR LARGER, THE BOTTOM OF MANHOLE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED USING "T" SECTION. FLEXIBLE SLEEVE CONNECTIONS ON ALL PIPES. CONCRETE SLAB THE LARGEST DIAMETER OF PIPE THROUGH THE MANHOLE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED CONTINOUSLY WITH A LOWER 1/2 SECTION OF LINE PIPE OF THAT DIAMETER. 6" BASE FOR ALL MANHOLES LESS THAN 14' DEEP. INCREASE BASE 1" PER 4' OF DEPTH BEYOND 14'. REINFORCE WITH 6 X 6 10/10 MESH. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

285 SLOPE BOTTOM TO PIPE AS SHOWN BY ARROWS 27" 4' SECTION A - A DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL BE USED FOR THIS SECTION, & SHALL BE INSTALLED TO UNDISTURBED SOIL OR A MIN. LENGTH OF 20' 12". TEE (AS SPECIFIED) DUCTILE IRON PIPE VARIABLE MANHOLE WALLS SHALL BE SLOPED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FLOW FROM INLET TO OUTLET HORSESHOES ON ALL SIDES, ALL VOIDS SHALL BE FILLED WITH CONCRETE ANY VOIDS BETWEEN THE HORSESHOES AND THE MANHOLE SHALL BE FILLED WITH CONCRETE MANHOLE DROP SHALL BE POURED INTEGRAL WITH THE BASE SLAB OF THE MANHOLE 3" 6" THE LARGEST DIAMETER OF PIPE THROUGH THE MANHOLE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED CONTINUOUSLY WITH A LOWER 1/2 SECTION OF LINE PIPE OF THAT DIAMETER NOTE: MATCH 0.8ths POINTS OF MAIN LINE SEWER & DROP SECTION PIPE NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

286 4" OR 6" RISER AS SPECIFIED EXCAVATION LIMITS ALL WYES AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SDR 26 SANITARY SEWER MAIN 4" OR 6" TEE SADDLE PIPE DIAMETER VARIABLE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

287 45 BEND WITH WYE ONLY 4" OR 6" SERVICE (AS SPECIFIED) THE PIPE SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH A 4" OR 6" FACTORY JOINT WITH PLUG. USING A FACTORY MANUFACTURED ADAPTOR WHERE NECESSARY. THE PIPE SHALL EXTEND TO THE PROPERTY LINE. VARIES SDR 26 WYE BRANCH PROPERTY LINE CURB LINE MAIN LINE CURB 2" X 2" MARKER PLAN PLUG MAIN LINE MINIMUM OF 1% SLOPE NOTE: IF WATER IS NOT INSTALLED WITH SEWER SERVICE, ATTACH A STEEL FENCE POST TO THE 2" X 2" & ALLOW IT TO EXTEND 1' TO 2' ABOVE THE GROUND. PROFILE NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

288 NOTE: CLEANOUT CAP SHALL BE MINNEAPOLIS STANDARD. CASTING SHOULD BE A CONCRETE SLAB IN STREET. NOTE: ENCLOSE LONG SWEEP BEND OR COMBINATION WYE IN CONCRETE AS SHOWN. CISP CLEANOUT RISER WITH THREADED BRASS PLUG USP 422 OR EQUAL CISP LONG SWEEP BEND USP 422 OR EQUAL CISP COMBINATION WYE USP 64 OR EQUAL END OF LINE CLEANOUT IN LINE CLEANOUT NOTE: THE RISER PIPE SHALL BE EXTENDED ABOVE GROUND LEVEL INITIALLY & THEN CUT BACK TO MATCH THE FINAL GRADE. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

289 ECCENTRIC SIDE OF M.H. 4-1" DIA. HOLES IN M.H FRAME EVENLY SPACED. NEENAH R-1755 G, NEW ULM 1755G, OR EQUAL STRAIGHT SIDE OF M.H. NEENAH R-1755G, NEW ULM 1755G, OR EQUAL WASHER 1/8" THICK 2" A.D. 3/4" I.D. 2 REQ./BOLTS PLAN VIEW TOP COVER REMOVED 2" 5/8" GALV. BOLT 8" LONG 7" NEENAH R-1755 G, NEW ULM 1755G, OR EQUAL KENT SEAL NO. 2, RAMNECK, OR EQUAL 4" RAMNEK OR EQUAL M.H. CONE REINFORCING 3/4" EYE BOLT W/1" DIA. BOLT 4' 5" THREADED INSERT TO ACCEPT A 3/4" BOLT 4 REQUIRED TIE DOWN DETAIL 4' "O" RING GASKET ECCENTRIC WATERTIGHT MANHOLE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

290 NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SANITARY AND STORM SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. REDUCER SECTION TO BE PRECAST ECCENTRIC TYPE WITH ON SIDE FACE RELATIVE TO MAINLINE THRU MANHOLE. NOTE: STANDARD CASTING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS EITHER "SANITARY SEWER" OR "STORM SEWER", BY IMPRINTING THOSE WORDS ON THE COVER IN LETTERS TWO (2) INCHES IN HEIGHT. WALLS TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF PRECAST SECTIONS. IF BLOCKS MUST BE USED THEY SHALL BE PLASTERED ON BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR. A MIN. OF (1) 16" SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED BELOW THE CONE SECTION. GROUT BOTTOM TO SLOPE TOWARD PIPE AS SHOWN BY ARROWS THE BOTTOM STEP SHALL BE TURNED 1/8TH OF A TURN CLOCKWISE FROM THE DOWNSTREAM INVERT NOTE: ALL DEAD END MANHOLES SHALL HAVE A FULL DEPTH INVERT POURED ALL THE WAY THROUGH THE MANHOLE. JOINTS SHALL BE MADE USING CONFINED O-RING GASKETS AS SPECIFIED. MANHOLE WALLS SHALL BE SLOPED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FLOW FROM INLET TO OUTLET. FLEXIBLE SLEEVE CONNECTIONS ON ALL PIPES. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

291 LARGE DIAMETER PIPE (4" OR LARGER) SHALL BE REMOVED OR SAND-FILLED IF IT IS TO BE LEFT IN PLACE WATER SEVICES 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE UNHOOKED AT THE MAIN AND PLUGGED WITH A MACHINE INSERTED THREADED TAPERED PLUG, H MADE BY MUELLER COMPANIES REMOVE ENTIRE CURBSTOP AND BOX MAIN LINE R/W WATERMAIN SANITARY SERVICES SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE R/W AND BULK-HEADED WITH CONCRETE MAIN LINE MAIN LINE SANITARY NOTE: MATERIALS USED SHALL CONFORM TO SEWER SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

292 COMPLETE BOX SIDE VIEW LID TOP VIEW 1-3/4" VALVCO 3-1/8" 1/2" 12" SE W E R COLLAR TOP VIEW 1-1/2" 3-3/4" LID SIDE VIEW TRACER WIRE ACCESS BOX R SHALL BE A VALVCO TYPE OR APPROVED EQUAL. R / W 2-5/8" 4-1/2" S S TERMINAL BOLTS FINISHED GRADE TRACER WIRE ACCESS BOX R SHALL BE A VALVCO TYPE OR APPROVED EQUAL. CASTING CONFORMS TO: ASTM SPECIFICATION A-48 CLASS AWG HIGH STRENGTH COPPER-CLAD STEEL TRACER WIRE ATTACHED TO SEWER SERVICE PIPE ABS SHAFT CONFORMS TO: ASTM SPECIFICATION D-1788 MAIN LINE NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: S.M.S. UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

293 MAINLINE TO LATERAL LUG CONNECTOR #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - GREEN (TYP) RIGT-OF-WAY LINE DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD GRADE LEVEL / IN-GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX DIRECTLY ABOVE SEWER SERVICE TAPE OR PLASTIC TIE (TYP) SEWER SERVICE ON PRIVATE SIDE Notes: 1. WIRE SHOWN AWAY FROM PIPE FOR CLARITY. WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE SERVICE PIPE. THE WIRE SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE PIPE WITH TAPE OR PLASTIC TIES AT 5' INTERVALS. SEWER SERVICE - PLAN VIEW R / W FINISHED GRADE COIL 2' OF EXTRA RED AND GREEN WIRE IN ACCESS BOX. RED WIRE IS FROM GROUNDING ANODE AND GREEN WIRE IS TRACE WIRE ON SERVICE PIPE THAT CONNECTS TO THE MAIN LINE WIRE. GRADE LEVEL / IN-GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER SEWER SERVICE NEAR THE RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE. CENTERLINE SEWER SERVICE #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - GREEN (TYP) #14 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - RED FACTORY CONNECTED TO GROUND ROD DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD SEWER SERVICE WIRE CONTINUES WITH SEWER SERVICE AND CONNECTS TO MAINLINE WIRE (SEE PLAN VIEW ABOVE). SEWER SERVICE - SECTION VIEW NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: N.J.B UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

294 WATER MAIN GRADE LEVEL / IN-GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX ON NORTH OR EAST SIDE OF WATER SERVICE RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE 1.0' MAX MAINLINE TO LATERAL LUG CONNECTOR #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - BLUE (TYP) DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD 1.0' MAX 5.0' MAX SERVICE SADDLE (PLASTIC WATER MAIN) OR CORPERATION STOP WATER SERVICE CURB STOP BOX (LOCATION WILL BE DETERMINED BY ENGINEER) TAPE OR PLASTIC TIE (TYP) Notes: 1. WIRE SHOWN AWAY FROM PIPE FOR CLARITY. WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE SERVICE PIPE. THE WIRE SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE PIPE WITH TAPE OR PLASTIC TIES AT 5' INTERVALS. WATER SERVICE - PLAN VIEW 1.5' MAX FINISHED GRADE GRADE LEVEL / IN-GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX TO BE INSTALLED ON NORTH OR EAST SIDE OF WATER SERVICE CURB STOP BOX COIL 2' OF EXTRA RED AND BLUE WIRE IN ACCESS BOX. RED WIRE IS FROM GROUNDING ANODE AND BLUE WIRE IS TRACE WIRE ON SERVICE PIPE THAT CONNECTS TO THE MAIN LINE WIRE. #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - BLUE (TYP) DO NOT SECURE WIRES TO CURB STOP BOX AS TO ALLOW FOR ADJUSTMENTS WITHOUT DAMAGING WIRE #14 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - RED FACTORY CONNECTED TO GROUND ROD CURB STOP DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD WIRE CONTINUES WITH WATER SERVICE AND CONNECTS TO MAINLINE WIRE (SEE PLAN VIEW ABOVE) WATER SERVICE - SECTION VIEW NOT TO SCALE DRAWN BY: N.J.B UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

295 MAINLINE TO GROUNDING ANODE LUG CONNECTOR TRACE WIRE SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND MANHOLES ON THE NORTH AND/OR EAST SIDE TAPE OR PLASTIC TIE (TYP) #14 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - RED, FACTORY CONNECTED TO GROUND ROD DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD 1.0' MAX 5.0' MAX #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - GREEN (TYP) SEWER MANHOLE - PLAN VIEW MAINLINE TO MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE LUG CONNECTOR TAPE OR PLASTIC TIE (TYP) #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - GREEN (TYP) DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD 1'0 MAX 5.0' MAX SEWER MANHOLE - SECTION VIEW DRAWN BY: N.J.B NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

296 #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - GREEN (TYP) TRACE WIRE SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND MANHOLES ON THE NORTH AND/OR EAST SIDE MAINLINE TO LATERAL LUG CONNECTOR (TYP) GRADE LEVEL / IN-GROUND ACCESS BOX AND DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE (SEE SEWER SERVICE DETAIL) SEWER SERVICE (TYP) DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE (TYP) 4-WAY CONNECTOR OR TWO 3-WAY CONNECTORS WITH SHORT JUMPER WIRE MANHOLE (TYP) NOTE: 1. WIRE SHOWN AWAY FROM PIPE FOR CLARITY. WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE BOTTOM SIDE OF THE PIPE BELOW THE SPRING LINE. THE WIRE SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE PIPE WITH TAPE OR PLASTIC TIES AT 5' INTERVALS. TRACE WIRE PLAN (SEWER) DRAWN BY: N.J.B NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

297 TRACE WIRE ON EAST SIDE OF WATER MAIN PIPE TRACE WIRE ON NORTH SIDE OF WATER MAIN PIPE 4-WAY CONNECTOR OR TWO 3-WAY CONNECTORS WITH SHORT JUMPER WIRE WATER MAIN (TYP) WATER MAIN CROSS WATER SERVICE (TYP) MAINLINE TO LATERAL LUG CONNECTOR (TYP) GRADE LEVEL / IN-GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX AND DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE (SEE WATER SERVICE DETAIL) ABOVE GROUND ACCESS BOX SECURED TO HYDRANT FLANGE (SEE HYDRANT DETAIL) CURB STOP (TYP) #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - BLUE (TYP) HYDRANT NOTE: 1. WIRE SHOWN AWAY FROM PIPE FOR CLARITY. WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE BOTTOM SIDE OF THE PIPE BELOW THE SPRING LINE. THE WIRE SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE PIPE WITH TAPE OR PLASTIC TIES AT 5' INTERVALS. DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE (TYP) TRACE WIRE PLAN (WATER) DRAWN BY: N.J.B NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

298 ABOVE-GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX ABOVE - GROUND TRACE WIRE ACCESS BOX PERMANENTLY MOUNTED TO GRADE FLANGE BOLT (SEE FRONT VIEW) 1.0' MAX TRACE WIRE AROUND NORTH OR EAST SIDE OF FITTINGS #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - BLUE (TYP) 1.0' MAX NEW STAINLESS STEEL BOLT TO ALLOW FOR BRACKET INSTALLATION 3 - WAY CONNECTOR TRACE WIRE AROUND NORTH OR EAST SIDE OF FITTINGS 2.0' MIN 1.0' MAX 5.0' MAX HDPE OR STAINLESS STEEL BRACKET TO PERMANENTLY SECURE ACCESS BOX TO GRADE FLANGE #12 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - BLUE (TYP) DRIVE - IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD 1.0' MAX 1.0' MAX WIRE UNDERNEATH NORTH OR EAST SIDE OF HYDRANT LEAD 5.0' MAX TAPE OR PLASTIC TIE (TYP) WIRE UNDERNEATH EAST SIDE OF WATER MAIN 1.0' MAX #14 AWG COPPER CLAD STEEL - RED, FACTORY CONNECTED TO GROUND ROD TAPE OR PLASTIC TIE (TYP) WATER MAIN WIRE CONTINUES UNDER HYDRANT LEAD AND CONNECTS TO MAIN LINE WIRE (SEE PLAN VIEW) DRIVE-IN MAGNESIUM GROUNDING ANODE ROD HYDRANT - PLAN VIEW HYDRANT - SECTION VIEW DRAWN BY: N.J.B. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

299 A INSTALL ONE LENGTH OF WATERMAIN PIPE, WITH THE APPROPRIATE MATERIAL ADAPTORS, CENTERED AT CROSSING. 12" O.D. 12" PROPOSED SEWER MINIMUM 5" OF COMPACTED SAND 18" MINIMUM PROPOSED WATERMAIN, CENTERED AT CROSSING WATERMAIN UNDER SANITARY SEWER PROPOSED WATERMAIN, CENTERED AT CROSSING 18" MINIMUM MINIMUM 5" OF COMPACTED SAND PROPOSED SEWER, SEE NOTE A 12" O.D. 12" WATERMAIN OVER SANITARY SEWER NOTE: WHEN WATERMAIN COVER IS LESS THAN 7.5', INSTALL PIPE UNDER SANITARY SEWER. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

300 TEE AND BEND PLUG WATERMAIN PLUG BLOCKED OR POURED AGAINST UNDISTURBED EARTH BEARING AREA NOTE: THRUST BLOCKS TO BE USED ON ALL WATERMAIN BENDS NOTE: WRAP CONCRETE WITH POLYETHYLENE PIPE SIZE 6" 8" 10"-12" 16" 24" 30" BEARING AREA 2.25 SQ. FT 4.0 SQ. FT 9.0 SQ. FT SQ. FT SQ. FT SQ FT. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

301 NOTE: THIS DETAIL TO BE USED ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE PLAN OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 5' HYDRANT AS SPECIFIED & ORDERED FOR 8.5' COVER C L 3' 10' 7.5' VALVE BOX AS SPECIFIED CRUSHED ROCK TO 6" ABOVE WASTE OPENING 18" to 25" TWO LAYERS OF TAR PAPER 2" to 6" BRACING AS SPECIFIED PROPERTY LINE EXCAVATION & DRAINAGE DEPTH IN PREVIOUS SOIL EXCAVATION LOCATIONS NOTE TIE VALVE TO TEE & HYDRANT TO VALVE. GATE VALVE 2' DIAMETER BY 3' DEEP PIT UNDER HYDRANT, BASEFILLED WITH GRAVEL IN CLAY OR OTHER IMPERVIOUS SOIL. PRECAST CONCRETE BASE AS SPECIFIED. DRAWN BY: S.M.S. City Of Northfield Minnesota NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017

302 VALVE BOX DIM. "A" - 6" G.V. - 10" DIM. "A" - 8" G.V. - 1' - 2" WATERMAIN VALVE BOX ALIGNER GATE VALVE VALVE BOX INSTALLATION DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

303 Minnesota City Of Northfield DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 CONCRETE BLOCK CONCRETE BLOCK WATERMAIN PROVIDE STUB PIECE PROVIDE STUB PIECE OF COPPER FOR OF COPPER FOR END OF CURB STOP END OF CURB STOP 8" X 8" X 2" 8" X 8" X 2" CORP. COCK COPPER WATER SERVICE PROVIDE SOME SLACK TO ALLOW FOR SETTLEMENT 6.5' MIN 7.5' MIN CURB BOX AS REQUIRED CURB BOX 7.5' MIN NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FILL AS NECESSARY AT C L 10' 10' EASEMENT LINE PROPERTY LINE NOTE 2: CURB BOXES, WHICH ARE IN CONCRETE OR BITUMINOUS, MUST REMAIN ACCESSIBLE BY USE OF TWO (2) PART LID OR A COLLAR TO KEEP CONCRETE/BITUMINOUS FREE OF THE LID. THE STYLE USED SHALL BE A POWER SEAL SINGLE COVER WATER LID OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH FURNISHING AND INSTALLING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL. PROPERTY LINE EASEMENT LINE NOTE 1: CURB BOXES INSTALLED IN AREAS WHERE BOULEVARD IS TO BE CUT AT A LATER DATE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT DEPTH REQUIRED. CURB BOX EX- TENSTION FOR BOXES EXCEEDING 7.5' IN LENGTH ARE TO BE CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO THE CURB STOP BOX.

304 NOTE: STANDARD CASTING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS WATERMAIN, BY IMPRINTING THE WORDS "WATERMAIN" ON THE COVER IN LETTERS TWO (2) INCHES IN HIEGHT. GRADE STANDARD MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER, NEENAH R-1642B WITH CONCEALED PICKHOLE VAR ADJUSTMENT RINGS AS REQUIRED, MIN. OF 2 AND MAX. OF 4. 1' 1'-4" JOINTS SHALL BE MADE USING CONFINED O-RING GASKETS AS SPECIFIED 1" CORPORATION, WITH ADAPTER TO CONNECT 1" IRON PIPE FOR AIR RELIEF OPERATION COMPACTED SAND FILL 4" 8" NOTE: UNIT PRICE TO INCLUDE MANHOLE COMPLETE, SAND FILL AND 1" CORPORATION COCK CONCRETE FOOTING NOTE: PRE-CAST CONCRETE MANHOLE PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO A.S.T.M. C76 CLASS II DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

305 BUILDING FACE BUILDING FACE SIDEWALK SIDEWALK CORPORATION CORPORATION 5' 6" TEE BASEMENT BASEMENT 6" DIP 6" DIP 6" TAPPED CAP COPPER (SIZE VARIES) 6" TAPPED CAP COPPER (SIZE VARIES) DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 City Of Northfield Minnesota

306 DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: " X 1/2" DOWELS 4" 16" 12" TO 24" R.C.P. 6" MIN. MIN. 2'-8" 8" X 1/2" DOWELS 3/4" O X 30" DRIFT PIN 12" BUTT DIAM. TIMBER PILE SECTION UNIT PRICE PER 20' BENT TO INCLUDE 1 PILE, I CAP, DOWELS AND NECESSARY CONCRETE, PINS, 2 STRAP FASTENERS IN PLACE USE STRAP FASTENERS ONE EACH SIDE AT SPRINGLINE R - 4 JOINT 3000# CONCRETE PLYWOOD 16" X 16" CAP 3/4" O X 30" DRIFT PIN MINIMUM FIBER STRESS FOR STRUCTURAL TIMBER CAPS & CRADLES TO BE 1600 P.S.I. ELEVATION USE SPECIAL DESIGN PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10 OF A.S.T.M. SPECIFICATION C 76 WITH C - 361, R-4 B & S CONFINED "0" GASKET JOINT MAXIMUM LAYING LENGTH 8'

307 DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: " MIN. 6" - 12" DUCTILE IRON PIPE SECTION 8" SLIP JOINT OR MECHANICAL JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE 6" MIN. 12" X 12" STRUCTURAL TIMBER CRADLE 2' 3/4" O DRIFT PIN 12" TIMBER PILE MINIMUM FIBER STRESS FOR STRUCTURAL TIMBER CAPS AND CRADLES TO BE 1600 P.S.I. 18' ELEVATION UNIT PRICE PER BENT TO INCLUDE 1 PILE, TIMBER AND DRIFT PIN. DETAIL OF TIMBER PILE BENT 2'

308 DRAWN BY: S.M.S. NOT TO SCALE UPDATED: 2017 R.C.P. R.C.P. 3000# CONC. 8" 16" PLYWOOD 16" X 16" CAP MIN 3'-9" 8 12" X 1/2" DOWELS 4' OR 8' AS REQUIRED 3/4" O X 30" DRIFT PINS 2'-6" 12" BUTT DIAM. TIMBER PILES MINIMUM FIBER STRESS FOR STRUCTURAL TIMBER CAPS & CRADLES TO BE 1600 P.S.I. SECTION ELEVATION UNIT PRICE PER 20' BENT TO INCLUDE 2 PILES, 1 CAP, NECESSARY DOWELS, DRIFT PINS, CONCRETE, AND STRAP FASTENERS IN PLACE. USE SPECIAL DESIGN PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10, ASTM SPECIFICATION C76, WITH C-361, R-4 B&S CONTINUED "O" GASKET JOINT. MAXIMUM LAYING LENGTH 8'.

309 APPENDIX A Soil Borings

310

311

312

313